You are on page 1of 416

Technical

Handbook
Metrode Welding Consumables
WORLDWIDE
WELDING CONSUMABLES
FOR HIGH INTEGRITY APPLICATIONS

- Power Generation
- Nuclear Industry
- Petrochemical Industry
- Offshore Industry

www.metrode.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction to Metrode............................................................................................................................... 2
Data Sheets: Introduction and explanatory notes..................................................................................... 4

A. Low alloy steels.............................................................................................................................................6


CrMo creep resisting consumables
MnMo low alloy steels
High toughness Ni bearing low alloy steels
High strength low alloy steels

B. Stainless steels............................................................................................................................................93
Martensitic stainless steels
Austenitic stainless steels
309L and 309Mo stainless steels
Superaustenitic, lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steels

C. High temperature alloys........................................................................................................................... 223


High carbon 300 series stainless steels
High temperature 309 and 310 stainless steels
High carbon austenitic alloys (including 330, 800, HP40

D. Nickel base alloys...................................................................................................................................... 278


182 type alloys
625 type alloys
Alloy C types
Specialist nickel base alloys
Nickel based non-ferrous alloys

E. Repair and maintenance............................................................................................................................ 328


Cast iron
Dissimilar welding
Copper alloy consumables
Hardfacing
Special mild steel

F. Fluxes for submerged arc welding ............................................................................................................380


Fluxes for use with low alloy CrMo, stainless steel and nickel base wires

G. Other useful information.......................................................................................................................... 387


Abbreviations, element symbols, welding positions
Schaeffler and WRC diagrams
Conversions
Packaging and storage
Index 1 Product designations
Index 2 Consumable specifications
Index 3 Materials to be welded

www.metrode.com 1
INTRODUCTION TO METRODE

1. The company
Metrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the UK's leading
manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. It is particularly strong in those industries which require the highest
integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation, chemical and petrochemical, offshore oil and gas, LNG and
nuclear. In the last decade the export market has been vigorously developed and Metrode has markets globally. It also has an
extensive overseas network of distributors and agents as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK. November
2006, Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric Company as a business unit within Lincoln Electric Europe.

2. Scope
This handbook is designed to provide information on the company, its products and services and guidance on the correct choice of
welding consumables.
This 2016 edition of the Technical Handbook (revision 13) contains over 100 data sheets covering about 350 arc welding consumables.
About half of these are flux covered manual metal arc electrodes. These are complemented by a wide range of solid wires, tubular
flux cored and metal cored wires for the other popular arc welding processes. The range has applications for all industrially
significant steels and alloy systems except for titanium, magnesium, aluminium and rarer metals. Particular emphasis is currently
being devoted to developing a strategy with consumables for the power generation industries, offshore oil and gas industries, high
temperature materials in the chemical and petrochemical industries and a diverse range of nickel based alloys. Data sheets for
some fringe products are not included in this handbook, but are available on request.

3. The products
Metrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the UK's leading
manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. It is particularly strong in those industries which require the highest
integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation, chemical and petrochemical, offshore oil and gas, LNG and
nuclear. In the last decade the export market has been vigorously developed and Metrode has markets globally. It also has an
extensive overseas network of distributors and agents as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK. November
2006, Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric Company as a business unit within Lincoln Electric Europe.

4. Availability and special services


All the standard products listed in this document are available either ex stock or on short lead times in the most commonly used
sizes.

5. Standard product range


All the standard products listed in this document are available either ex stock or on short lead times in the most commonly used
sizes.

6. Special product range


The special product range covers a wider range of the less common products and non-standard sizes. These items may be subject
to minimum order value/quantity requirements and to longer lead times. Further information on the Product Range is available
from our Customer Care Department.

7. Special services
Metrode's unique know-how is always available to meet individual requirements and a number of tailor-made formulations are
developed to suit special or proprietary technical requirements.

8. Development
Metrode maintains a close awareness of future welding consumable needs to support new alloys and changing technical
requirements through its links with: the International Institute of Welding (IIW), the European Welding Association (EWA), The
Welding Institute (TWI), the American Welding Society (AWS) and a number of universities and research organisations both in the
UK and worldwide. The Company has its own development team working together with the sophisticated R&D resources within
the Lincoln Electric Company group to design new products and improve existing ones to meet the needs of the fabrication industry

2 www.metrode.com
9. Technical support
Technical support is available to help with any aspect of consumable choice, applications or procedural guidance.
Field based staff can advise on procedural aspects and factors needed to achieve optimum performance.
Facilities are available at Metrode for demonstration, training and evaluation for all the major welding processes which utilise
Metrode consumables.

10. Specifications and certification


Metrode consumables are manufactured to conform with the current issues of BS EN, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME standards where
applicable. When incompatible variations exist between different specifications for equivalent types, these are indicated on the
data sheet. Where a product does not strictly conform to a standard the specification is shown in brackets for guidance only.
Every batch is certified at least with chemical analysis to BS EN 10204: 3.1, with a few exceptions amongst some hardfacing/
maintenance types certified to BS EN 10204: 2.2.
Special requirements for batch testing or analysis variants are frequently satisfied with prior agreement.

11. Health and safety


Welding produces fumes and gases which can be dangerous to your health. Arc rays can injure eyes and burn skin. Electric
shock can kill.
It is important to take suitable precautions when welding, and to follow safe working practices. These should be based upon
information available from the Welding Manufacturers' Association leaflet and Metrode's Health and Safety booklet which may
be obtained from Metrode or our distributors. Some details may vary with specific legislation outside the UK.
Welding fume data for hazard assessment (COSHH in the UK) is included on each data sheet.
Metrode is approved to ISO 14001.

12. Quality assurance


Metrode's historic reputation for quality is sustained by the active and continuous implementation of a stringent quality assurance
programme recognised by international authorities.
Approval and surveillance of Metrode's Quality Management Systems for design, development and manufacturing is certified by:
Lloyds Register QA to BS EN ISO 9001:2008 certificate 840131.
TV NORD to AD2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100, VdTV-Merkblatt 1153 & KTA 1408, certificate 07-202-1410-wp-0874/7/001.

13. Quality policy


It is Metrodes mission to achieve and maintain success in its chosen market of supplying welding consumables to users worldwide
through key customer and supplier partnerships, superior service, technology and product leadership.
This shall be achieved through the highest standards of product quality and customer service by:
Ensuring that each customers needs are clearly defined and understood.
Ensuring that all employees are appropriately trained in all aspects of their job with the understanding that quality is
everyones responsibility.
Supplying products that satisfy each customers quality and reliability requirements, whilst underpinning the profitability
of the company.
Monitoring customer satisfaction and ensuring that the customers wishes remain the prime focus at all time.
Striving to continuously improve every aspect of our business by identifying processes and setting and reviewing quality
objectives.
To support this policy, Metrode operates a quality management system that complies with ISO 9001 and applicable regulatory
requirements. The system shall serve to communicate expectations, establish controls and promote a culture committed to
excellence in everything we do.
Our Quality Assurance Manager is charged with the responsibility for the implementation and maintenance of the quality system
and acts with our full authority and commitment on all matters related to quality.

www.metrode.com 3
DATA SHEETS : INTRODUCTION AND EXPLANATORY NOTES
It is Metrodes mission to achieve and maintain success in its chosen market of supplying welding consumables to users worldwide
through key customer and supplier partnerships, superior service, technology and product leadership.
This shall be achieved through the highest standards of product quality and customer service by:
Ensuring that each customers needs are clearly defined and understood.
Ensuring that all employees are appropriately trained in all aspects of their job with the understanding that quality is
everyones responsibility.
Supplying products that satisfy each customers quality and reliability requirements, whilst underpinning the profitability of
the company.
Monitoring customer satisfaction and ensuring that the customers wishes remain the prime focus at all time.
Striving to continuously improve every aspect of our business by identifying processes and setting and reviewing quality objectives.
To support this policy, Metrode operates a quality management system that complies with ISO 9001 and applicable regulatory
requirements. The system shall serve to communicate expectations, establish controls and promote a culture committed to
excellence in everything we do.
Our Quality Assurance Manager is charged with the responsibility for the implementation and maintenance of the quality system
and acts with our full authority and commitment on all matters related to quality.

GENERAL EXPLANATORY NOTES


Each data sheet is headed with a unique number for easy reference. The same number also appears at the bottom right hand
corner of each page of the data sheet.
Data sheet revision status is given at the foot of the page.
The Metrode designation in bold type should be used when ordering. It is printed on each electrode, stamped on many TIG wires
and identifies all package labels.
Each data sheet is sub-divided under self-explanatory headings, some of which are briefly outlined below.

Materials to be welded
Examples are given of typical base materials for which the consumable may be used. It should not be assumed that this is a
guarantee of suitability, and should be used with caution.
Reference is made to proprietary alloy names for many base materials and we acknowledge the use of registered trade names from
Haynes International Inc, Special Metals, VDM and RA Materials Ltd.

Applications
Information is given for general guidance and in good faith, but the user should ascertain that the product is suitable for the specific
and intended purpose.

Welding guidelines
Brief guidelines on preheat, post weld heat treatment (PWHT) and any particular procedural requirements are given for each alloy.
The user is responsible for establishing a satisfactory welding procedure.

Additional information
Useful background information, procedural notes, precautions and published references are given where appropriate. Technical
profiles are also available for a number of products.

Specifications, approvals
See specification notes above. For some products which do not strictly conform to a particular specification, the nearest
specification is shown in brackets for guidance. If a required approval is not shown, contact Metrode

Composition
Composition limits are declared for almost every product in addition to typical values.
Where it is possible to meet BS EN, BS EN ISO and AWS-ASME compositions with one product, this is often reflected in tighter data
sheet limits than the individual specifications. Whilst in rare cases a batch may not satisfy all these constraints, BS EN ISO or AWS-
ASME are normally the default specifications unless agreed otherwise. See also specification notes on previous introductory page.
Note that flux covered MMA electrodes and tubular cored wires are defined by all-weld deposit analysis, solid wires by product
analysis, and fluxes by deposit analysis from appropriate combination with relevant solid wires.

All-weld mechanical properties


Minimum and typical tensile and impact properties are given where applicable to satisfy national specifications or material
requirements. Caution is generally advised in translating these all-weld (longitudinal) values to joint (transverse) test values.

4 www.metrode.com
DATA SHEETS: INTRODUCTION AND EXPLANATORY NOTES

Operating parameters
Current ranges are based on satisfactory fusion and arc stability. Optimum conditions are influenced by variables such as welding
position, base material thickness, and heat input considerations, etc. Most electrodes operate smoothly on DC+ (positive electrode)
and for those suitable for AC a minimum OCV (open circuit voltage) is given.
Welding positions for electrodes are shown pictographically. Where vertical and overhead are indicated this usually applies to
3.2mm and smaller sizes, with 4mm practicable with skilled operators and joints with sufficient room for manipulation. Where
vertical down is indicated, this applies to 2.5mm or 3.2 with skilled operators.

Packaging data
For electrodes, the length, weight per carton (3 tins) and approximate number of pieces per carton are given, but may be subject to
change without notice. For TIG, MIG, SAW and FCW, tube, spool and coil weights are also provided. Contact Metrode for latest
information if required.
Note that Metrode electrodes are supplied in hermetically sealed tins with ring-pull opening. The integrity of this packaging is
regularly assessed according to the ASME SFA5.5 procedure. Tins provide a convenient and economic alternative to smaller units
of vacuum-packed electrodes in 'site packs' which can be supplied to order.
Redrying (rebaking or conditioning), handling and storage recommendations are given. Redrying should ensure that the unpacked
electrodes reach the recommended temperature-time conditions.
The majority of electrodes and TIG wires are marked individually with both the designation or classification number and batch
number.

Fume data
To assist health and safety hazard assessment, welding fume composition is given for each product. Fume itself comprises oxides,
silicates or other complex compounds of the elements listed.
An occupational exposure limit or standard (OES) is calculated in milligrams per cubic metre breathing zone concentration. This
control value is 5mg/m3 maximum, or much lower for many alloyed consumables. For example, a significant proportion of the
chromium in fume generated by stainless covered electrodes and flux cored wire is present in hexavalent form with a limit of
0.05mg/m3, which reduces total fume OES to around 1mg/m3. In fume generated by solid stainless MIG wires, practically all
chromium is trivalent and the total fume OES is higher.
TIG and submerged arc processes generate too little fume for assessment on this basis.
In the UK, COSHH guidance relevant to welding is found in HMSO publications, EH40, EH54 and EH55.

Website
Inevitably a printed Technical Handbook is out of date soon after it has been printed. The Metrode website (www.metrode.com)
overcomes this problem because the data sheets for the most common products are all on the website and are updated as soon as
the data sheet is revised

www.metrode.com 5
LOW ALLOY STEELS
LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


Section A : Low Alloy Steels HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

LOW ALLOY STEELS INCLUDING THE CrMo CREEP RESISTING CONSUMABLES

This section includes consumables suitable for welding general engineering and structural steels, from medium tensile grain-refined
CMn and semi-cryogenic steels (approximately 75C) to specialised heat and creep-resistant CrMo types reaching the threshold of
stainlessness at 12%Cr.
Flux coverings of all electrodes are of all-positional basic low-hydrogen type and employ binders giving high resistance to moisture
absorption. All flux cored wires are rutile all-positional types also with low hydrogen potential. With increasing weld and base metal
strength and hardenability (or carbon equivalent), a hydrogen potential below 5ml/100g weld metal is often an essential procedural
parameter, coupled with preheat where necessary to moderate HAZ hardening or raise safety margins in thicker sections:

Carbon equivalent (CE) = C + Mn + Cr + Mo + V + Cu + Ni


6 5 15

For guidance, preheat up to 50C for CE < 0.40, 100C for < 0.55, 150C for < 0.70, 200C for < 0.80, 250C for 0.90 or above. However,
note that some cases require restricted preheat-interpass and also heat input control to maintain optimum strength and toughness.
High joint restraint may require higher preheats.
A full discussion of this subject is given in the following publication: N. Bailey, F.R. Coe et al: Welding steels without hydrogen
cracking, Abington Publishing, Cambridge, 1993.
The necessity for Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) varies with base and weld metal type. PWHT is normally essential to temper
the HAZ below 248HV/22HRC required by NACE for H2S service, for which electrodes giving mandatory < 1%Ni with strength and
toughness are available. Most nickel-bearing electrodes also give excellent as-welded properties at low temperatures. PWHT is
essential for creep-resisting Cr-Mo types, although the leaner low carbon variants are sometimes stress-relieved in service when used
for repairs under local preheat.
.
DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry
MMA Mo.B E7018-A1 E Mo B
A-10 Mo
TIG/MIG CMo ER70S-A1 MoSi
Chromet 1 E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
MMA Chromet 1L E7015-B2L E CrMo1L B
Chromet 1X E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
A-12 1CrMo 1CrMo ER80S-G CrMo1Si
TIG/MIG
ER80S-B2 ER80S-B2 --
SAW SA 1CrMo EB2 CrMo1
FCW Cormet 1 E81T1-B2 T55T1-1C/M-1CM
Chromet 2 E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
MMA Chromet 2L E8015-B3L E CrMo2L B
Chromet 2X E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
2CrMo ER90S-G CrMo2Si
A-13 2Cr1Mo TIG/MIG
ER90S-B3 ER90S-B3 --
SAW SA 2CrMo EB3 CrMo2
Cormet 2 E91T1-B3 T62T1-1C/M-2CM
FCW
Cormet 2L E91T1-B3L T62T1-1C/M-2CML
Chromet 1V -- ECrMoV1 B
MMA
A-14 CrMoV 13CMV -- (ECrMoV1 B)
FCW Cormet 1V -- --

6 www.metrode.com DS A-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


LOW ALLOY STEELS

LOW ALLOY STEELS


DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry (continued)
MMA Chromet 5 E8015-B6 E CrMo5 B
A-15 5CrMo TIG/MIG 5CrMo ER80S-B6 CrMo5Si
SAW 5CrMo EB6 S CrMo5
MMA Chromet 9 E8015-B8 E CrMo9 B
A-16 9CrMo TIG/MIG 9CrMo ER80S-B8 CrMo9
SAW SA 9CrMo EB8 S CrMo9
Chromet 9MV-N E9015-B91 E CrMo91 B
Chromet 9MVN+ E9015-B91 E CrMo91 B
MMA
Chromet 9-B9 E9015-B91 E CrMo91 B
Chromet 91VNB E9015-B91 E CrMo91 B
A-17 P91 TIG/MIG 9CrMoV-N ER90S-B9 CrMo91
9CrMoV ER90S-B9 9C1MV
MCW Cormet M91 E90C-B9 T69T15-0M-9C1MV
SAW 9CrMoV-N EB91 (S CrMo91)
FCW Supercore F91 E91T1-B9 T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV
MMA Chromet 10MW E9015-G (E911) --
A-18 E911
FCW Cormet 10MW -- --
MMA Chromet 12MV -- E CrMoWV 12 1 B
A-19 12CrMoV
TIG 12CrMoV -- W CrMoWV12 1
MMA Chromet 92 E9015-B92 --
TIG/MIG 9CrWV ER90S-G (92) --
A-20 P92
SAW 9CrWV EG (92) --
FCW Supercore F92 E91T1-G(92) --
MMA Chromet 23L E9015-G(23) --
A-21 T23
TIG 2CrWV ER90S-G (23) --
MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --
A-23 WB36 TIG MnMo ER80S-D2 --
SAW SA 1NiMo EF3 S3Ni1Mo
MMA Chromet WB2 E9015-G --
A-25 W B2 / 921
FCW Supercore WB2 E91T1-G --
High toughness 1-3%Ni consumables for applications from 40C down to about 75C
MMA Tufmet 1Ni.B E8018-C3 E 46 6 1Ni B 42
A-40 MnMo TIG/MIG 1Ni ER80S-Ni1 (3Ni1)
FCW Metcore DWA 55E E71T-5 T 42 4 PM1 H5
MMA Tufmet 2Ni.B E8018-C1 E 46 6 2Ni B 42
A-41 NiMo
TIG 2Ni ER80S-Ni2 (2Ni2)
A-42 3Ni MMA Tufmet 3Ni.B E8018-C2 E 46 6 3Ni B 42
Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa
E9018-D1 E9018-D1 BS: MnMo.BH
MMA
A-50 MnMo E10018-D2 E10018-D2 E 624 Mn1NiMo B
TIG/MIG MnMo ER80S-D2 4Mo
Tufmet 1NiMo E9016-G --
MMA E11018-M E11018-M --
A-60 NiMo
Tufmet 3NiMo E12016-G --
TIG/MIG ER110S-G ER110S-G Mn3Ni1CrMo
A-61 NiMo MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --
Consumables for copper containing weathering steels eg. Corten
MMA 1NiCu.B E8018-W2 E 55 18-NCC1 A
A-70 Corten
TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W ER80S-G (Mn3Ni1Cu)
Electrode for the joining of rail steels using a slag-over-slag technique
A-80 Rail MMA Railrod - -

www.metrode.com DS A-01 | Rev. 01-03/16 7


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-10
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

0.5%Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE APPLICATIONS
Ferritic creep resisting 0.5%Mo steels for elevated Nominal 0.5% Mo alloying results in improved
temperature service. elevated temperature performance over that of
CMn steels. Used for the fabrication of vessels and
associated pipework demanding creep rupture
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED strength and ductility at temperatures up to about
PIPE/TUBE 450C.
ASTM The Mo content also enhances resistance to
A335 grade P1 hydrogen attack in chemical process plant
A209 & A 250 grade T1 operation.
BS Favourable mechanical properties of both as-
3059 grade 243
welded and stress-relieved weld metal are also
3606 grades 243, 245, 261
useful in welding structural and general engineering
steels for ambient or sub-zero temperature service.
FORGED In this respect these consumables are related to
ASTM
the higher strength manganese-molybdenum
A336 grade F1
A204 grades A, B, C alloyed steel consumables.
BS EN
10028-2 grade 16Mo3 (1.5415) MICROSTRUCTURE
DIN In the stress-relieved condition the microstructure
16Mo3 (1.5415) consists of acicular ferrite with some tempered
16Mo5 (1.5423) bainite.
10MnMo 4 5 (1.5424)
11MnMo 4 5 (1.5425) WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and interpass temperatures are normally
CAST in the range 100-250C depending upon thickness
ASTM being welded and restraint.
A217 grade WC1
A352 grade LC1 PWHT
BS EN PWHT to temper the weldment varies according
1504 grade 245 to the code; the extremes range from 550C up to
3100 grade B1 720C but the most common range is 630-670C.
DIN For material up to 20mm thick some codes allow
GS-22Mo 4 (1.5419) the PWHT to be omitted.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


For high strength structural welding applications
the MnMo alloys (A-50) are related.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Mo.B AWS E7018-A1 H4
TIG/MIG CMo AWS ER70S-A1

8 www.metrode.com DS A-10 | Rev. 01-03/16


Mo.B

LOW ALLOY STEELS


MOLYBDENUM ALLOYED MMA ELECTRODE FOR ELEVATED TEMPER ATURE SERVICE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic flux, metal powder type coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E7018-A1 H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E Mo B 3 2 QW442 A-No 2
BS and AWS Mn ranges overlap, but required specification should be stated on order.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. -- 0.75 -- -- -- -- -- 0.40 --
max. 0.10 1.20 0.60 0.025 0.030 0.20 -- 0.65 --
Typical 0.05 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.015 0.05 0.05 0.55 0.05
* BS2493 Mn:Si 2:1, AWS A5.5 Mn 0.90% max.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 600-650C/h * Min. Typical As Welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 510 550-610 590
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 460-525 480
Elongation (%) 4d 22 27-32 27
5d 22 23-29 23
Reduction of area % -- 65-72 68
Impact ISO-V(J) -20C -- 130 100
-30C -- 115 --
Hardness (HV) -- 200 200
* BS and DIN: 600C/1h; AWS: 620C/1h. Satisfactory properties are also obtained in the as-welded condition.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.9 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 552 390 246 153

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding ovens, or 50-150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 17 5

www.metrode.com DS A-10-Mo.B | Rev. 01-03/16 9


CMo
LOW ALLOY STEELS

0.5%Mo SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRE FOR CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated solid wire for TIG and MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER70S-A1 (Previous classification was ER70S-G) QW432 F-No 6
ISO 21952-A W Mo Si (TIG wire) QW442 A-No 2
En ISO 14341-A G 46 3 M 2Mo (MIG wire)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu V
Min. 0.08 0.90 0.50 -- -- -- 0.45 -- -- --
Max. 0.12 1.30 0.70 0.020 0.020 0.2 0.60 0.20 0.3 0.03
Typical 0.1 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.5 0.02 0.05 0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical TIG MAG Ar + 5% CO2
Properties as-welded (AW) or PWHT: Min.
AW 620C/1h AW 620C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa) 515 662 640 650 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 540 520 530 505
Elongation (%) 4d 19 29 25 29 25
5d 22 26 24 25 24
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C -- 52 170 42 96
Hardness HV -- 210/245 205/230 215/235 200/220
*Minimum values are after PWHT 620C/1h (AWS) or 595C/0.5h (DIN) and as-welded for BS EN.
MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) will have lower strength than shown.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon + 2-20%CO2 / Argon +1.5%O2 or proprietary DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG - 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15 kg spool - -

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

10 www.metrode.com DS A-10-CMo | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-12

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

1CR-Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
1Cr-Mo alloyed steel consumables for After PWHT, the microstructure consists of
elevated temperature service tempered bainite.

WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Preheat and interpass temperature 200C
ASTM BS EN & DIN minimum, up to 300C for thick sections.
A387 Gr 11 & 12 13CrMo 4-5 (1.7355) Maintain throughout welding cycle and some
A182 F11 & F12 13CrMo 4-4 (1.7335) time after completion of welding.
A217 WC6 & WC11 16CrMo 4-4 (1.7337)
A234 WP11 & WP12 11CrMo 5-5 (1.7339)
A199 T11 GS-25CrMo 4 (1.7128) PWHT
A200 T11 GS-17CrMo 5-5 (1.7357) Apart from some special applications, PWHT
A213 T11 & T12
A335 P11 & P12 will always be required. PWHT temperature is
typically 690C with time being dependent on
section thickness.
BS
1501 Gr 620 & 621
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
1502 Gr 620
1503 Gr 620 & 621 There are Technical Profiles available which cover
1504 Gr 621 some of the consumables on this data sheet.
3100 Gr B2 Additional information is available on Chromet 1X
3604 Gr 620/440 & 621 and Cormet 1.
3059 Gr 620/460

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed for prolonged Process Product Specification
Elevated temperature service up to 550C. Chromet 1 AWS E8018-B2
Main areas of application are associated with MMA Chromet 1L AWS E7015-B2L
steam generating power plant, eg piping, turbine Chromet 1X * AWS E8018-B2
castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler 1CrMo BS EN CrMo1Si
superheaters. Some of the consumables will also TIG/MIG
ER80S-B2 AWS ER80S-B2
find service in refineries where they are used for
corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude SA 1CrMo AWS EB2
SAW
oil at 250-450C. Some of the consumables will LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
also find applications in the chemical and petro- FCW Cormet 1 AWS E81T1-B2
chemical industries where they are used for
* Chromet 1X is the temper embrittlement resistant
resistance to hydrogen attack in the fabrication (TER) version of Chromet 1.
of hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3
pressure vessels operating at up to 450C. In
the as-welded condition the consumables also
provide a useful source of 300HV hardness weld
deposit for build-up or hardsurfacing to resist
metal-to-metal wear and heavy impact.

www.metrode.com DS A-12 | Rev. 01-03/16 11


CHROMET 1
LOW ALLOY STEELS

1CR-Mo MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E8018-B2 H4
QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5
QW442 A-No 3
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5518-1CM
APPROVALS TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu Nb
Min. 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- --
Max. 0.12 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.030 1.40 0.65 0.3 0.2 0.01
Typical 0.07 0.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 1.25 0.55 0.1 <0.1 0.01
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


HT 690C/1h min typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 570
Elongation (%) 4d 19 25
5d 20 24
Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 160
Hardness (HV) AW -- 250
PWHT -- 210

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 12.9 16.8 18.0
Pieces/carton 624 330 246 174

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5

12 www.metrode.com DS A-12-CHROMET 1 | Rev. 01-03/16


CHROMET 1L

LOW ALLOY STEELS


LOW CARBON 1CR-Mo MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode 1Cr-Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for resistance to
sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet sour environments. Also suitable for thin section joints which are to be
left in the as-welded condition.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M 7015-B2L H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1L B 3 2 H5 QW442 A-No 3
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5216-1CML

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
Min. 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 --
Max. 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.025 1.40 0.65 0.15
Typical 0.04 0.80 0.40 0.012 0.015 1.25 0.55 <0.10
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 690C/1h Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 390 500
Elongation (%) 4d 19 26
5d 20 23
Reduction of area % - 68
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C - 180
-10C - 120
Hardness (HV) AW - 220
PWHT - 200

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 17.7 18.0
Pieces/carton 612 399 252 168

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5

www.metrode.com DS A-12-CHROMET 1L | Rev. 01-03/16 13


CHROMET 1X
LOW ALLOY STEELS

1CR-Mo ALLOYED MMA ELECTRODE FOR TEMPER EMBRITTLEMENT RESISTANCE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode 1Cr-Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement resistance with
prolonged service at 400-600C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe
(J) factors.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E8018-B2 H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5 QW442 A-No 3
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-1CM

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As
Min. 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- --
Max. 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 1.40 0.65 0.15 0.005 0.010
Typical 0.06 0.70 0.25 0.012 0.009 1.25 0.55 <0.05 0.002 0.003
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm)/100 = 15 Max Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x(P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 690C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled) Min. Typical 690C/5h typical 690C/5h + SC typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 610 610 595
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 525 515 490
Elongation (%) 4d 19 25 29 29
5d 20 21 25 25
Reduction of area % -- 70 70 70
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 (2)
160 200 200
-30C -- 100 160 140
Hardness (HV) AW -- 300-320 -- --
PWHT -- 200-210 220 190
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690C/1h, DIN 690C/>30min, BS EN 720C/1h. (2) DIN & BS EN minimum average.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.8 16.8 17.4
Pieces/carton 624 405 243 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5

14 www.metrode.com DS A-12-CHROMET 1X | Rev. 02-08/16


1CrMo

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 1Cr-Mo steels, conforming to European and ISO specifications.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-G QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO21952-A CrMo1Si (W = TIG, G=MIG) QW442 A-No 3
APPROVALS TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu
Min. 0.08 0.8 0.5 - - 0.9 0.45 - -
Max. 0.14 1.2 0.8 0.02 0.02 1.3 0.65 - 0.4
Typical 0.1 1.0 0.6 0.01 0.015 1.2 0.5 <0.1 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/4h (AWS=1h) Min. Typical TIG Typical MIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 635 590
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 520 480
Elongation (%) 4d 19 28 26
5d 20 23 22
Impact ISO-V(J) -10C - >200 >115
Hardness HV - 220 195
HB - 215 190

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar-5%CO2 DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS A-12-1CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16 15


ER80S-B2
LOW ALLOY STEELS

SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 1Cr-Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the AWS/ASME specification.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-B2 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 21952-B 1CM QW442 A-No 3

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu
Min. 0.07 0.4 0.4 - - 1.2 0.4 - -
Max. 0.12 0.7 0.7 0.020 0.020 1.5 0.65 0.2 0.35
Typical 0.10 0.5 0.5 0.01 0.015 1.3 0.5 <0.1 0.10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/4h (AWS=620C /1h) Min. Typical TIG Typical MIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 635 590
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 520 480
Elongation (%) 4d 19 27 26
5d 17 25 20
Impact ISO-V(J) -10C - >200 >115
Hardness HV - 220 195
HB - 215 190

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar-5%CO2 DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG - - - - 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel - - - -

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

16 www.metrode.com DS A-12-ER80S-B2 | Rev. 01-03/16


SA 1CrMo

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 1Cr-Mo steels

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.23M EB2 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo1 QW442 A-No 3

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
SA1CrMo wire 0.1 0.8 0.15 0.01 0.012 1.3 0.55 0.01
Deposit with LA436. 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5 00.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 535
Elongation (%) 4d 20 25
5d 20 23
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 >100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred.
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4 3.2
SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
SAW fume negligible

www.metrode.com DS A-12-SA1CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16 17


LA436
LOW ALLOY STEELS

SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.23M F9 P0-EB3 B3 QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 14174 SA AB 1 67 AC H5 QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.8 0.15 0.010 0.012 1.3 0.55
Deposit with LA436 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES with SA 1CRMO WIRE


Typical PWHT 690-720C/1-2h
Tensile strength (MPa) 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 535
Elongation (%) 4d 25
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C >100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums:
< 60%RH, > 18C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350C/1-2h.

18 www.metrode.com DS A-12-LA436 | Rev. 01-03/16


CORMET 1

LOW ALLOY STEELS


ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Cormet 1 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity steel sheath with a
metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.29M E81T1-B2C/M-H4 QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.36 E81T1-C1PZ-B2-H4 or E81T1-M21PZ-B2-H4 (dependent on shielding gas) QW442 A-No 3
BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-1CM

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
Min. 0.05 -- -- -- -- 1.00 0.40 -
Max. 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.03 0.03 1.50 0.65 0.30
Typical 0.06 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 0.55 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1-2h Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 635
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 545
Elongation (%) 4d 19 24
5d 17 22
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 150
-20C -- 80
Hardness (HV) -- 200

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is also
suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-2V higher.). Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range Typical stickout
1.2 160 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 25mm
1.6 220 350A, 26-32V 260A, 28V 15 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5

www.metrode.com DS A-12-CORMET 1 | Rev. 01-03/16 19


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-13
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

2 Cr-1Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
2Cr-1Mo alloyed steel consumables for After PWHT, the microstructure consists of
elevated temperature service. tempered bainite.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


Preheat and interpass temperature 250C
ASTM BS EN & DIN minimum, up to 300C for thick sections.
A387 Gr 21&22 11 CrMo 9-10 (1.7383)
Maintain throughout welding cycle and some
A182 F22 10 CrMo 9-10 (1.7380)
GS-18CrMo 9 10 (1.7379) time after completion of welding.
A217 WC9
A234 WP22 GS-12CrMo 9 10 (1.7380)
A199 T21,T22 6CrMo 9 10 (1.7385)
A200 T21,T22 12CrMo 9 10 (1.7375) PWHT
A335 P22 Apart from some special applications, PWHT
A234 WP22 BS will always be required. PWHT temperature is
1501 Gr 622 typically 690C with time being dependent on
Also Cr-Mo-V steels 1503 Gr 622 section thickness.
BS 1503 Gr 660 1504 Gr 622
BS 1504 Gr 660 3100 Gr B3
BS 3100 Gr B7 3604 Gr 622 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
BS 3604 Gr 660 3059 Gr 622/640 & 622/490 There are Technical Profiles available which cover
some of the consumables on this data sheet.
APPLICATIONS Additional information is available on Chromet
2X and Cormet 2.
These consumables are designed for prolonged
elevated temperature service up to 600C. Main
areas of application are associated with steam PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
generating power plant, eg piping, turbine castings,
steam chests, valve bodies and boiler superheaters. Process Product Specification
Some of the consumables will also find service Chromet 2 AWS E9018-B3
in refineries where they are used for corrosion MMA Chromet 2L AWS E8015-B3L
resistance to sulphur bearing crude oil at 250-450C. Chromet 2X * AWS E9018-B3
Some of the consumables will also find applications
2CrMo BS EN CrMo2Si
in the chemical and petro-chemical industries where TIG/MIG
they are used for resistance to hydrogen attack in ER90S-B3 AWS ER90S-B3
the fabrication of hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction SA 2CrMo AWS EB3
SAW
plant and NH3 pressure vessels operating at up to LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
450C. In the as-welded condition the consumables Cormet 2 AWS E91T1-B3
also provide a useful source of 300HV hardness FCW
Cormet 2L AWS E91T1-B3L
weld deposit for build-up or hardsurfacing to resist
metal-to-metal wear, heavy impact and the repair * Chromet 2X is the temper embrittlement resistant
(TER) version of Chromet 2.
of P20 mould steel.

20 www.metrode.com DS A-13 | Rev. 01-03/16


CHROMET 2

LOW ALLOY STEELS


2Cr-1Mo MMA ELECTRODE.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E9018-B3 H4
QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2 B 3 2 H 5
QW442 A-No 4
BS en ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M
APPROVALS TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
min. 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 -- 0.90 -- --
max. 0.10 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.030 2.50 0.3 1.20 0.2 0.01
Typical 0.07 0.8 0.60 0.01 0.02 2.3 0.1 1.0 0.1 0.01
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 630 670
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 570
Elongation (%) 4d 17 22
5d 18 20
Reduction of area % -- 65
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 140
Hardness (HV) AW -- 300-320
PWHT -- 220-250
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 12.9 16.8 18.0
Pieces/carton 624 330 246 174

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 1 <0.2 18 5

www.metrode.com DS A-13-CHROMET 2 | Rev. 01-03/16 21


CHROMET 2L
LOW ALLOY STEELS

LOW CARBON 2Cr-1Mo MMA ELECTRODE.


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode 2Cr-1Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for resistance to sul-
phide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet sour environments. The lower hardness of Chromet 2L can also be benefi-
cial for welds that cannot be subsequently PWHT.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E8015-B3L H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2L B 3 2 H5 QW442 A-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-2C1ML

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Cu
Min. 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --
Max. 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.015 0.020 2.50 1.20 0.15
Typical 0.04 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 2.25 1.05 < 0.10
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 690C/1h Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 630
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 540
Elongation (%) 4d 17 24
5d 18 20
Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 160
-10C -- 90
Hardness (HV) AW -- 250-260
PWHT -- 210-220

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 17.4
Pieces/carton 621 396 228
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 1 <0.2 18 5

22 www.metrode.com DS A-13-CHROMET 2L | Rev. 01-03/16


CHROMET 2X

LOW ALLOY STEELS


2Cr-1Mo MMA ELECTRODE FOR TEMPER EMBRITTLEMENT RESISTANCE.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode 2Cr-1Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement resistance after prolonged
service at 400-600C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9018-B3 H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2 B 3 2 H5 QW442 A-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb
Min. 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 2.00 0.90 -- -- -- --
Max. 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 2.50 1.20 0.15 0.005 0.010 0.005
Typical 0.06 0.7 0.25 0.012 0.010 2.25 1.05 < 0.05 0.002 0.003 < 0.002
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max
100
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x (P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 690C/1h (1) (SC= step cooled) Min. Typical 690/5h typical 690C/5h + SC typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 630 670 660 650
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 540 570 560 550
Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 27 25
5d 18 19 24 20
Reduction of area % -- 65 70 65
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 (2) 140 170 170
-30C -- 80 140 110
Hardness (HV) AW -- 300-320 -- --
PWHT -- 220-250 195 205
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690C/1h, DIN 690C/>30min, BS EN 720C/1h. (2)
DIN & BS EN minimum average.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.8 17.1 17.1
Pieces/carton 681 375 270 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 1 <0.2 18 5

www.metrode.com DS A-13-CHROMET 2X | Rev. 02-08/16 23


2CrMo
LOW ALLOY STEELS

SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 2Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European and ISO specifications.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER90S-G QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo2Si (W = TIG, G = MIG) QW442 A-No 4
APPROVALS TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.06 0.80 0.50 -- -- 2.30 -- 0.90 --
Max. 0.12 1.20 0.80 0.020 0.020 2.70 -- 1.10 0.40
Typical 0.1 1.0 0.6 0.010 0.015 2.4 <0.1 1 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h (1) Min. Typical TIG Typical MIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 660 655
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 540 550 540
Elongation (%) 4d 17 26 23
5d 15 21 20
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- > 150 > 95
Hardness (HV) HV -- 225 220
HB -- 220 215

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar-5%CO2 DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 5 kg tube To order 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
55 5 <0.1 1.3 1.2 < 0.5 5

24 www.metrode.com DS A-13-2CrMo | Rev. 03-08/16


ER90S-B3

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 2Cr-1Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the AWS/ASME specification.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER90S-B3 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 21952-B 2C1M QW442 A-No 4

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Ni
Min. 0.07 0.40 0.40 -- -- 2.30 0.90 -- --
Max. 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.020 0.020 2.70 1.20 0.35 0.20
Typical 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.010 0.015 2.4 1 0.1 < 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h Min. Typical TIG Typical MIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 665 655
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 540 550 540
Elongation (%) 4d 17 27 23
5d 15 25 20
Impact ISO-V(J) -10C -- > 150 > 95
Hardness (HV) HV -- 225 220
HB -- 220 215

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar-5%CO2 DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
55 5 <0.1 1.3 1.2 < 0.5 5

www.metrode.com DS A-13-ER90S-B3 | Rev. 01-03/16 25


SA 2CrMo
LOW ALLOY STEELS

SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW.


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 2Cr-1Mo steels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.23M EB3 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo2 QW442 A-No 4

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.60 0.12 0.010 0.012 2.40 1.00 0.15
Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.80 0.40 < 0.01 < 0.02 2.10 1.00 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (LA436 FLUX)


PWHT 690C/1h Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 540 560
Elongation (%) 4d 17 24
5d 18 23
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 > 100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4 3.2 4.0
SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
55 5 <0.1 1.3 1.2 < 0.5 5

26 www.metrode.com DS A-13-SA2CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16


LA436

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.23M F9 P0-EB3 B3 QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 14174 SA AB 1 67 AC H5 QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.6 0.12 0.010 0.012 2.4 1.0 0.15
Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 1.0 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690-720C/1-2h Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 560
Elongation (%) 4d 24
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C > 100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums:
< 60%RH, > 18C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350C/1-2h.

www.metrode.com DS A-13-LA436 | Rev. 02-08/16 27


CORMET 2 / 2L
LOW ALLOY STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRES


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Cormet 2 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity steel sheath with a metal recovery
of about 90% with respect to the wire.
Cormet 2L, which is the low carbon version, is available to order; this wire finds applications for as-welded repairs in power generation plant
and the lower hardness may provide some benefits in some petrochemical applications.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


Cormet 2 Cormet 2L QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.29M E91T1-B3C/M-H4 E91T1-B3LC/M-H4 QW442 A-No 4
AWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-B3-H4 or E91T1-C1PZ-B3L-H4 or
E91T1-M21PZ-B3-H4* E91T1-M21PZ-B3L-H4*
BS EN ISO 17634-B T62T1-1C/M-2C1M T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML
* dependent on shielding gas

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C* Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
Min. 0.05 -- -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --
Max. 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.20 0.30
Typical 0.06 1 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.3 1.0 0.05
* Cormet 2L C < 0.05%, typical 0.04%

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h-2h Min. Cormet 2 typical Cormet 2Ltypical (as-welded)
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 680 --
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 540 570 --
Elongation (%) 4d 17 21 --
5d 15 19 --
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 150 40
-20C -- 60 --
Hardness (HV) -- 220 270

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is also suitable for
use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-2V higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.0 120 - 220A, 22 - 30V 150A, 25V 15 - 25mm
1.2 160 - 260A, 24 - 30V 190A, 25V 15 - 25mm
1.6 220 - 350A, 26 - 32V 260A, 28V 15 - 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
15kg spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr3 Cr6 Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
20 8 1 <1 < 0.5 <1 8 5

28 www.metrode.com DS A-13-CORMET 2 / 2L | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-14

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
1Cr-Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated After PWHT, the microstructure consists of
temperature service tempered bainite.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


ASTM Process Product Specification
A389 grade C24 (cast)
Chromet 1V BS EN ECrMoV1B
A356 grade (cast) MMA
13CMV --
DIN FCW Cormet 1V --
21 CrMoV 5 11 (1.8070)
15 CrMoV 5 10 (1.7745)
GS-17CrMo 5 11 (1.7706) (cast)

EN
G17CrMoV5-10 (1.7706)

GE
B50A224

APPLICATIONS
CrMoV base materials provide good creep rupture
propreties up to about 580C, with a reasonable degree
of corrosopn resistance in superheated steam.
Typical applications for the cast materials include
valve casings ans steam turbines, general use for
boilers, pressure vessels in the power generation and
petrochemical industries

www.metrode.com DS A-14 | Rev. 01 -09/15 29


CHROMET 1V
LOW ALLOY STEELS

BASIC COATED MMA ELECTRODE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant
coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E9018-G H4
QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoV1 B 3 2
QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V
Min. 0.05 0.70 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.10
Max. 0.15 1.50 0.50 0.025 0.025 1.30 1.30 0.35
Typical 0.08 0.85 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.10 1.10 0.20

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 700C/1h Room Temperature High Temperature
min typical +350C +400C +450C
Tensile strength (MPa) 590 800 750 730 695
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 435 745 675 650 620
Elongation (%) 4d -- 20 -- -- --
5d 15 16 -- -- --
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 24 60 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) HV -- 275 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 13.5 16.8 17.4
Pieces/carton 690 408 243 165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

30 www.metrode.com DS A-14-CHROMET 1V | Rev. 01-03/16


13 CMV

LOW ALLOY STEELS


BASIC COATED MMA ELECTRODE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant
coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
The 13CMV electrode is manufactured to order and is of a similar composition to the Chromet 1V although the carbon (at ~0.13%)
and vanadium (at ~0.25%) are typically higher. The 13CMV can also be manufactured by prior agreement to the GE specification
B50A273.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN ISO 3580-A (E CrMoV1 B 3 2) QW432 F-No --
GE B50A273 By prior agreement only QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V* Ni
Min. 0.10 0.3 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.20 --
Max. 0.15 1.0 0.50 0.020 0.030 1.50 1.30 0.30 0.4
Typical 0.13 0.6 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.2 1.10 0.25 0.05
* In the GE specification V = 0.40-0.55%

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.5
Pieces/carton 687 396 258 153

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

www.metrode.com DS A-14-13 CMV | Rev. 01-03/16 31


CORMET 1V
LOW ALLOY STEELS

ALL POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Cormet 1V (available to order) is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using high purity
steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4 (dependent on shielding gas) QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu V Ni
Min. 0.10 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.90 -- 0.20 --
Max. 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.020 0.020 1.50 1.30 0.3 0.30 0.3
Typical 0.13 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 1.1 0.1 0.25 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 720C/3h Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 650
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 50
Hardness (HV) HV 230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80% Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (when using 100%CO2 increase voltage by about 2V):
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 160-260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr3 Cr6 Ni F Cu OES (mg/m3)
20 8 1 <1 < 0.5 8 <1 5

32 www.metrode.com DS A-14-CORMET 1V | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-15

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

5CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
5%Cr-%Mo steel for elevated temperature In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists
service up to 600C. of tempered bainite.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


PLATES Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 400HV)
ASTM and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
A387 grade 5 5CrMo bainitic microstructure, a preheat and
PIPE / TUBE minimum interpass temperature of 200C should
be applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen
ASTM
induced cold cracking. Properly controlled and
A335 grades P5, P5b
A234 grade WP5 (fittings) handled electrodes will provide weld metal with
A199 grade T5 hydrogen <5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG
A213 grades T5, T5b welds, a lower preheat of 150C may be acceptable,
BS though it should be recognised that faster cooling
3604 grades HFS 625, CFS 625 rates may lead to partially martensitic and harder
DIN deposits.
12CrMo 19 5 (1.7362)
X7CrMo 6 1 (1.7373) Full transformation of 5CrMo during welding
X11CrMo 6 1 (1.7374) will be completed within a 200-350C working
FORGINGS range, so direct transfer (at >150C) to PWHT is
ASTM permissible, followed by NDE. If PWHT will be
A182 grade F5, F5a applied after complete cool out and NDE, the
A336 grade F5 preheat temperature should be maintained for
BS EN some time after welding, according to thickness,
1503 grade 625 to promote hydrogen dispersal. The latter
1501 grade 625 (section & bar) precaution is less significant for the TIG and solid
CAST wire MAG processes.
ASTM
A217 grade C5
BS EN PWHT
1504 grade 625 PWHT to temper the weldment would normally be
3100 grade B5 in the range 705-760C (eg. BS2633 & PD5500 710-
DIN 750C, ASME B31.3 705-760C). Minimum holding
GS-12CrMo 19 5 (1.7353, 1.7363) time recommended is two hours. For castings the
minimum suggested PWHT temperature is lower,
APPLICATIONS with temperatures as low as 670C being specified.
For elevated temperature service up to 600C, with
corrosion resistance in superheated steam, hot PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
hydrogen gas and high sulphur crude oils. Process Product Specification
Used primarily for boiler superheaters, heat exchangers,
MMA Chromet 5 AWS E8015-B6
piping and pressure vessels in oil refineries.
This weld metal has also been used successfully for TIG/MIG 5CrMo AWS ER80S-B6
subsequent nitriding, for example in the repair of 3Cr-
1Mo-V and 2Cr-Mo-1A1 (BS En40C, En41) steels used for
moulds for injection-moulding of plastics.

www.metrode.com DS A-15 | Rev. 01 -09/15 33


CHROMET 5
LOW ALLOY STEELS

5%Cr-0.5%Mo MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E8015-B6 H4
QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo5 B 3 2 H5
QW442 A-No 5
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-5CM

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 4.0 -- 0.45 --
max. 0.10 1.00 0.80 0.025 0.030 6.0 0.40 0.65 0.3
Typical 0.06 0.8 0.4 0.01 0.015 5 0.2 0.55 0.05
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B6 (<0.05% for E8015-B6L made to order).
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
745C/1h ** 740C/2h 745C/3h
Typical properties after PWHT *
Min. Typical Typical Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550*** 610 610 540
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 500 480 360
Elongation (%) 4d 19 25 23 28
5d 18 22 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 69 71 74
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 150 130 140
-10C -- 80 50 50
Hardness cap/mid -- 210/205 210/200 205/160
* AWS A5.4 requires a PWHT of 840-870C/2h, (this PWHT is never applied in practice so is not shown).
** This is the AWS A5.5 PWHT (732-760C/1h). BS is 725-745C/2h, BS EN & DIN is 730-760C/1h.
*** BS EN and DIN minimum is 590MPa. There are no base material grades requiring such a high tensile strength ASTM is 414-552MPa
dependent on grade.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.1 16.8
Pieces/carton 636 396 246 156

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 1.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 5

34 www.metrode.com DS A-15-CHROMET 5 | Rev. 01-03/16


5CrMo

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW FOR 5%Cr-0.5%Mo CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG, alloyed with 5%Cr-0.5%Mo.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-B6 QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.23M EB6 QW442 A-No 5
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo5Si*

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu V
Min. 0.03 0.40 0.30 -- -- 5.5 0.50 -- -- --
Max. 0.10 0.70 0.50 0.020 0.020 6.0 0.65 0.30 0.3 0.03
Typical 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.01 5.7 0.55 0.1 0.2 0.02
* Si is 0.30% min. in. BS EN ISO 21952-A specification

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical properties after PWHT Min. TIG 745C/1h TIG 740C/2h SAW 740C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa) 590 640 570 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 530 440 470
Elongation (%) 4d 17 28 25 27
5d 17 25 20 24
Reduction of area % -- 72 78 75
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 240 -- 70
Hardness cap/mid -- 195/215 -- --
* Minimum values after PWHT 745C (730-760C) for 1h according to AWS A5.28 for ER80S-B6 and BS EN 12070.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 140A, 14V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW LA436 DC+ 2.4 400A, 30V, 450mm/min
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15 kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS A-15 5CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16 35


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-16
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

9CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
9%Cr-1%Mo martensitic alloy for elevated In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists
temperature service. of tempered bainite.

WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 450HV)
PLATES
and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
ASTM
martensitic 9CrMo microstructure, a preheat and
A387 grade 9
minimum interpass temperature of 200C shall
PIPE / TUBE
be applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen
ASTM induced cracking. Properly controlled and handled
A335 grade 9
electrodes will provide weld metal with hydrogen
A234 grade WP9 (fittings)
A199 grade T9 <5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a
A213 grades T9 lower preheat of 150C may be acceptable.
BS
3604 grades CFS & HFS 629-470, During welding, full transformation may not be
CFS & HFS 629-590 complete within a working range of 200-350C, so
DIN partial cooling to around 150C is advised before
X12CrMo 9 1 (1.7386) direct transfer to PWHT, followed by NDE. If PWHT
X7CrMo 9 1 (1.7388) will be applied after complete cool out and NDE,
the preheat temperature should be maintained
FORGINGS
for some time, according to thickness, to promote
ASTM
hydrogen dispersal. The latter precaution is
A182 grade F9
A336 grade F9 less significant for the TIG and solid wire MAG
processes.
CAST
ASTM PWHT
A217 grade C12
PWHT to temper the weldment would normally
BS EN be in the range 705-780C (eg. BS2633 710-750C,
1504 grade 629
PD5500 740-780C, ASME B31.3 705-760C).
3100 grade B6
Minimum holding time recommended is two
DIN
hours. For castings the minimum suggested
GS-12CrMo 10 1 (1.7389)
PWHT temperature is lower, with temperatures as
low as 670C being specified.
APPLICATIONS
For elevated temperature service up to 600C, PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
with reasonable degree of corrosion resistance in
Process Product Specification
superheated steam, hot hydrogen gas and high sulphur
crude oils, where higher performance than 5%Cr- MMA Chromet 9 AWS E8015-B8
0.5%Mo steels is required. TIG/MIG /SAW 9CrMo AWS ER80S-B8
SAW SA 9CrMo AWS EB8
Used primarily for boiler superheater tubing, heat LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil refineries
and power plants.

36 www.metrode.com DS A-16 | Rev. 01-03/16


CHROMET 9

LOW ALLOY STEELS


9%Cr-1%Mo MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E8015-B8 H4
QW432 F-No 4
AWS A5.4M E505-15 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.4
QW442 A-No 5
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo9 B 3 2 H5
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1M

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.90 --
max. 0.10 1.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 10.0 0.40 1.20 0.3
Typical 0.06 0.75 0.35 0.012 0.015 9.0 0.2 1.0 <0.05
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B8 (<0.05% for E8015-B8L, made to order).
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical PWHT Min. 740C/2h Typical 746C/3h Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 590 710 680
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 600 550
Elongation (%) 4d 19 22 26
5d 18 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 70 70
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 34 90 130
0C -- 50 --
-10C -- 25 90
Hardness (HV) -- 235 220
AWS PWHT is 732-760C /1 hour. BS EN PWHT is 740-780C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for normal fabrication practice.
* ASTM base material minimum varies in the range 414-586MPa depending on grade.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 11.7 15.0 17.4 16.5
Pieces/carton 612 399 249 150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 2.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 2

www.metrode.com DS A-16-CHROMET 9 | Rev. 01-03/16 37


9CrMo
LOW ALLOY STEELS

COPPER COATED TIG AND MIG WIRES FOR 9%Cr-1%Mo


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-B8 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo9 QW442 A-No 5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.06 0.40 0.30 -- -- 8.5 -- 0.80 --
Max. 0.10 0.60 0.50 0.020 0.020 10.0 0.50 1.20 0.35
Typical 0.07 0.50 0.40 0.01 0.015 9.0 0.10 0.90 0.10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values after 745C/1h: Min. TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 590 730
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 612
Elongation (%) 4d 17 27
5d 18 23
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 80
Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 225/230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 140A, 14V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube To order
MIG To order -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

38 www.metrode.com DS A-16 9CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16


SA 9CrMo

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 9Cr-1Mo steels

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.23M EB8 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo9 QW442 A-No 5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.06 0.40 0.30 -- -- 8.5 -- 0.80 --
Max. 0.10 0.60 0.50 0.020 0.020 10.0 0.5 1.20 0.35
Typical 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 9 0.1 0.9 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values after 745C/1h: Min.
Tensile strength (MPa) 590
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 435
Elongation (%) 4d 17
5d 18
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 34
Hardness cap/mid (HV) --
AWS PWHT is 730-760C /1 hour. EN ISO PWHT is 740-780C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for normal fabrication
practice.Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 9Cr-1Mo steels

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4
SAW 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr 3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS A-16-SA 9CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16 39


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-17
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

P91 MODIFIED 9CrMo


ALLOY TYPE PWHT
Modified 9CrMo for high temperature creep Minimum preheat temperature 150C with
resistance. maximum interpass temperature of 300C; in
practice a preheat-interpass range of 200300C
is normal.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
To ensure full martensite transformation, welds
ASTM shall be cooled to ~100C prior to PWHT.
A 213 T91 (seamless tubes) ASME base material codes and AWS consumable
A 335 P91 (seamless pipes) classifications allow PWHT down to 730C, whilst
A 387 Gr 91 (plates) BS EN consumable classifications specify 750C.
A 182 / A336 F91 (forgings)
Optimum properties are obtained with a tempering
A 217 C12A (castings)
A 234 WP91 parameter (P) of around 21 or above, where
A 369 FP91 P = C+273 (log t + 20) x 103. Maximum PWHT
DIN / BS EN temperature varies, AWS consumable specifications
1.4903 (X10CrMoVNb 9 1) are 760C, BS EN 770C; BS 1503 allows up to 790C
BS for base material forgings.
1503 Gr91 When compared with directly matching weld
3059-2 Gr91 metal, the addition of some nickel and reduction
AFNOR of niobium provides a useful improvement in
NF A-49213/A-49219 Gr TU Z 10 CDVNb 09-01 toughness after conveniently short PWHT at
750760C. PWHT above 765C is not generally
recommended for Ni-containing consumables,
APPLICATIONS because some re-hardening could occur due to
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent the proximity of Ac1. Some authorities specify weld
type 91 9CrMo steels modified with small additions metal Ni + Mn < 1.5% to keep Ac1 high enough to
of niobium, vanadium and nitrogen to give improved allow higher PWHT temperature if required.
long term creep properties.
These consumables are specifically intended for high ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
integrity structural service at elevated temperature More detailed information on the products and
so the minor alloy additions responsible for its creep properties of P91 steels are available in the
strength are kept above the minimum considered Technical Profile "Welding Consumables for
necessary to ensure satisfactory performance. In P91 Steels for the Power Generation Industry"
this case, weldments will be weakest in the softened available from Metrode Technical Department
(intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, as PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
indicated by so-called type IV failure in transverse
weld creep tests. Process Product Specification
Modified 9CrMo steels are now widely used for Chromet 9MV-N AWS E9015-B91
components such as headers, main steam piping, Chromet 9MVN+ AWS E9015-B91
MMA
valves and turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power Chromet 9-B9 AWS E9015-B91
generating plants. They may also find future use in Chromet 91VNB AWS E9015-B91
oil refineries and coal liquefaction and gasification 9CrMoV-N AWS ER90S-B9
TIG/MIG
plants. 9CrMoV AWS ER90S-B9
MIG (MCW) Cormet M91 AWS E90C-B9
MICROSTRUCTURE 9CrMoV-N (wire) AWS EB91
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists SAW 9CrMoV (wire) AWS EB91
of tempered martensite with alloy carbides. LA490 (flux) ISO SA FB 155 AC H5
FCW Supercore F91 AWS E91T1-B9

40 www.metrode.com DS A-17 | Rev. 03-04/17


CHROMET 9MV-N

LOW ALLOY STEELS


MMA ELECTRODE TO AWS/EN ISO WITH OPTIMISED Ni TO MA XIMISE TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved
toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-A.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4 QW422 P-No 15E group 1
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5 QW432 F-No 4
APPROVALS TV QW442 A-No 5
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni** Mo Nb V N Cu Al
min. 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.40 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- --
max. 0.12 0.80 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.70 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
Typical 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.01 9.0 0.5 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01
* Mn+Ni 1.2%
** Low Ni and low Mn+Ni variant is available : Chromet 9-B9.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 760C / 2h Min. (1) Typical 550C 600C 650C
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 770 >450 >375 >285
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 640 >360 >255 >175
Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 -- -- --
5d 17 19 >15 >17 >21
Reduction of area % -- 60 >68 >75 >80
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 65 -- -- --
Lateral expansion +20C -- 1.00 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) after PWHT -- 250 -- -- --
as-welded -- 450 -- -- --
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 14.1 13.5 17.4 16.5
Pieces/carton 702 408 234 150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <3 <0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

www.metrode.com DS A-17-CHROMET 9MV-N | Rev. 02-02/17 41


CHROMET 9MV-N+
LOW ALLOY STEELS

MMA ELECTRODE TO AWS/EN ISO WITH OPTIMISED Ni TO MA XIMISE TOUGHNESS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode Basic type made on matching core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved toughness, conforming to BS
EN ISO 3580-A and AWS specifications.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4 QW422 P-No 15E group 1
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5 QW432 F-No 4
APPROVALS TV QW442 A-No 5
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni** Mo Nb V N Cu Al
Min. 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.40 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- --
Max. 0.12 0.80 0.3 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.70 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
Typical 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.01 9.0 0.5 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01
* Mn+Ni 1.2%
** Low Ni and low Mn+Ni variant is available : Chromet 9-B9.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 760C / 2h Min. (1) Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 720
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 590
Elongation (%) 4d 17 22
5d 17 19
Reduction of area % -- 62
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 90
Hardness (HV) after PWHT -- 250
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 250 350 350 450
kg/carton 10.2 13.5 14.1 16.5
Pieces/carton 714 408 276 150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <3 <0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

42 www.metrode.com DS A-17-CHROMET 9MVN+ | Rev. 02-02/17


CHROMET 9-B9

LOW ALLOY STEELS


MMA ELECTRODE WITH LOW Ni CONTENT
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire manufactured to the requirements of AWS A5.5
E9015-B9 and BS EN ISO 3580-B.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4 QW422 P-No 15E group 1
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1MV QW432 F-No 4
QW442 A-No 5
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al
Min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 0.20 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
Max. 0.12 0.75 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.40 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
Typical 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.008 9 0.3 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01
* Mn + Ni 1. 0%. Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 0.8%Ni. See Chromet 9MV-N or Chromet
9MVN+ for variant with 0.40.7%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO specification.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2h Min. (1) Typical 550C 600C 650C
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 710 >450 >375 >285
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 590 >360 >255 >175
Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 -- -- --
5d 17 20 >15 >17 >21
Reduction of area % -- 63 >68 >75 >80
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 75 -- -- --
Lateral expansion +20C --
1.10 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) after PWHT -- 240 -- -- --
as-welded -- 450 -- -- --
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0*
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 657 399 264 150
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <3 <0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

www.metrode.com DS A-17-CHROMET 9-B9 | Rev. 02-02/17 43


CHROMET 91VNB
LOW ALLOY STEELS

MMA ELECTRODE FOR ROOT WELDING


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode - Basic coated for root welding applications made on high purity steel core wire.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
SPECIFICATIONS
QW422 P-No 15E group 1
AWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4
QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5
QW442 A-No 5
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
Min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.00 0.4 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
Max. 0.12 1.2 0.30 0.01 0.01 9.5 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
Typical 0.1 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.008 8.5 0.5 1.0 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2h Min. (1) Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 750
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 600
Elongation (%) 4d 17 20
5d 17 18
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 47 55
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm) 2.5
min A. 60
max A. 100

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5
Length (mm) 350
kg/carton 13.5
Pieces/carton 678

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <3 <0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

44 www.metrode.com DS A-17-CHROMET 91VNB | Rev. 01-03/16


9CrMoV-N

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


TIG MIG SAW QW422 P-No 15E group 1
AWS A5.23M -- -- EB91 QW432 F-No 4
AWS A5.28M ER90S-B9 ER90S-B9 -- QW442 A-No 5
BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMo91 G CrMo91 --
BS EN ISO 24598-A -- -- S CrMo91
APPROVALS TV TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
Min. 0.08 0.40 0.15 -- -- 8.5 0.40 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
Max. 0.13 0.80 0.50 0.010 0.010 9.5 0.80 1.10 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.10 0.04
Typical 0.10 0.5 0.25 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.6 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.03 <0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


TIG SAW typical
PWHT 760C / 2h Min.
typical LA490 flux
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 780 720
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 415 675 610
Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 25
5d 16 19 23
Reduction of area (%) -- 70 70
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- * 220 60
Hardness (HV) (mid) -- 265 230
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.

PARAMETERS
Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW LA490 DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg spools to order. 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW to order to order to order 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
50 4 <0.4 6 < 0.5 0.5 5

www.metrode.com DS A-17-9CrMoV-N | Rev. 04-04/17 45


9CrMoV
LOW ALLOY STEELS

SOLID WIRE WITH LOW Ni CONTENTFOR TIG, MIG AND SAW


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire with Mn+Ni1.0%, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


TIG MIG SAW QW422 P-No 15E group 1
AWS A5.23M - - EB 91 QW432 F-No 6
QW442 A-No 5
AWS A5.28M ER90S-B9 ER90S-B9 -
BS EN ISO 21952-B W 9C1MV G 9C1MV -
BS EN ISO 24598-B W 9C1MV G 9C1MV S 9C1MV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
Min. 0.08 0.40 0.15 -- -- 8.5 0.10 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
Max. 0.13 0.80 0.50 0.010 0.010 9.5 0.40 1.10 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.10 0.04
Typical 0.10 0.5 0.35 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.3 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.03 <0.01
*Mn+Ni 1. 0%. Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 1.0%Ni.
See 9CrMoV-N for variant with 0.40.8%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO suffix A specification.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


TIG SAW
PWHT 760C / 2h Min.
typical typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 760 690
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 415 650 580
Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 25
5d 17 19 23
Reduction of area (%) -- 70 70
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- * 220 65
Hardness (HV) (mid) -- 255 220
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.

PARAMETERS
Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW LA490 DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg spools to order. 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
50 4 <0.4 6 < 0.5 0.5 5

46 www.metrode.com DS A-17-9CrMoV | Rev. 03-02/17


LA490

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SUB-ARC FLUX FOR USE WITH 9CrMoV-N AND 9CrMoV SOLID WIRES
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated fluoride-basic flux for P91 and P92 modified 9CrMo creep resistant steels

SPECIFICATIONS COMPOSITION (FLUX WT%)


BS EN ISO 14174 (flux) SA FB 155 AC H5 SiO2 + Al2O3 30%
AWS A5.23M F62P0-EB91-B91 CaO + Mg O 36%
AWS A5.23 F9PZ-EB91-B91
(flux wire combination)
CaF2 27%
APPROVALS TV (in conjunction with 9CrMov-N wire) Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~3.0

ANALYSIS DEPOSIT (TYPICAL, WT%)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N
9CrMoV-N Wire 0.10 0.5 0.25 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.6 1.0 0.05 0.20 0.05
Deposit with LA490 0.09 0.7 0.20 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.6 1.0 0.04 0.20 0.05
9CrMoV Wire 0.10 0.5 0.35 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.3 1.0 0.05 0.20 0.05
Deposit with LA490 0.09 0.7 0.30 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.3 1.0 0.04 0.20 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2h Min. 9CrMoV-N+LA490 (typical) 9CrMoV+LA490 (typical)
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 720 700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 540 610 570
Elongation (%) 4d 17 25 24
5d 17 23 21
Reduction or area -- 70 70
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --* 60 60
Hardness (HV) (mid) -- 230 220
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO 24598-A : 47 J average / 38 J single after PWHT 750-760C/3h.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
AC or DC+: typical 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
25kg moisture resistant aluminium Sahara bags.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300350C/ 12hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it is recommended to
redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.

www.metrode.com DS A-17-LA490 | Rev. 24-04/17 47


CORMET M91
LOW ALLOY STEELS

METAL CORED WIRE FOR MIG WELDING


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Metal cored wire for MIG welding. High purity steel sheath with 96% metal recovery with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M E90C-B9 QW422 P-No 15E group 1
AWS A5.36M E90T15-M12PZ-B91 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T15-0M-9C1MV QW442 A-No 5

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al
Min. 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.03 0.18 0.03 -- --
Max. 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04
Typical 0.1 1 0.3 0.01 0.01 9 0.3 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.03
* Ni + Mn 1.50

PARAMETERS
Operability is influenced by the type of shielding gas; higher CO2 levels, up to 20%, give better arc characteristics but lower CO2 and
O2 levels produce better impact properties. The best compromise is considered to be obtained from Ar-2%CO2 although if impact
properties are not a major concern, higher CO2 levels can be used to obtain optimum arc characteristics.
Diameter (mm) Gas flow Optimum Stickout
1.2 15 25 l/min DC+ 260A 28V 10 20mm
1.6 15 25 l/min DC+ 330A 29V 15 25mm

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


typical
PWHT 750 760C / 2 3h Min.
Ar-2%CO2 80/20 Ar-He-CO2
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 780 780 780
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 565 650 650 650
Elongation (%) 4d 16 17 17 17
5d 14 16 16 16
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 30 25 35
Lateral expansion + 20C -- 0.30 0.28 0.45
Hardness (HV) -- 260 260 260

PACKAGING DATA
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. 15kg spools.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
60 5 <0.5 5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5

48 www.metrode.com DS A-17-CORMET M91 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE F91

LOW ALLOY STEELS


ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent modified 9CrMo steels (P91). Rutile flux system with an high purity strip
producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.29M E91T1-B9C/M-H4 QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-B91-H4 or QW442 A-No 5
(dependent on shielding gas)
E91T1-M21PZ-B91-H4
BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al Ni+Mn
Min. 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.02 0.15 0.02 -- -- --
Max. 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04 1.50
Typical 0.1 0.8 0.3 0.010 0.016 9.0 0.5 1.0 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01 1.30

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


typical typical High Temperature
PWHT 760C / 2h (6h) Min.
760C/2h 760C/6h +566C +600C +650C
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 790 750 450 420 396
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 565 660 630 360 288 245
Elongation (%) 4d 17 20 23 21 27 29
5d 14 18 20 20 25 26
Reduction of area -- 55 58 73 81 85
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 28 36 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 260 250 -- -- --

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) welding position amp-volt rane * typical stickout
1.2 (0.045in) Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7

www.metrode.com DS A-17-SUPERCORE F91 | Rev. 01-03/16 49


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-18
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CONSUMABLES FOR E911 CrMo STEEL


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Modified 9CrMo type generically called E911, with a In the PWHT condition consists of tempered
nominal composition of 9%Cr-1%Mo-1%W+NbVN. martensite.

WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Preheat-interpass range for E911 is 200-300C.
EN/DIN Before PWHT it is preferable to cool to 100C or
1.4905 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 lower to ensure full martensite transformation.
1.4906 G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 (cast)
ASTM
A182/A336 F911 (forgings) PWHT
A213 T911 (seamless tube) PWHT requirements are essentially the same as
A234 WP911 (fittings) for P91, which requires PWHT in the range 730-
A335 P911 (seamless pipe) 780C. Castings are often PWHT at temperatures
A369 FP911 (forged pipe) towards the bottom of this range but the time
A387 Grade 911 (plate)
is proportionally increased to ensure sufficient
tempering. As a general rule the tempering
APPLICATIONS parameter (P), should be 21, or higher, to achieve
adequate tempering.
Electrodes for the new European creep-resistant steel
E911, which is essentially the ASTM P91 type with 1%W
P = C+273(20+logt) x 10-3
added to increase creep strength for service up to at
(t = time in hours)
least 600C.
Suggested conditions are 12h at 730C or 3h at
760C.
These consumables are mainly intended for castings,
which have a slightly higher Cr level. Castings also have
up to 1%Ni to suppress retained ferrite; in wrought
products nickel is limited to 0.4%. For microstructural RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
control and to optimise toughness after PWHT, the This alloy is closely related to the P91 alloy (data
weld metal has about 0.6%Ni added. sheet A-17) and P92 alloy (data sheet A-20). The
9CrWV TIG wire (A-20) can be used in conjunction
Applications for E911 steels include components such with Chromet 10MW. Also see alloy 921 (data
as headers, main steam piping, boiler tubes, turbine sheet A-25).
casings and steam valves in fossil fuelled power
generating plants. It may also find future use in oil
refineries and coal liquefaction and gasification plants. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet 10MW E9015-G
TIG/MIG Cormet 10MW E90C-G

50 www.metrode.com DS A-18 | Rev. 01-03/16


CHROMET 10MW

LOW ALLOY STEELS


MMA ELECTRODE FOR E911 CREEP-RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic low hydrogen flux system made on high purity steel core wire. Electrode is all-positional with a
moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9015-G H4 (E911) QW432 F-No 4
QW442 A-No 5

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N Al
min. 0.08 0.50 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.85 0.85 0.04 0.18 0.03 --
max. 0.14 1.20 0.30 0.015 0.02 10.5 0.80 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.02
Typical 0.11 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.010 9.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.05 0.22 0.05 0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical after PWHT: 730C/12h typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 760
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 620
Elongation (%) 5d 19
Reduction of area % 62
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 60
Hardness (HV) 250

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 80 100 140
max. A 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 16.5 16.8
Pieces/carton 399 225 159

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.2 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

www.metrode.com DS A-18-CHROMET 10MW | Rev. 01-03/16 51


CORMET 10MW
LOW ALLOY STEELS

METAL CORED WIRE FOR E911 CREEP-RESISTING STEEL


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Metal cored wire designed to weld equivalent E911 steels. Metal powder core with an alloyed strip producing weld metal
recovery of about 96%.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M E90C-G(E911) QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
min. 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.9 0.9 0.04 0.18 0.03 -- -- --
max. 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.02 10.0 0.85 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.0015 0.04 0.1
Typical 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9.5 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.0005 0.01 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 755C / 3h Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 770
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 650
Elongation (%) 4d 11
5d 9
Reduction of area 20
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 14
Hardness HV 260

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Ar + 2.5-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min (operability is improved at higher CO2 contents but impact properties are better with
lower CO2 contents).
Current: DC+ ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt, range Stickout
1.2 260A 28V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Pb Cu OES (mg/m3)
60 5 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5.0

52 www.metrode.com DS A-18-Cormet 10MW | Rev. 02-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-19

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

12CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
12%Cr creep resisting steel also with nominally The room temperature hardness of as-deposited
1%Mo-0.5%W-0.3%V. The matching base material is weld metal exceeds 500HV over a wide range
generically called X20. of cooling conditions. Preheat of 400C with
maximum interpass temperature of 500C is
specified by DIN 8575. These temperatures are
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED above the austenite-martensite transformation
AISI range (Ms-Mf about 350-150C) and more recent
Type 422. procedures have benefited from welding in
DIN the 200-350C preheat range to reduce grain-
X20CrMoV 12 1 (1.4935) coarsening and promote some tempering of
G-X22CrMoV 12 1 (1.4931) cast. partially transformed multipass weld metal.
BS
3604 grade 762. After welding, the joint must be cooled slowly to
120C (100-150C) and held for 1-2 hours, to allow
transformation before post-weld heat treatment.
APPLICATIONS If immediate heat treatment is not possible, the
Chromet 12MV deposits high strength martensitic weld transformation step must be followed by a post-
metal of nominally 0.2%C-12%Cr-1%Mo modified with heat of about 350C for 1-4 hours for hydrogen
vanadium and tungsten. The alloying is balanced with release, before cooling below 60C is allowed. In
a small addition of nickel to ensure a fully martensitic this condition, the hard weld zone is potentially
microstructure. sensitive to stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and
must be kept dry, with minimum delay before
12%CrMoV steels are used for critical heat and creep PWHT.
resisting service up to at least 550C. The high
chromium level confers superior steam and fireside PWHT
corrosion performance compared with 2-9%CrMo For production welds typical PWHT is in the
creep-resisting steels. temperature range 730-770C. Normally this
would be required for a minimum of three
Used in cast and wrought form for high pressure hours but will vary according to thickness, see
steam piping and headers, heat exchangers and appropriate application code for details.
turbine components, particularly in the power
generation industry and sometimes in petrochemical
applications. RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The newer P91 materials have replaced many of
the original applications for this alloy (data sheet
MICROSTRUCTURE
A-17).
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
tempered martensite.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet 12MV BS EN E CrMoWV 12 B
TIG 12CrMoV BS EN W CrMoWV 12 Si

www.metrode.com DS A-19 | Rev. 01-03/16 53


CHROMET 12MV
LOW ALLOY STEELS

BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR 12%Cr CREEP RESISTING STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic low hydrogen metal powder type made on high purity core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoWV12 B 3 2 H5 QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V
min. 0.15 0.40 -- -- -- 10.0 -- 0.80 0.40 0.20
max. 0.22 1.30 0.80 0.025 0.025 12.0 0.8 1.20 0.60 0.40
Typical 0.20 0.8 0.25 0.010 0.017 11 0.5 1 0.5 0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Elevated temperature
Room temperature
PWHT 760C / 3 hrs 350C 400C 450C
min * typical min typ min typ min typ
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 750 -- 590 -- 560 -- 520
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 550 370 450 355 420 325 410
Elongation (%) 4d -- 24 -- 18 -- 20 -- 17
5d 15 21 -- 16 -- 16 -- 14
Reduction of area % -- 55 -- 50 -- 48 -- 48
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 34 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
0C -- 33 -- -- -- -- -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 235 -- -- -- -- -- --
* Minimum requirements after PWHT of 740-780C/2 hours.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.8 16.8 16.8
Pieces/carton 600 339 234 150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2<10ml/100g, 300 - 350C/1-2h to ensure H2<5ml/100g. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 4 0.1 3 <0.2 0.1 0.1 16 1.7

54 www.metrode.com DS A-19-CHROMET 12MV | Rev. 01-03/16


12CrMoV

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID TIG WIRE FOR 12%Cr CREEP RESISTING STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMoWV 12 Si QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V W
min. 0.17 0.40 0.20 -- -- 10.5 -- 0.80 0.20 0.35
max. 0.24 1.00 0.60 0.020 0.025 12.0 0.80 1.20 0.40 0.80
Typical 0.2 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.01 11 0.6 1 0.3 0.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C/2h min typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 750
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 600
Elongation (%) 5d 15 20
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 34 50

PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4
TIG 5kg tube

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 4 8 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 5

www.metrode.com DS A-19-12CrMoV | Rev. 01-03/16 55


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-20
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

P92 CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
9Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and N for high In the as-welded condition the microstructure
temperature creep resistance. consists of tempered martensite.

PWHT
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Minimum preheat temperature 200C with
ASTM maximum interpass temperature of 350C;
A 213 T92 (seamless tubes) in practice a preheat-interpass range of 200
A 335 P92 (seamless pipes) 300C is normal. To ensure full martensite
A 387 Gr 92 (plates) transformation welds shall be cooled to ~100C
A 182 F92 (forgings) prior to PWHT; up to 50mm wall thickness can
A 369 FP92 (forged & bored pipe) be cooled to room temperature whilst thick wall
EN 10216-2 (seamless tubes) forgings or castings should not be cooled below
X10CrWMoVNb 9-2 ~80C prior to PWHT.

ASME base material codes allow PWHT down


to 730C but for weld metals PWHT is normally
APPLICATIONS carried out in the range 750-770C. Optimum
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent properties are obtained with PWHT at 760C for
type 92 9%Cr steels modified with tungsten, 4 hours.
vanadium, niobium, nitrogen and a small addition
boron to give improved long term creep properties. When compared with directly matching weld
metal, the addition of some nickel and reduction
They are specifically intended for high integrity of niobium provides a useful improvement in
structural service at elevated temperature so the toughness after PWHT.
minor alloy additions responsible for its creep
strength are kept above the minimum considered ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
necessary to ensure satisfactory performance. In More detailed information on the products and
practice, weldments will be weakest in the softened properties of P92 steels are available in the
(intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, as Technical Profile "Welding Consumables for
indicated by so-called type IV failure in transverse P92 Steels for the Power Generation Industry"
weld creep tests. available from Metrode Technical Department.

The rupture strength of P92 is up to 30% greater than PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


P91, and interest in its use is growing as a candidate Process Product Specification
for components such as headers, main steam piping MMA Chromet 92 AWS E9015-B92
and turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating
TIG/MIG 9CrWV AWS ER90S-G (92)
plants.
9CrWV (wire) AWS EG (92)
SAW
LA490 (flux) ISO SA FB 155 AC H5
FCW Supercore F92 E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4

56 www.metrode.com DS A-20 | Rev. 01-03/16


CHROMET 92

LOW ALLOY STEELS


MMA ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR JOINING P92 CREEP RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen
levels.
Recovery is approximately 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E9015-B92 H4
QW422 P-No 15E group 1
BS EN ISO 3580-A E ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 2 B 3 2 H5 QW432 F-No 4
APPROVALS TV QW442 A-No 5
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max. 0.13 1.00 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typical 0.11 0.6 0.25 0.01 0.01 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05
* Mn + Ni 1.2%
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
High Temperature
PWHT 760C / 2-4h min. typical
+550C +600C +650C
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 740 511 422 340
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 630 419 320 229
Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 15 19.5 19.5
5d 16 19 14 18 18
Reduction of area % -- 50 64 73 80
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 60 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 230-260 -- -- --
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12 14.1 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 762 393 267 150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

www.metrode.com DS A-20-CHROMET 92 | Rev. 02-02/17 57


9CrWV
LOW ALLOY STEELS

SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


TIG MIG SAW QW422 P-No 15E group 1
AWS A5.23M -- -- EG (92) QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.28M ER90S-G (92) ER90S-G (92) -- QW442 A-No 5
BS EN ISO 21952-A W ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 1.5 G ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 1.5 S ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 1.5
APPROVALS TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max. 0.13 0.80 0.40 0.015 0.015 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typical 0.10 0.5 0.30 0.004 0.008 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.06 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05
* Mn + Ni 1.2%

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


typical High Temperature (TIG)
PWHT 760C / 2-4h min.
TIG +550C +600C +650C
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 800 455 387 312
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 440 700 374 282 200
Elongation (%) 4d 16 22 24.5 20.5 28
5d -- 19 22.5 19 25.5
Reduction of area % -- 70 82 85 89
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 220 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 265 -- -- --

PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Typical parameters
TIG Argon DC+ 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW LA490 flux DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg Spools to order 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5

58 www.metrode.com DS A-20-9CrWV | Rev. 03-02/17


LA490

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SUB-ARC FLUXES FOR USE WITH 9CrW V SOLID WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated fluoride-basic flux for P91 and P92 modified 9CrMo creep resistant steels

SPECIFICATIONS COMPOSITION (FLUX WT%)


BS EN ISO 14174 (flux) SA FB 155 AC H5 SiO2 + Al2O3 30%
AWS A5.23M F62PZ-EG(92)-G(92) CaO + Mg O 36%
AWS A5.23 F9PZ-EG(92)-G(92)
(flux wire combination)
CaF2 27%
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~3.0

ANALYSIS DEPOSIT (TYPICAL, WT %))


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B
9CrWV Wire 0.10 0.5 0.3 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.06 0.20 0.05 0.003
Deposit with LA490 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.05 0.20 0.05 0.002

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 4h Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 710
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 540 580
Elongation (%) 4d 17 24
5d 17 22
Reduction or area 65 70
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 27 45
Hardness (HV) (mid) 225 230
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO 24598-A : 38 J after 3h.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
AC or DC+: typical 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
25kg moisture resistant aluminium Sahara bags.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300350C/ 12hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it is recommended to
redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.

www.metrode.com DS A-20-LA490 | Rev. 03-02/17 59


SUPERCORE F92
LOW ALLOY STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent P92 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip producing weld
metal recovery of about 90%.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-B92-H4 QW432 F-No
AWS A5.36M
(dependent on shielding gas) QW442 A-No

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.5 0.30 0.30 1.5 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max. 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typical 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.04 0.2 0.04 0.003 <0.01 <0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


High Temperature
PWHT 760C / 2-4h typical
+550C +600C +650C +650C
Tensile strength (MPa) 775 471 400 308 215
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 650 385 294 194 125
Elongation (%) 4d 21 18.5 25 26.5 25.5
5d 18 17 22.5 24.5 23.5
Reduction of area % 50 68 77 81 86
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 25 -- -- -- --
Hardness (HV) 260 -- -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range Typical stickout welding position
1.2 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15 25mm Positional
* Using 100% CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7

60 www.metrode.com DS A-20-SUPERCORE F92 | Rev. 02-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-21

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

T23 CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
2%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and B for high In the as-welded condition the microstructure
temperature creep resistance. consists of bainite.

WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube
ASTM can be welded without preheat; if preferred, and
A 213 T23 (seamless tubes) for thicker wall sections, preheat of 150-200C
A 335 P23 (pipe) can be applied. Maximum interpass temperature
BS EN should be kept to 350C.
10216 X7CrWVMoNb9-6 (proposed)
For many current applications T23 tube is put
into service in the as-welded condition. During
APPLICATIONS production of the tube the typical tempering
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent cycle applied is 760C/30 minutes; the ASME code
type 23 2%Cr steels modified with tungsten, case specifies a minimum tempering temperature
vanadium, niobium, and a small boron addition to give of 730C for base material. When it has been
improved long term creep properties. The Chromet applied PWHT in the range 715-740C has been
23L electrode is specifically designed for as-welded applied.
applications but can also be subject to PWHT; the flux
cored wire will typically be used on thicker wall pipe
where it is envisaged that PWHT will be applied. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
J C Vaillant, B Vandenberghe, C Zakine, J Gabrel,
The consumables are intended for high integrity W Bendick: The T23/P23 Book Vallourec &
service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy Mannesmann Tubes, 2006.
additions responsible for creep strength are kept
within the parent material range.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
The rupture strength of T23 can be up to twice that of Process Product Specification
T22 and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for MMA Chromet 23L E9015-G (23)
components such as waterwalls in ultra-super-critical
TIG 2CrWV ER90S-G (23)
boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.

www.metrode.com DS A-21 | Rev. 01-03/16 61


CHROMET 23L
LOW ALLOY STEELS

MMA ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR JOINING T23 CREEP RESISTING STEEL


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated MMA electrode made on high purity, alloyed core wire.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9015-G (23) H4 QW422 P-No 5B group 2
BS EN ISO 3580-A E ZCrWV2 1.5 B 3 2 H5 QW432 F-No 4
QW442 A-No 5

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
min. 0.04 0.10 -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 -- 0.0005 -- --
max. 0.10 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.80 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.03 0.0060 0.03 0.15
Typical 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.01 0.01 2.2 0.6 0.2 1.6 0.03 0.23 0.02 0.001 <0.01 <0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


typical as-welded typical 715C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa) 940 700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 870 625
Elongation (%) 4d 19 22
5d 16 20
Reduction of area % 50 60
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 22 70
Hardness (HV) 290-350 220-260

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 80 100
max. A 110 140 180

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 10.2 13.8 16.2
Pieces/carton 717 366 228

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

62 www.metrode.com DS A-21-CHROMET 23L | Rev. 01-03/16


2CrWV

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER90S-G (23) QW422 P-No 5B group 2
BS EN ISO 21952-A W ZCrWV 2 1.5 QW432 F-No 6
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V B Al Cu
min. 0.04 -- -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 0.0005 -- --
max. 0.10 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.8 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.0060 0.03 0.25
Typical 0.06 0.6 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.4 0.5 0.2 1.6 0.05 0.25 0.003 <0.01 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


typical typical typical
as-welded 715C/30min 740C/2h
Tensile strength (MPa) 950 755 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 875 700 555
Elongation (%) 4d 21 23 28
5d 19 20 24
Reduction of area (%) 55 70 80
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 50 190 >250
Hardness (HV) mid 325 255 220

PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Typical parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4
TIG 5kg tube

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG fume is negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 1.3 <0.5 <0.5 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS A-21-2CrWV | Rev. 01-03/16 63


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-23
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

WB36/P36 STEEL
ALLOY TYPE PWHT
WB36 is a NiMo base material with Cu and Nb WB36 is tempered during manufacture in the
additions with good hot strength. Although temperature range 580-680C, depending on
consumables of matching composition are not used specifications and requirements and following
compatible alternatives have been found to provide welding PWHT is required for WB36. The PWHT
the required properties. requirements will depend on a number of factors
but will normally be about 59030C.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
The consumables listed on this data sheet can be
used for a wide variety of applications (see also ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
data sheets A-50, A-61 and A-64) but this data sheet There is a Technical Profile P36 and the related
concentrates on the welding of: welding consumables.
DIN
15NiCuMoNb5 For offshore oil well-head process pipework and
1.6368 fittings, after PWHT these low nickel consumables
BS EN 10216-2 satisfy NACE MR0175 requirements (<1%Ni &
15NiCuMoNb5-6-4 <22HRC) intended to ensure resistance to sulphide-
1.6368 induced stress corrosion cracking in sour service,
BS 3604 combined with good sub-zero toughness.
Grade 591
ASTM Also find applications for the repair of medium
Code Case 2353 strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-
A182 F36, A213 T36 & A335, P36 relief only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.
Proprietary
WB36 (V+M) More detailed information on the products and
properties of WB36 steels are available in the
APPLICATIONS METRODE Technical Profile.
WB36 is a high temperature construction steel for
service up to 450C; typical applications are below PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
400C designed on the basis of tensile rather than
creep properties. It is mainly used for feedwater Process Product Specification
piping systems in place of standard carbon steels MMA 1NiMo.B AWS E9018-G
(eg.A106 grade C) in conventional and nuclear power TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2
stations. WB36 also finds applications for headers, SA 1NiMo (wire) AWS EF3
manifolds and fittings in power stations. SAW
LA436 (flux) BS EN SA AB 167
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
consists of tempered ferrite/bainite.

WELDING GUIDELINES
The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
depend on the thickness of the base material being
welded. Normally preheat/interpass temperatures
will be in the range 100-250C depending on wall
thickness.

64 www.metrode.com DS A-23 | Rev. 01-03/16


1NiMo.B

LOW ALLOY STEELS


ALL-POSITIONAL NiMo LOW ALLOY STEEL MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld
metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9018-G H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN 18275 E 55 4 1NiMo B 3 2 H5 QW442 A-No 10
APPROVALS TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu V
min. 0.05 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 -- --
max. 0.12 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10 0.03
Typical 0.07 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05 0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


High Temperature
PWHT 590-620C/1-2h: Min. Typical
250C 350C 450C
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 744 650 640 545
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 677 505 445 432
Elongation (%) 4d 17 25 22 28 24
5d -- 22 -- -- --
Reduction of area % -- 65 57 69 73
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C -- 130

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
Pieces/carton 546 369 240 171

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 150C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 18 5

www.metrode.com DS A-23-1NiMo.B | Rev. 02-07/17 65


MnMo
LOW ALLOY STEELS

SOLID MnMo LOW ALLOYED WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2 QW432 F-No 6
EN ISO 16834-B 4M31 QW442 A-No 11
EN ISO 14341-A W 46 3 M G4Mo
EN ISO 14341 A 4Mo / B S4M31
BS EN 440 (G4Mo)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --
Max. 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4
Typical 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


MIG ----- High Temperature -----
PWHT 590-620C/1-2h Min. TIG
Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 20%CO2 250C 350C 450C
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 640 725 605 650 665 585
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 530 625 490 525 490 460
Elongation (%) 4d 17 32 28 25 24 27 25
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C 47 200 >100 >100 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) cap/mid -- 235/210 235/220 220/205 -- -- --
* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) have
lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2 which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be
classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures.

PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume inegligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

66 www.metrode.com DS A-23-MnMo | Rev. 02-08/16


SA 1NiMo

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID NiMo ALLOYED WIRE FOR SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for submerged arc welding. Nominal composition of 1%Ni-0.5%Mo capable of achieving 90ksi (620MPa)
tensile strength. Supplied to NACE MR0175 1.0%Ni maximum on request.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.23M EF3 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14171 S 3Ni1Mo QW442 A-No 10 (Nearest )

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni * Mo Cr Cu
min. 0.07 1.30 0.05 -- -- 0.8 0.45 -- --
max. 0.15 1.80 0.25 0.020 0.020 1.2 0.65 0.20 0.30
Typical 0.11 1.75 0.2 0.005 0.01 0.9 0.55 0.05 0.1
* Ni supplied to 1.0% maximum (NACE MR0175) on request.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as-welded & PWHT AW 590C/2h
Tensile strength (MPa) 700 680
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 600 560
Elongation (%) 4d 20 28
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 90 140

PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
SAW LA436 flux DC+ 2.4 450A, 30V, 450mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0
25kg spool
SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spool
To order

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 10 <0.5 <0.5 <1.5 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS A-23-SA1NiMo | Rev. 02-08/16 67


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-25
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

C(F)B2 CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Advanced 9CrMoV alloy with nominal composition Preheat and Interpass temperature range 200-
0.12%C-9.5%Cr-1.5%Mo-1%Co-0.25%V-0.05%Nb+B 300C. Welding heat input should be kept below
for high temperature creep resistance. ~3kJ/mm.

PWHT
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Cooling to <100C before PWHT is advisable to
For advanced creep resistant steel B2 developed in ensure full transformation to martensite. PWHT:
the European COST programme in forged (FB2) or 730C/16-24h or preferably 760C/~4h for Chromet
cast (CB2) forms, such as GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-2-1. WB2 and 730C/24h or preferably 760C/~6h for
Supercore WB2.

APPLICATIONS
COST alloy B2 was originally developed as a RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
turbine rotor material and its outstanding creep Equivalent solid wire is not currently available;
performance (above P91 and E911) has been nearest for compatible properties is 9CrWV
confirmed with further optimisation. Applications (P92), see data sheet A-20.
of CB2 and FB2 use are growing as a candidate
for components such as turbine rotors, vales and
casings, etc, in fossil fuelled power generating plants. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Zhuyao Zhang and Graham B Holloway Welding
The weld metals deposited by Chromet WB2 Consumables for Advanced Boron-Cobalt Alloyed
electrode and Supercore WB2 flux cored wire are 9%Cr-Mo Creep Resisting Steels for Power
designed to match the base material composition Generation, IIW Doc IX-2420-12, 2012.
quite closely for fabricating thick wall components
used in the construction of power plants operating
with advanced steam parameters up to at least PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
600C. Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet WB2 E9015-G H4
FCW Supercore WB2 E91T1-G H4
E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition, the microstructure consists
of tempered martensite.

68 www.metrode.com DS A-25 | Rev. 01-03/16


CHROMET WB2

LOW ALLOY STEELS


MMA ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR C(F)B2 CREEP RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9015-G H4 QW422 P-No 15E group 1
QW432 F-No 4
QW442 A-No 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N B Co
min. 0.10 0.40 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.04 0.20 0.001 0.003 0.80
max. 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.07 0.30 0.035 0.010 1.20
Typical 0.12 0.6 0.25 0.009 0.010 9.5 0.6 1.5 0.05 0.25 0.02 0.005 1.0

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical Typical High Temperature *
PWHT 760C / 4h or equivalent Min.
760C/4h 760C/10h +600C +650C +700C
Tensile strength (MPa) 650 735 730 425 325 256
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 600 590 320 240 135
Elongation (%) 4d 17 23 21 21 34 30
5d 15 21 19 19 31 28
Reduction of area % -- 58 56 71 80 85
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 40 40 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 230-260 230-260 -- -- --
* After PWHT at 730C/12h + 730C/12h.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0
min. A 80 100 140 200
max. A 140 180 240 300
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 16.5 16.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 405 240 156 105

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

www.metrode.com DS A-25-CHROMET WB2 | Rev. 02-03/16 69


SUPERCORE WB2
LOW ALLOY STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR C(F)B2 CREEP RESISTING STEEL*


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent C(F)B2 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip producing weld
metal recovery of about 90%.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.29M E91T1-G H4
QW432 F-No -
AWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4
(dependent on shielding gas) QW442 A-No -

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N B Co
Min. 0.10 0.40 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.04 0.20 0.001 0.005 0.80
Max. 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.07 0.30 0.035 0.015 1.20
Typical 0.12 0.6 0.25 0.007 0.017 9.5 0.7 1.5 0.05 0.25 0.02 0.008 1.0

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical Typical ----- High Temperature *-----
PWHT 760C / 4h or equivalent Min.
760C/4h 760C/10h +600C +650C +700C
Tensile strength (MPa) 650 820 800 450 345 242
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 690 670 360 230 144
Elongation (%) 4d 17 19 20 15 19.5 47
5d 15 18 18 14 18 43
Reduction of area % -- 53 56 64 73 89
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 22 32 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 265 250 -- -- --
* After PWHT at 730C/12h + 730C/12h.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout
1.2 Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
(0.045in) Down hand 180-260A, 28-30V 210A, 30V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7

*: Previously Supercore F921

70 www.metrode.com DS A-25-SUPERCORE WB2 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-40

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

1%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Low alloy steel alloyed with nominally 1%Ni for In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
improved toughness. Actual Ni content is kept ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for
below 1% to ensure conformance with NACE optimum toughness.
MR0175.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat will dependent on the grade and thickness
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
of the base material.
CMn steels with yield stress of 450MPa or where
good toughness is required down to 50C, such as:
ASTM RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
A333 & A334 Grade 6. The 2%Ni (data sheet A-41) and 3%Ni (data sheet
A350 Grades LF2 & LF5. A-42) are also designed for applications requiring
A352 Grades LCB & LCC (cast). low temperature toughness.
API
5L X65
BS PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
4360 Grades 43E, 50E, 55C, 55EE, 55F. Process Product Specification
MMA Tufmet 1Ni.B AWS E8018-C3
APPLICATIONS TIG/MIG 1Ni AWS ER80S-Ni1
For welding higher strength steel structures where
PWHT is impracticable so that welds must possess
an appropriate degree of toughness and crack
resistance.

The addition of about 1%Ni promotes microstructural


refinement, with improved tolerance to procedural
variations compared to plain CMn weld metal. Nickel
also increases atmospheric weathering resistance
and improves electrochemical balance between
weld and base metal, thus minimising preferential
weld area corrosion in marine environments. For
offshore oilfield sour service, a maximum of 1.0%Ni
is commonly required (NACE MR0175).
Also recommended where design requirements
specify toughness testing of higher strength low
alloy steel welds down to 50C eg. offshore
construction, pipelines and pressure vessels.

www.metrode.com DS A-40 | Rev. 01-03/16 71


TUFMET 1Ni.B
LOW ALLOY STEELS

1%Ni MMA ELECTRODE FOR GOOD LOW TEMPER ATURE TOUGHNESS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder, type flux on high purity low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E8018-C3 H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 1Ni B 4 2 H5 QW442 A-No 10
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N2 A U
Conforms with NACE MR0175

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Nb Cu
min. -- 0.80 -- -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- -- --
max. 0.10 1.20 0.80 0.030 0.030 0.15 1.00* 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.3
Typical 0.05 1.0 0.4 0.015 0.015 0.05 0.9 0.1 0.01 <0.05 0.05
* BS and AWS 1.10%Ni max.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550-680 610
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470-550 520
Elongation (%) 4d 24 27
5d 20 25
Reduction of area (%) -- 70
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C -- 150
- 40C 47 120
- 50C -- 80
- 60C 47 65
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8 16.2
Pieces/carton 627 390 258 162

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

72 www.metrode.com DS A-40-TUFMET 1Ni.B | Rev. 01-03/16


1Ni

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-Ni1 QW432 F-No 6
EN ISO 636-A W 42 6 W3Ni (TIG wire) QW442 A-No 10
EN ISO 14341-A G 46 5 M 3Ni (MIG wire)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu V
Min. 0.06 0.80 0.40 -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- --
Max. 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.015 0.020 0.15 1.00 0.35 0.35 0.05
Typical 0.10 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 0.05 0.9 0.02 0.2 0.01
* Most wires have a typical Mo of 0.02% but some batches will have typically 0.3% Mo.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded min * TIG MAG Ar + 5%CO2
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 550-650 571
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 460-510 475
Yield strength (MPa) -- 472 498
Elongation (%) 4d 24 32 35
Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C 27 > 120 > 130
- 75C -- > 110 > 50
Hardness (HV) cap/mid -- 195/240 190/205
* Minimum as-welded properties according to AWS. All-weld tests show actual proof stress values close to minimum or slightly
lower, depending on process, shielding gas and Mo content (higher Mo wires produce the higher typical strengths reported).
However, note that yield point is typically 10-20MPa above the 0.2% proof stress, and in either case, exceeds 450MPa (65ksi).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
MIG Ar + 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V
* Ar + 1-5%CO2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.0 (not 3.2)
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 6 < 0.1 0.5 < 0.1 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS A-40-1Ni | Rev. 01-03/16 73


METCORE DWA 55E
LOW ALLOY STEELS

Ni ALLOYED ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding positions.
The wire is alloyed with about 0.4%Ni and provides good as-welded ed toughness down to 40C.
Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g.
Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.20M E71T-5 (MJ )* QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.36M E71T1-M21A2-CS1-H4 QW442 A-No 1
BS EN ISO 17632-A T42 4 P M 1 H5
BS EN ISO 17632-B T494T12-1MAP-H5
* Meets suffix M (Ar+20%CO2) and J (27J at 40C) requirements.
Note that the new classification E71T-9MJ introduced in AWS A5.20-95 is strictly more appropriate.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V
min. -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.30 -- --
max. 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08
Typical 0.05 1.1 0.5 0.01 0.02 < 0.1 0.35 < 0.1 0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
As welded (PWHT with caution) Min*
as-welded 600C/4h **
Tensile strength (MPa) 480 580 575
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 500 485
Elongation (%) 4d 22 32 29
Impact ISO-V(J) -40C 27 115 >27
Hardness (HV) -- 190 180
* As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-5MJ as-welded.
** PWHT has a detrimental effect on impact energy but all batches are impact tested after PWHT of 600C/4h.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of poro-
sity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
33 12 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.5 2 5

74 www.metrode.com DS A-40-METCORE DWA 55E | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-41

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

2%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Nominally 2.5%Ni low alloy steels. In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for
optimum toughness.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
CMn and low alloy steel plate, pipe, forgings WELDING GUIDELINES
and castings used extensively for service at low Preheat according to base material and thickness.
temperature eg. LT50. Although AWS consumable specifications require
ASTM PWHT many fabrications will be left as-welded.
A203 Grade A & B plate. The need for PWHT will generally be determined
A333 Grade 6 pipe. by applicable design codes.
A350 Grade LF1 & LF2 forgings.
A352 Grade LC2 casting.
BS RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
1501-224 Grade 490B plate. The 1%Ni low alloy consumables (data sheet A-40)
Also proprietary medium tensile steels eg. Hyplus and 3%Ni types (data sheet A-42) are also designed
29 (Corus) and Corten weathering steel (Corus, US
Steels). for applications requiring low temperature
toughness.

APPLICATIONS PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


Fabrication of storage tanks, process plant and
associated pipework where good fracture toughness Process Product Specification
from as-welded joints is demanded down to MMA Tufmet 2Ni.B AWS E8018-C1
temperatures in the region of -60C. TIG/MIG 2Ni AWS ER80S-Ni2
The addition of about 2.5%Ni improves
microstructural refinement and tolerance to
procedural variations compared to plain CMn weld
metal. It also promotes the formation of a stable
patina as required for matching the characteristics
of weathering steels, and is an alternative to using
matching consumables (data sheet A-70).

www.metrode.com DS A-41 | Rev. 01-03/16 75


TUFMET 2Ni.B
LOW ALLOY STEELS

2.5%Ni MMA ELECTRODE FOR GOOD LOW TEMPER ATURE TOUGHNESS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low
weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E8018-C1 H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 2560-A (E 46 6 2Ni B 4 2 H5) QW442 A-No 10
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N5 P U

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo Cu V Nb
min. -- 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 -- -- -- -- --
max. 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.60 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.05 0.05
Typical 0.05 0.75 0.3 0.015 0.010 2.4 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.01 <0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded or PWHT 605C/1h * Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550-680 ** 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 520
Elongation (%) 4d 19 25
5d 20 23
Reduction of area (%) -- 70
Impact ISO-V(J) - 60C 47 100
- 75C -- *** 65
* BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after PWHT.
** Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
*** Typically >30J as-welded, meeting BS 2Ni.LB/AWS E7018-C1L properties.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 80 100
max. A 110 140 180

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 16.8
Pieces/carton 627 405 270

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g.. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding ovens, or 50-150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5

76 www.metrode.com DS A-41-TUFMET 2Ni.B | Rev. 01-03/16


2Ni

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-Ni2 QW432 F-No 4
EN ISO 636-A W 2 Ni2 (TIG wire) QW442 A-No 10
EN ISO 14341-A G 46 6 M 2Ni2 (MIG wire)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Cu
Min. 0.06 0.8 0.40 -- -- 2.00 --
Max. 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.025 0.025 2.75 0.35
Typical 0.08 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 2.5 0.10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded (AW) and TIG MAG: Ar + 5%CO2 MAG: Ar + 20%C02
min *
PWHT 605C/1h: AW PWHT AW PWHT AW PWHT
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 580 556 650 585 580 555
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 470 452 540 460 470 425
Elongation (%) 4d 24 32 35 28 32 28 32
Impact ISO-V(J) - 60C 27 175 200 45 140 40 100
-101C -- -- 34 -- 50 -- 30
Hardness (HV) cap/mid -- 220/190 185/220 240/230 195/185 220/195 185/175
* Minimum properties after PWHT 620C/1h according to AWS. Actual tests show conformance as-welded, as required for most
fabrications. Proof stress values below AWS are found after PWHT at 605C/1h (=typical practice and PWHT for AWS E8018-C1/
Tufmet 2Ni.B).
Note that superior as-welded toughness may be obtained with Metrode 1Ni.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
MIG Ar + 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V
* Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.
Less oxidising shielding gas such as Ar + 5%CO2 produced the best mechanical properties, see above.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube To order 5 kg tube To order
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
54 6 <0.1 1.5 <0.1 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS A-41-2Ni | Rev. 01-03/16 77


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-42
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

TUFMET 3NiB
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
3.5%Ni alloyed steel electrode with basic flux, metal powder
type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. Recovery is PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
approximately 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect
to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
metal hydrogen levels.
C Mn Si S P Ni
Min. -- 0.30 -- -- -- 3.00
SPECIFICATIONS Max. 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.020 0.030 3.75
AWS A5.5M E8018-C2 H4 Typical 0.05 0.5 0.3 0.01 0.015 3.3
BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 3Ni B 42 ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N7 P As welded or PWHT 605C/1h(1) min typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560-680(2) 620
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 540
QW432 F-No 4 QW442 A-No 10. Elongation (%) 4d 19 > 22
5d 20 25
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Reduction of area % -- 70
3.5%Ni alloyed steels specifically for service at cryogenic Impact ISO-V(J) - 60C -- 100
temperatures down to 80C - 75C 30 > 90
BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after
(1)
Plate PWHT.
Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
(2)
BS1501Grade 503 and A203 Grades D,E,F
Forgings OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
BS1503 Grade 503 and ASTM A350 Grade LF3 Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 80 100
Castings
max. A 110 140 180
BS1504 Grade 503 LT60 and ASTM A352 Grade LC3
Pipe PACKAGING DATA
ASTM A333 Grade 3 Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 380 450
APPLICATIONS kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8
Construction of cryogenic plant and associated pipework eg. Pieces/carton 627 393 243
petrochemical industry, demanding resistance to weld brittle
fracture when operating at temperatures down to -80C in the STORAGE
manufacture, storage and distribution of volatile liquids and
liquified gases. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited
As with Tufmet 2Ni.B, it can be used for welding C-Mn and low shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
alloy steels for critical applications demanding a combination of metal during 8h working shift.
strength and reliable toughness down to temperatures in the For electrodes that have been exposed:
region of -60C. Rebake 250-300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h
For applications specifying impact properties at -100C, the use of to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
matching 3.5%Ni weld metal may be unacceptable because of its
Storage of rebaked electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven
sensitivity to procedure, heat input etc, which results in excessive
scatter of the impact properties. In this situation nickel-base filler or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
metals are usually recommended eg. Metrode 20.70.Nb TIG root, recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for
with Nimrod AKS or 182KS fill and cap. For all-TIG applications such opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
as thin-wall pipework, Metrode 2Ni TIG root followed by 20.70.Nb
may be used, or 20.70.Nb throughout.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
There is no matching TIG wire for this electrode, Metrode 2Ni TIG
MICROSTRUCTURE wire is available which is suitable for root runs (data sheet A-41).
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic with a
component of acicular ferrite for optimum toughness
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
WELDING GUIDELINES
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
Preheat and interpass temperature according to base material 14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5
thickness

78 www.metrode.com DS A-42-TUFMET 3NiB | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-50

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

MnMo HIGH STRENGTH STEELS


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Low alloy steel consumables with MnMo additions The actual preheat and PWHT requirements
for welding high strength steels. will depend on the base material being welded.
Normally preheat/interpass temperatures will be
in the range 100-250C.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
These consumables are used for a variety of ferritic
CMn and low alloy steels. PWHT
E9018-D1 is used for materials with a minimum The PWHT requirements will depend on a number
tensile strength requirement of 620MPa (90ksi); eg. of factors including, base material, property
AISI 4130 (90ksi condition), ASTM A487 grades 2A, B requirements, need to conform to NACE etc.
& C (cast). Temperatures will normally be about 620C but
E10018-D2 is used for materials with a minimum when welding 4130 using E10018-D2 temperatures
tensile strength requirement of 690MPa (100ksi); up to about 645C may be required to temper the
eg. AISI 4130, 4140, 8630; BS970 grades 709M40 HAZ.
(En19); DIN 42CrMo4 (1.7225), 34CrMo4 (1.7220); ASTM
A487 grades 4A, 4B, 4D & 6A (cast).
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
APPLICATIONS Although MnMo wire is the nearest match to
Fabrication of higher strength steels for use in the the E9018-D1/E10018-D2 electrodes in terms
stress relieved condition. of composition when welding base materials
requiring high temperature or prolonged soak
For offshore oil well-head process pipework and PWHT (eg. 4130) it may not retain the required
fittings, these low nickel consumables satisfy NACE strength. In these circumstances the 1CrMo or
MR0175 requirements intended to ensure resistance 2CrMo wires may prove useful (data sheets A-12
to sulphide-induced stress corrosion cracking in sour and A-13). See also alloy WB36 (data sheet A-23).
service, combined with good sub-zero toughness.

Also finds applications for the repair of medium


strength low alloy steel castings where a stress- PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
relief only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.
Process Product Specification
E9018-D1 AWS E9018-D1
MICROSTRUCTURE MMA
E10018-D2 AWS E10018-D2
In the stress relieved condition the microstructure TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2
consists of tempered bainite.

www.metrode.com DS A-50 | Rev. 01-03/16 79


E9018-D1
LOW ALLOY STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL MnMo LOW ALLOY STEEL MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld
metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E9018-D1 H4 QW432 F-No 4
QW442 A-No 11

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. -- 1.25 -- -- -- -- -- 0.25 --
max. 0.10 1.75 0.80 0.025 0.025 -- -- 0.45 --
Typical 0.07 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.15 0.35 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 620C/1h: Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 630 670
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 605
Elongation (%) 4d 17 25
5d 15 20
Reduction of area (%) -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C 47 90
- 50C 30 55
Hardness (HV) -- 210

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 15.9 16.8
Pieces/carton 621 387 228 153

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5

80 www.metrode.com DS A-50-E9018-D1 | Rev. 01-03/16


E10018-D2

LOW ALLOY STEELS


MnMo LOW ALLOY STEEL MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E10018-D2 H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN 18275 (E 624 MnMoB) QW442 A-No 11

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.07 1.65 0.20 -- -- -- -- 0.25 --
Max. 0.15 2.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 -- 0.9 0.45 --
Typical 0.10 1.8 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.6 0.35 0.05
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical after PWHT: min 620C/1h * 645C/4h **
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 760 700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 620 690 620
Elongation (%) 4d 16 25 26
5d 18 21 22
Reduction of area (%) -- 65 67
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C -- -- >100
- 40C 27 >27 >60
Hardness HV -- 250 230
HRC -- -- <22
* PWHT according to AWS.
** PWHT typically applied to weldments in alloy 4130 to meet <22HRC in HAZ for oilfield sour service (NACE MR0175).

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0
min. A 70 80 100 140 200
max. A 110 140 180 240 300
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 12.6 16.8 17.1 16.5
Pieces/carton 690 351 243 159 105

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5

www.metrode.com DS A-50-E10018-D2 | Rev. 02-07/17 81


MnMo
LOW ALLOY STEELS

SOLID MnMo ALLOYED WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 16834-B 4M31 QW442 A-No 11
EN ISO 14341-A W 46 3 M G4Mo
EN ISO 14341 A 4Mo / B S4M31
BS EN 440 (G4Mo)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu
min. 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --
max. 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4
Typical 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as-welded TIG MAG Ar + 5%CO2 MAG Ar + 20%CO2
Min*
(AW) & PWHT AW 620C/1 645C/4 AW 620C/1 AW 620C/1
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 720 640 610 725 >635 625 605
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 610 530 530 625 >525 510 490
Elongation (%) 4d 17 27 32 31 29 >25 28 25
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C 47 >80 >200 -- >100 -- >55 >100
- 45C -- >50 >100 >130 >70 >110 -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 250 220 220 235 220 215 205
* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) have
lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2 which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be
classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures. Maximum strength is found with Ar + 5%CO2, an economic procedure to obtain
as-welded properties equivalent to AWS ER100S-G (and the closest approximation to electrode E10018-D2).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
MIG Ar + 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above.
Other proprietary gas mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

82 www.metrode.com DS A-50-MnMo | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-60

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

HIGH STRENGTH Ni-Mo LOW ALLOY


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
A range of Mn-Ni-Mo low alloy consumables covering The microstructure of all the consumables is
tensile strength requirements from 620MPa (90ksi) up predominantly ferrite; some will contain high
to 825MPa (120ksi). Some are designed for as-welded proportions of acicular ferrite for optimum as-
applications whilst others are predominantly used welded toughness (eg. Tufmet 1NiMo and Tufmet
following a stress relief PWHT. 3NiMo).

WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Preheat according to base material and thickness,
These consumables are used for a variety of high although materials likely to be welded by the
strength steels. Depending on strength requirements,
some examples are: higher strength consumables will normally
TUFMET require 100C minimum preheat.
1NiMo With some HSLA steels interpass temperatures
API 5A L80; BS 4360 grade 55F
above 200C may result in a reduction of strength
and toughness.
RQT 601 (Corus); HY80; Navy Q1(N).
PWHT generally dependent on base material
E11018-M
and application, the solid wire ER110S-G is not
Q1(N); HY80; RQT 701 (Corus); QT445; NAXTRA 70; Hystal77.
recommended for applications requiring PWHT.
TUFMET Further information can be found under each
3NiMo individual product.
HY80 & Q1(N);
possibly HY100 & Q2(N).

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


APPLICATIONS The 1NiMo.B electrode (data sheet A-61) is used
All the consumables are used for a range of high for applications requiring maximum retained
strength low alloy steels. The E11018-M and Tufmet strength after extended PWHT.
3NiMo electrodes in particular are used for military The MnMo consumables (data sheet A-50) may
applications by the MoD and US Navy for construction be suitable for some of the same applications.
and repair of naval craft and submarines. The Tufmet
1NiMo was developed for the offshore industry where
high strength and 50C toughness is required in the
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
as-welded condition.
All of the consumables also have applications for Process Product Specification
general structural steel fabrications in HSLA steels, Tufmet 1NiMo AWS E9016-G
which may be used for cranes, earth moving equipment, MMA E11018-M AWS E11018-M
and other highly stressed structural components.
Tufmet 3NiMo AWS E12016-G
TIG/MIG ER110S-G AWS ER110S-G

www.metrode.com DS A-60 | Rev. 01-03/16 83


TUFMET 1NiMo
LOW ALLOY STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Provides minimum strength of 620MPa (90ksi) in the
as-welded and stress-relieved condition.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E9016-G H4 QW432 F-No 4
Approval: Statoil R-SF-163 QW442 A-No 10

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Mo
min. 0.030 1.30 0.25 -- -- 0.6 --
max. 0.075 1.80 0.60 0.02 0.02 1.0 0.3
Typical 0.05 1.5 0.35 0.008 0.01 0.85 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as-welded and PWHT Min. As-welded PWHT 600C/4-8h
Tensile strength (MPa) 620-730 670 630
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550-660 600 525
Elongation (%) 4d 20 28 --
5d 20 25 --
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C -- -- 130
- 50C 60 >100 >100

OPERATING PARAMETERS, AC (OCV: 60V MIN) OR DC -VE


Operation on DC+ve is not as favourable as above,
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 80 100 140
max. A 100 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.8
Pieces/carton 663 447 300 180

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5

84 www.metrode.com DS A-60-TUFMET 1NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16


E11018-M

LOW ALLOY STEELS


ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic, metal powder type, flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Conforms to military electrode specification used for Q1(N) and HY80 type steels used in naval construction by MoD and US Navy.
Also suitable for similar high strength steels requiring a minimum strength of 760MPa (110ksi) in the as-welded and stress-
relieved condition.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.5M E11018-M H4 QW432 F-No 4
QW442 A-No 12
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V
min. -- 1.30 -- -- -- -- 1.50 0.25 --
max. 0.10 1.80 0.60 0.030 0.030 0.40 2.50 0.50 0.05
Typical 0.05 1.7 0.35 0.012 0.012 0.2 2.2 0.4 0.02
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical as welded and PWHT min As-welded PWHT 620C/2h
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 820 830
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 680-760 730 760
Elongation (%) 4d 20 23 --
5d 20 22 16
Reduction of area (%) -- 65 --
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 125 --
- 50C 30 80 40
Lateral expansion mm (mils) - 50C -- 0.9 (37) --
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 16.2 16.8
Pieces/carton 582 381 234 159

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5

www.metrode.com DS A-60-E11018-M | Rev. 01-03/16 85


TUFMET 3NiMo
LOW ALLOY STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures very low
weld metal hydrogen levels.
The electrode was specially designed for welding HY80 and Q1(N) castings which are N+T following welding. Also suitable for other
high strength steels requiring minimum tensile strength of about 820MPa (120ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition;
or yield strength up to about 800MPa in the as-welded condition.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E12016-G H4 QW432 F-No 4
Approvals: MoD NES 769 for Q1(N) in Q+T condition. QW442 A-No 10

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
min. 0.02 0.8 -- -- -- 0.6 3.5 0.4
max. 0.06 1.5 0.5 0.025 0.025 1.0 4.5 0.8
Typical 0.045 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.8 4 0.5
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Stress relieved Q+T 900C/1-6h WQ +
Typical values min As-welded
600-620C/1h 635-650C/1-6h WQ
Tensile strength (MPa) 830 950 920 710-770
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 740 870 870 590-660
Elongation (%) 4d 14 20 22 --
5d -- 18 20 20-25
Reduction of area (%) -- 55 58 65-70
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C -- 65 -- --
- 50C -- 45 30 65-135
CTOD (mm) - 5C -- -- -- >0.46
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 80 100 140
max. A 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 17.7 16.5
Pieces/carton 381 267 156

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5

86 www.metrode.com DS A-60-TUFMET 3NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16


ER110S-G

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HIGH STRENGTH SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper wire for TIG and MIG welding of Q+T steels requiring as-welded tensile strength up to about 760MPa (110ksi).
It is not recommended for applications requiring PWHT.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER110S-G QW432 F-No 6
(Classified on the basis of mechanical properties in the as-welded condition) QW442 A-No 12
BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1CrMo)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Cu
min. 0.05 1.4 0.4 -- -- 0.2 1.2 0.2 0.04 --
max. 0.12 1.8 0.8 0.020 0.020 0.4 1.8 0.4 0.13 0.25
Typical 0.1 1.6 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.3 1.4 0.3 0.09 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


MAG MAG
Typical values as welded min TIG
Ar+5%CO2 Ar+20%CO2
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 940 835 730
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 660 870 740 660
Elongation (%) 4d 15 23 21 21
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C -- 120 60 50
Hardness (HV) cap/mid -- 300 280 255
* Minimum values for AWS ER110S-G MAG welds are typically obtained with low CO2 content shielding gases;
more oxidising gases give AWS ER100S-G properties, as shown above.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
MIG Ar + 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above.
Other proprietary gas mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 2.4
TIG -- -- 5 kg tube
MIG 20kg spool 15kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 10 1 0.4 <1.5 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS A-60-ER110S-G | Rev. 02-08/16 87


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-61
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

1NiMo.B
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
MMA electrode with low hydrogen basic flux coating on Preheat and PWHT requirements dependent on base
high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating material.
ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
Recovery is about 120% with respect to the core wire, 65%
with respect to whole electrode. PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M E9018-G H4 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
BS EN 18275 E 55 4 1NiMo B 3 2 H5 C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.05 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 --
APPROVALS TV
Max. 0.12 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10
Typical 0.07 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
QW432 F-No 4 QW442 A-No 10. PWHT 610-650C/1-6h min typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620-780* 640-700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 ** 540-630
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Elongation (%) 4d 17 24-30
ASTM 5d -- 21-26
Reduction of area % -- 70
A302 grades C &D.
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C -- 75-110
A508 class 1, 1A, 2 & 3. - 40C -- 60
A533 grades A-D, class 1 & 2. - 60C -- 45
AISI Hardness (HV) AW -- 220
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
4130 and similar alloys. ** Meets 550MPa minimum (DIN) according to yield point.
BS
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
1501 grades 271 & 281.
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
3604 grades HFS 591 & CFS 591.
min. A 70 80 100 140
DIN max. A 110 140 180 240
15NiCuMoNb5 (1.6368).
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
APPLICATIONS Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
Designed for welding low alloy steels used for pressure kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
vessels (often thick wall) and other applications where Pieces/carton 546 369 240 171
high strength must be maintained after extended, or
STORAGE
multiple, PWHT cycles. These steels may also be used
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
at modest elevated temperature and tests have shown
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen
typically 15% reduction in tensile strength at +300C <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
compared to the room temperature values for 1NiMo.B For electrodes that have been exposed:
weld metal. Redry 250-300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-
It is also used for welding type 4130, and other high 2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h
strength steels, requiring good sub-zero toughness for total.
oilfield and well-head equipment. In comparison with Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven
the MnMo types (data sheet A-50) 1NiMo.B has improved or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
resistance to softening at high tempering parameters. recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
MICROSTRUCTURE
FUME DATA
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
Fume composition, wt % typical:
tempered high strength ferrite.
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 18 5

88 www.metrode.com DS A-61-1NiMo.B | Rev. 02-07/17


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-70

LOW ALLOY STEELS


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

LOW ALLOY Ni-Cu CONSUMABLES FOR


WEATHERING STEELS
ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Low alloy steel with Ni-Cu-Cr additions for welding Preheat according to joint thickness and restraint.
weathering steels. Normally left in the as-welded condition so no
PWHT required.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ASTM
The Chromet 1L electrode (data sheet A-12) may
A588 Grades A, B, C, K. be preferred for welding vanadium treated
A242 Types 1, 2.
Corten B1 steel intended for non-critical elevated
DIN temperature applications eg. chimney stacks.
1.8960, 1.8961, 1.8963
BS RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
4360 Grades WR50A, WR50B, WR50C. The 2%Ni consumables (data sheet A-41) provide
Proprietary comparable weathering resistance and are also
Corten A, B1 (Corus and US Steel) compatible with the weathering steels

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
APPLICATIONS
Mainly used for weathering steels containing a Process Product Specification
similar controlled copper addition and claimed MMA 1NiCu.B AWS E8018-W2
to offer a three-fold improvement in corrosion TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W AWS ER80S-G
resistance and a more stable patina compared with SAW flux LA436 BS EN SA AB 1
plain CMn steel.
Applications include architectural structures,
bridges and exhaust gas flues, chimneys.
This weld metal also resists preferential corrosion
in seawater, particularly in arctic waters high in
oxygen and salinity, and has applications for welding
micro-alloyed and CMn steels in ice-breaker vessels
and off-shore structures.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
ferritic with a high proportion of acicular ferrite for
optimum toughness.

www.metrode.com DS A-70 | Rev. 01-03/16 89


1NiCu.B
LOW ALLOY STEELS

MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING CORTEN TYPE WEATHERING STEELS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E8018-W2 H4 QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-NCC1 A QW442 A-No (not allocated)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. 0.04 0.50 0.35 -- -- 0.45 0.40 -- 0.30
max. 0.12 1.30 0.80 0.02 0.03 0.70 0.80 -- 0.75
Typical 0.06 1 0.6 0.01 0.015 0.6 0.6 0.02 0.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550-720 * 610
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 520
Elongation (%) 4d 19 25
5d 17 20
Reduction of area % -- 65
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 150
-20C 27 100
-40C -- 70
-60C -- 40
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 80 100
max. A 110 140 180
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8
Pieces/carton 420 369 240

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven or 50-150C in heated quivers:: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.1 18 5

90 www.metrode.com DS A-70-1NiCu.B | Rev. 01-03/16


ER80S-W

LOW ALLOY STEELS


SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF CORTEN WEATHERING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG, MIG and SAW welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.28M ER80S-G QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1Cu) QW442 A-No not allocated

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Cu
Min. 0.04 1.0 0.5 -- -- -- 0.6 0.2
Max. 0.12 1.6 1.0 0.025 0.025 0.4 1.2 0.6
Typical 0.09 1.4 0.7 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.8 0.4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 4h or equivalent Min. Ar-20%CO2
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 610
Yield stress (MPa) -- 525
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 500
Elongation (%) 4d 24 28
Reduction of area % -- 62
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C -- 110
- 50C -- 75
Hardness (HV) mid/cap -- 190/245

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
MIG Ar + 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V
SAW LA436 DC+ 2.5 350A, 28V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4 2.5
TIG -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube --
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- -- 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
52 8 0.2 0.5 < 0.5 1.6 5

www.metrode.com DS A-70-ER80S-W | Rev. 01-03/16 91


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-80
LOW ALLOY STEELS

HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY


SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

RAILROD
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MMA electrode for rail welding utilising basic low hydrogen
flux coating with low moisture absorption characteristics. PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G

Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65%


with respect to whole electrode. CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
SPECIFICATIONS
Min. 0.06 0.7 0.2 -- -- 2.0 -- --
None strictly applicable, nearest AWS E12016-G and nearest Max. 0.12 1.5 0.8 0.020 0.025 2.6 0.5 0.5
BS EN E69 Z Z B. Typical 0.09 1 0.5 0.008 0.012 2.3 0.2 0.2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
QW432 F-No - QW442 A-No - PWHT 610-650C/1-6h typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 900
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 700
Rail steels with up to 0.8% carbon and nominal tensile Elongation (%) 4d 17
strength of > 700 MPa. Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C 18-48
APPLICATIONS - 40C 14-43
This electrode is especially designed for the butt welding Hardness (HV) 280
of rails with square preparation. It can also be used * For comparison, typical thermit rail weld: 8J @ 20C, 5J @ 0C.
for welding similar cross-sections such as bars, thick
plates, flanges, etc. The electrode is specially designed OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
to enable good fusion to the side walls to take place Diameter (mm) 3.2 5.0 6.0
without excessive slag interference. Weld metal has good min. A 100 200 240
resistance to collapse under compression by rolling loads. max. A 160 280 360
Applications include rails for rolling stock and crane rails
in dockyards, mines, steelworks and petrochemical plants. PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 * 5.0 6.0 *
Note that this technique has not been generally accepted
as an alternative to the thermit process for in-situ welding Length (mm) 350 450 450
of passenger track. kg/carton 15.0 17.7 18.3
MICROSTRUCTURE Pieces/carton 447 183 135
Mainly auto-tempered bainitic ferrite. * supplied to order

WELDING GUIDELINES STORAGE


Preheat typically 200C for >0.5%C rail steel, increasing 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
to 300C for >0.7%C rail steel. It is important to maintain with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
these minimum temperatures during welding. Maximum hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
suggested interpass temperature 400C. Slow cool under For electrodes that have been exposed:
insulation after welding. Redry 250-300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g,
This electrode is normally used in the downhand (flat) 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420C,
position with a slag-over-slag technique. Rail ends are 3 cycles, 10h total.
square butt welded by setting 15-20mm apart with a Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding
prepared 4-6mm thick steel insert at the weld root, then oven or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but
copper shims are stacked to form an enclosure for the weld maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
pool whilst allowing excess slag to run free. ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
Good surface profile underneath the weld root area will lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
maximise fatigue resistance of the joint. Initial support for FUME DATA
depositing the root can utilise a copper backing plate or Fume composition, wt % typical:
wire-reinforced window glass. Before and during welding Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
it is important to use a sufficient preheat-interpass range, 15 5 < 0.2 0.8 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
and to retard cooling.

92 www.metrode.com DS A-80-railrod | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Section B : STAINLESS STEELS HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

MARTENSITIC STAINLESS STEEL CONSUMABLES

STAINLESS STEELS
Stainless steels begin with about 12%Cr, leading to a series of plain chromium steels with up to 28%Cr. At 0.1%C the leanest alloy type
410 is just martensitic, but transformation hardening is suppressed by increasing chromium in types 430 and 446, which are essentially
ferritic. Unfortunately, chromium also progressively raises the ductile-to-brittle transition temperature and restricts mechanical
properties. However, this is controlled by adding some nickel to form the basis of 12-17%Cr martensitics with greatly improved
properties, or 20-26%Cr duplex alloys (eg. data sheets B-60 to B-63).

This section deals with consumables giving compositions and properties close to those of the more common martensitic stainless
base materials. All are low hydrogen types and most have rutile flux coverings for use in the flat and H-V positions, since welds are
more common in plate, forgings and castings than fixed pipework. Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) is mandatory, particularly for
tempering the weld and HAZ of martensitic types. Procedural guidelines are given on relevant data sheets.

Excluding specialised proprietary creep-resistant 'super 12%Cr' martensitic stainless steels, the most common types can be broadly
sub-divided into 3 groups: plain chromium (410, 420), chromium-nickel soft-martensitic (CA6NM or 410NiMo), and precipitation
hardening (FV520, 17-4PH or 630). Raising carbon in 410 makes a much harder martensitic cutlery or tool steel type 420. Combining
0.15% carbon with 2% nickel turns ferritic 430 into a much stronger and tougher hybrid 431. Replacing carbon with more nickel in
alloys of up to 17%Cr gives tougher and more ductile 'soft' martensitic steels with better weldability. The new supermartensitics are
an improved extension of this group, which are currently welded using superduplex consumables.

Further additions of copper and other alloying enables these standard and proprietary alloys to be precipitation hardened during heat
treatment, making them the strongest of all stainless steels with useful ductility and toughness. Unfortunately, as alloying is raised
for strength or corrosion resistance, the as-cooled weld and HAZ may not fully transform to martensite without special PWHT. Not
far beyond this limit lie austenitic stainless steels (data sheets B-30 to B-35).

Compared with austenitic stainless steels, procedures for martensitics are complicated by the need for hydrogen cracking control
(particularly in thicker sections), and the need for PWHT which is most inconvenient for precipitation hardening types. To overcome
the need for PWHT of precipitation hardening types, two simplified alternatives are suggested with some compromise in strength:
use a leaner type 410NiMo with single PWHT, or duplex type (data sheet B-60, B-61 or B-62) and no PWHT. If required, the toughness
of matching welds in alloy 410 can be improved with a special 13%Cr-1.5%Ni variant, which might also be considered for alloy 431.
Again, a dissimilar type such as 309L (data sheet B-50) could be used without PWHT under some conditions.

Ferritic stainless steels are also produced with 12%Cr by lowering carbon and adding Al (alloy 405) or Ti (409). Hybrid utility ferritics
with controlled martensite (such as Cromweld 3CR12) have emerged more recently; a dissimilar type 309L with no PWHT is usual for
these. A specialised group of high purity 18-26% Cr+Mo superferritics are ideally welded with matching TIG filler, but rarely
encountered. The remaining heat-resistant plain 17-28%Cr ferritics are welded with matching consumables and preferably given
PWHT. Better as-welded properties are obtained using a 25%Cr-5%Ni electrode, particularly for the bulk of heavier welds.

The lower strength and non-hardenability of ferritics makes them less prone but not immune to hydrogen cracking. With increasing
chromium, ambient sensitivity to brittle cracking increases at notches or stress concentrations, so preheat is often advised for alloys
with 17%Cr or more. Grain growth in the HAZ is also a limiting feature of weldment properties particularly ductility and toughness.
The possibility of hot cracking in these and martensitic weld metals is poorly documented and in practice does not occur with the low
impurity levels typically present.

www.metrode.com DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16 93


DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications
13.RMP E410-26 E 13 R 5 2
MMA
B-10 410 13.1.BMP (E410-15) (E 13 B 5 2)
TIG/MIG 12Cr ER410 13
13.4.Mo.L.R E410NiMo-26 E 13 4 R 5 2
MMA
13.4.Mo.L.B E410NiMo-25 E 13 4 B 6 2
B-11 410NiMo
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo (ER410NiMo) 13 4
FCW Supercore 410NiMo E410NiMoT1-1/4 T 13 4 P C/M 2
STAINLESS STEELS

FV520-1 - -
MMA
17.4.PH/ 17.4.Cu.RL - -
B-12
FV520 FV520-B - -
TIG/MIG
17-4PH ER630 -

STANDARD AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL CONSUMABLES


The stainless steels in most widespread use are standard austenitic types. They combine general ease of fabrication with useful
properties over a wide range of temperatures. Low carbon and other grades, effectively immune to HAZ corrosion (once known as
weld decay), are produced economically by continuous casting, a process which relies on a particular solidification mode that also
guarantees welds their resistance to hot cracking.

Consumables in this section are intended to match austenitic stainless steels, and some are modified for special service properties.
The majority of electrodes have rutile or acid-rutile flux coverings for ease of use, although improved basic types are gaining
popularity for fixed pipework. Many types have family variants optimised for particular user requirements: Supermet for downhand
and HV welds, Ultramet (rutile) for all-positional welding, Ultramet P (rutile) and Ultramet B (basic) types for pipewelding, Vertamet for
higher speed vertical-down welding, and Supercore for flux cored wires.

For normal service below about 400C, it is common to weld low carbon 304L with 308L consumables, and Ti-stabilised 321 or
unstabilised 304 with Nb-stabilised 347, although either is suitable for any combination of these 19%Cr-9%Ni alloys. Similarly,
19%Cr-12%Ni-2.5%Mo type 316L can be used instead of 318 (Nb-stabilised 316) for 316 and 316Ti as well as parent 316L. Above about
400C 'H' grades are usual, and these high temperature weld metals with >0.04% carbon for strength and stability are covered in
Section C. For cryogenic service, see below.

Austenitics are not thermally hardenable and in practice are annealed by quenching. Hydrogen is soluble in austenite and does not
cause weld cracking. Preheat is not needed or desirable except possibly to eliminate condensation. Interpass and heat input control
is usually more important in thinner sections to minimise distortion, since austenitics have lower thermal conductivity and higher
expansion rates than lower alloy steels. PWHT is rarely applied, although solution treatment may be specified in procedures for
upgrading castings.

Two interrelated issues have generated voluminous literature in connection with welding austenitics: ferrite and hot cracking. Only
a summary is possible here. Fully austenitic weld metal is potentially sensitive to solidification cracking during deposition as well as
microfissuring in reheated beads of multipass welds. Its prevention is helped by low heat input, controlling impurities and silicon
content and raising manganese (low silica rutile or basic fluxes are more suitable than acid rutile types here). However, when
composition balance promotes some weld metal ferrite, and in particular when ferrite is the leading phase formed during
solidification, abrupt resistance to cracking occurs - even in contaminated welds. The benefit of ferrite in weld deposits (typically
3-10FN in standard types) has been known for decades and is routinely measured and controlled in electrode production. Alternatively,
to predict ferrite from composition, Schaeffler (later Espy), DeLong and latest WRC diagrams progressively improve in accuracy.
However, the deeper significance of a primary ferritic solidification mode is shown in the Suutala diagram: above a Cr/Ni equivalent
ratio of 1.5, few welds crack. The new WRC diagram shows this boundary. Since the same principle applies to parent material, the
likelihood of cracking in autogenous or diluted welds can be checked - including those in free-machining grades with high sulphur or
selenium.

An arbitrary ferrite limit of 8-12FN is common, although ASME III (nuclear code) permits up to 18FN and castings often exceed it to
raise stress-corrosion resistance. However, for service down to 130C, a maximum of about 8FN is desirable, or less than 5FN at
196C. Fully austenitic welds are therefore toughest, but 308L and 316L consumables are available with 2-5FN controlled ferrite (suffix
CF on data sheets B-37 & B-38) which meet the usual criterion of >0.38mm (15 mils) Charpy lateral expansion. Ferrite is also limited
for two other service conditions. For high temperature service (300H products in Section C) control of ferrite, carbon and total alloying
minimises formation of brittle intermetallic phases. To resist nitric acid or the Huey test, molybdenum-bearing weld metal such as
316L must contain no ferrite (suffix NF), because unlike 308L it is preferentially attacked. Modified fully austenitic 316L (data sheet
B-33) is also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.

94 www.metrode.com DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications
Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa
Supermet 308L E308L-17 E 19 9 L R 3 2
Ultramet 308L E308L-16 E 19 9 L R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet 308LP E308L-16 E 19 9 L R 1 1
Ultramet B308L E308L-15 E 19 9 L B 4 2
TIG 308S92 ER308L W 19 9 L
B-30 308L
MIG Supermig 308LSi ER308LSi G 19 9 L Si

STAINLESS STEELS
SAW 308S92 ER308L S 19 9 L
Supercore 308L E308LT0-1/4 T 19 9 L R C/M 3
FCW Supercore 308LP E308LT1-1/4 T 19 9 L P C/M 2
Superoot 308L R308LT1-5 TS308L-R I1
Ultramet 347 E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R32
MMA
Ultramet B347 E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2
B-31 347 TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 ER347 19 9 Nb
MIG Supermig 347Si ER347Si G 19 9 Nb Si
FCW Supercore 347 E347T0-1/4 T19 9 Nb R C/M 3
Supermet 316L E316L-17 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
Ultramet 316L E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet 316LP E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R 11
Ultramet B316L E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
TIG 316S92 ER316L W 19 12 3 L
B-32 316L
MIG Supermig 316LSi ER316LSi G 19 12 3 L Si
SAW 316S92 ER316L S 19 12 3 L
Supercore 316L E316LT0-1/4 T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3
FCW Supercore 316LP E316LT1-1/4 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
Superoot 316L R316LT1-5 TS316L-R I1
Ultramet 316NF (E316LMn-16) E 18 15 3 L R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet B316NF (E316LMn-15) E 18 15 3 L B 4 2
B-33 316NF
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF ER316LMn 20 16 3 Mn L
FCW Supercore 316NF (E316LT0-4) (T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)
MMA Supermet 318 E318-17 E 19 12 3 Nb R 3 2
B-34 318
TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 ER318 19 12 3 Nb
MMA Ultramet 317L E317L-16 E 19 13 4 N L R 3 2
B-35 317L TIG/MIG ER317L ER317L 19 13 4 L
FCW Supercore 317LP E317LT1-1/4 (T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)
Ultramet 308LCF E308L-16 E 19 9 L R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet B308LCF E308L-15 E 19 9 L B 4 2
B-37 308LCF TIG ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 L
SAW ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 L
FCW Supercore 308LCF E308LT1-1/4J T 19 9 L P C/M 2
Ultramet 316LCF E316L-16 T 19 9 L P C/M 2
MMA
Ultramet B316LCF E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
B-38 316LCF TIG ER316LCF ER316L 19 12 3 L
SAW ER316LCF ER316L 19 12 3 L
FCW Supercore 316LCF E316LT1-1/4J (T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2)

www.metrode.com DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16 95


309L AND 309MO CONSUMABLES FOR DISSIMILAR WELDING
There are three basic variants of 23%Cr-12%Ni type 309 consumables: unstabilised, Nb-stabilised and Mo-bearing. All are typically
low carbon (< 0.04%C) with ferrite above 10FN and they are essentially over-alloyed versions of standard austenitic consumables 308L,
347 and 316L respectively. The original purpose of this over-alloying was to compensate for the effect of dilution when used as the
first buffer layer in welding stainless-clad mild steel, for which they are still used. Choice of the appropriate variant is logically related
to the alloy required for subsequent and finishing layers.
STAINLESS STEELS

However, as a consequence of their versatility, types 309L and 309Mo have also become two of the most widely used consumables
for dissimilar metal welds. A 309L type is most appropriate where one side of a joint is a stainless steel and the other side mild or low
alloy steel. The 12%Cr utility ferritics are also usually welded with this type. Consumables of type 309Mo have considerably greater
tolerance to dilution conferred by a higher ferrite content and for many applications they compete effectively with type 312 (data
sheet E-22).

Nb-stabilised type 309Nb should be used more cautiously because the presence of niobium can make this weld metal more prone to
hot cracking than the others if dilution conditions lead to a microstructure without ferrite. As a result of the embrittlement of ferrite,
PWHT is avoided for 309L types unless some reduction of ductility or toughness is acceptable. In conjunction with higher carbon base
materials, PWHT can also intensify carbide precipitation at the fusion boundary. Again, there are reasons to suspect that the
presence of Nb may exaggerate this effect.

For the above and other reasons, 309L types are not used in weldments for service at temperatures above about 300C, or lower than
about 50C. In these cases, nickel-base weld metal is used (see data sheets D-10 and D-11). A specially controlled type (suffix CF) is
available to match as closely as possible the heat-resisting parent alloy type 309 (data sheet C-21). Also see the 308Mo (armour
welding), 307 and 312 types in Section E for general purpose dissimilar welding applications.

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


Supermet 309L E309L-17 E 23 12 L R
Ultramet 309L E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
MMA
Ultramet 309LP E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
Ultramet B309L E309L-15 E 23 12 L B
B-50 309L TIG 309S92 ER309L W 23 12 L
MIG Supermig 309LSi ER309LSi G 23 12 L Si
SAW 309S92 ER309L S 23 12 L
Supercore 309L E309LT0-1/4 T 23 12 L R
FCW
Supercore 309LP E309LT1-1/4 T 23 12 L P
Supermet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R
MMA Ultramet B309Mo E309LMo-15 E 23 12 2 L B
Vertamet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R
B-51 309Mo
TIG/MIG/SAW ER309Mo (ER309Mo) 23 12 2 L
Supercore 309Mo E309LMoT0-1/4 T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3
FCW
Supercore 309MoP E309LMoT1-1/4 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
B-53 309Nb MMA Ultramet 309Nb E309Cb-16 BS: 23.12.Nb.R

SUPERAUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL CONSUMABLES


LEAN DUPLEX, DUPLEX AND SUPERDUPLEX STAINLESS STEEL CONSUMABLES
Although duplex and superaustenitic stainless steels are distinct alloy groups, they are both designed to resist severe corrosion and
in some cases compete with each other. The duplex types have considerably higher strength. All have greatly increased resistance
to stress-corrosion compared with the standard austenitics. High resistance to general corrosion and especially pitting in high
chloride media is obtained with increased levels of chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen.

Duplex types are sub-divided into three groups based on their typical pitting resistance equivalent, PRE (%Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N).
Standard duplex types with typically 22%Cr have a PRE of around 35 and superduplex types with typically 25%Cr have a PRE above
40. Parent material composition and processing is designed to give a microstructure balanced with 50:50 ferrite and austenite. Weld
metals have similar composition except that nickel is increased to control ferrite in the as-welded condition within a desirable range
of 25-60% for optimum mechanical and corrosion properties. Nitrogen additions also play an essential role in promoting austenite
re-formation in weld metal and parent HAZ, as well as raising the pitting resistance.

96 www.metrode.com DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


The third group of duplex alloys, the lean duplex types, have a PRE of about 25 with corrosion performance comparable to 316L so they
are generally not used in highly corrosive environments. The main use has been for structural applications where the high strength
is beneficial. The lean duplex stainless steels are so called because some of the higher cost alloying, particularly Ni, is reduced to lower
the cost. The lean duplex types can be welded with standard duplex consumables but matching lean duplex consumables are also
offered (data sheet B-59).

In welding standard duplex alloys in general fabrication, procedures similar to the standard austenitics are usually satisfactory.
However, these alloys are frequently used for pipework in which root corrosion performance is critical and this requires more stringent
procedural control. Such controls are even more important for the superduplex alloys. Technical profiles are available which give

STAINLESS STEELS
guidance on these issues.

The superaustenitic stainless steels occupy a region of alloying between the standard austenitics and nickel-base alloys. (In nickel
base alloys, nickel rather than iron forms the major balance of alloying). Since these alloys are fully austenitic, controlled interpass
temperatures and heat input are desirable to minimise any possibility of hot cracking. Note that although a matching electrode type
20.18.6.Cu.R is available for the most common 6%Mo superaustenitic type S31254, this is only used when post-weld solution treatment
is carried out. Otherwise S31254, and other superaustenitic alloys, are normally welded with overmatching nickel base types (Section
D).

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


Ultramet 904L E385-16 E 20 25 5 CuNL R
MMA
B-40 904L Ultramet B904L E385-15 E 20 25 5 CuNL B
TIG/MIG 20.25.4.Cu ER385 20 25 5 CuNL
B-41 20 MMA E320LR-15 E320LR-15 -
MMA E825L-15 - DIN: EL-NiCr28Mo
B-42 825
TIG/MIG 82-50 ERNiFeCr-1 BS: NA41
B-45 310L MMA 25.20.LR - -
B-46 310MoLN MMA Ultramet B310MoLN - E 25 22 2 N L B
B-47 Matching 6%Mo MMA 20.18.6.Cu.R - -
MMA Ultramet 2304 - -
B-59 Lean duplex
FCW Supercore 2304P - -
Supermet 2205 - -
Ultramet 2205 E2209-16 E 22 9 3 N L R
MMA
Supermet 2205AR E2209-17 E 22 9 3 L N R
2205XKS E2209-15 E 22 9 3 N L B
B-60 Duplex
TIG/MIG/SAW ER329N ER2209 22 9 3 N L
MCW Supercore M2205 EC2209 T 22 9 3 N L M12 3
Supercore 2205 E2209T0-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3
FCW
Supercore 2205P E2209T1-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2
MMA Zeron 100XKS E2595-15 E 25 9 4 N L B
Zeron 100
B-61 TIG/MIG/SAW Zeron 100X ER2594 25 9 4 N L
superduplex
FCW Supercore Z100XP E2594T1-4 TS 2594-F M21 1
2507XKS E2594-15 E 25 9 4 N L B
MMA
Ultramet 2507 E2594-16 E 25 9 4 N L R
2507
B-62 TIG 2507 ER2594 W 25 9 4 N L
superduplex
Supercore 2507 E2594T0-4 T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3
FCW
Supercore 2507P E2594T1-4 T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2
MMA Supermet 2506Cu E2553-16 E 25 9 4 CuNL R
B-63 2553
FCW Supercore 2507Cu - -
Matching Supermet 2506 - BS: 25.6.2.R
- MMA
composition Supermet 2507Cu - -

www.metrode.com DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16 97


NUCLEAR APPLICATIONS

The next group consumables are intended for nuclear power applications. There are two types firstly those with an (N) suffix designed
to meet the requirements of the French RCC-M Nuclear Construction Code (data sheets B-80, B-81 and B-83). The second group are
the Nitric Acid Grade (NAG) 308L consumables designed for spent nuclear fuel reprocessing applications (data sheet B-88)
STAINLESS STEELS

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


MMA Ultramet 308L(N) E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
B-80 308L(N) Ultramet B308L(N) E308L-15 E 19 9 L B
TIG 308S92(N) ER308L W 19 9 L
MMA Ultramet 316L(N) E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
B-81 316L(N) Ultramet B316L(N) E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B
TIG 316S92(N) ER316L W 19 12 3 L
MMA Ultramet 309L(N) E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
B-83 309L(N Ultramet B309L(N) E309L-15 E 23 12 L B
TIG 309S92(N) ER309L W 23 12 L
MMA NAG 19.9.L.R E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
B-88 NAG
TIG NAG 19.9.L ER308L W 19 9 L

98 www.metrode.com DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

12%Cr MARTENSITIC STAINLESS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE

STAINLESS STEELS
12%Cr (410) martensitic stainless steel; the In the PWHT condition the microstructure
13.1.BMP electrode also has 1.5%Ni. consists of tempered martensite with some
retained ferrite.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought cast
ASTM 410, 403 A487 grade CA15 WELDING GUIDELINES
UNS S41000, S40300 Preheat of 150-250C is required for heavier
DIN 1.4006 (X10Cr13) 1.4006 (G-X10Cr13) sections. Following welding, components should
1.4000, 1.4024 be cooled to room temperature before PWHT.
BS 410S21 (En56A) 410C21 Weld metal and HAZs have poor ductility and
403S17 toughness in the as-welded condition, careful
The 13.1.BMP with 1.5%Ni is also suitable for ASTM handling is recommended prior to PWHT to
A487 CA15M and DIN 1.4008 (G-X8CrNi13). minimise physical shock.
APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed for welding wrought PWHT
or cast martensitic 12%Cr (type 410) stainless steel.
Plain 410 - A typical industrial PWHT following
Fabrication welds of matching composition such as this
welding for plain 410, consists of slowly cooling
must be tempered by appropriate PWHT, owing to high
to room temperature to allow full transformation
hardness (~450HV) and low ductility in the as-welded
to take place (range is Ms-350C Mf-100C), then
condition. Conventional 410 has variable toughness
temper at 680-760C followed by air cool. To
but following PWHT the 13.1.BMP electrode with 1.5%Ni
ensure <22HRC (NACE) in the weld area, PWHT at
has good impact properties down to 10C or lower
745C is preferred.
depending on the heat treatment schedule.
13.1.BMP The optimum properties are obtained
Plain 12%Cr steels are the most simple and economic
after PWHT at around 700C, close to the Ac1
alloys with stainless properties. Variants with Ti (409),
temperature for this weld metal, which (due
Al (405) or low carbon (410S) are more or less fully ferritic
to the added nickel) has a lower Ac1 than plain
with typically lower strength than type 410. These
410. If needed PWHT time can be extended but
types, and the newer utility ferritics, are normally
higher temperatures may cause re-hardening
welded without PWHT using 309/309L consumables
with fresh martensite formation on cool-out.
(data sheet B-50). The same applies to type 410 when
Superior toughness can be achieved with a
PWHT is not practicable.
double temper (cool to ambient between cycles)
Type 410 contains just sufficient carbon to enable
and this is recommended to conform to NACE,
air-hardening transformation to a predominantly
22HRC maximum.
martensitic microstructure. Structural properties
below ambient are limited by its relatively high ductile-
brittle transition temperature (particularly weldments), PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
and up to about 550C by its modest creep resistance.
It has useful resistance to general corrosion in non- Process Product Specification
aggressive media, sulphide-induced SCC in sour crude 13.RMP AWS E410-26
MMA
oil service, and oxidation up to about 800C. 13.1.BMP DIN E 13 1 MPB
Typical applications include hydrocrackers, reaction TIG/MIG 12Cr AWS ER410
vessels, distillation plants and associated pipework in
refineries; furnace parts, linings; surfacing run-out rolls
in steel mills; cast valve bodies, turbine parts and burner
nozzles.

www.metrode.com DS B-10 | Rev. 01-03/16 99


13.RMP
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
STAINLESS STEELS

Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E410-26
QW432 F-No 1
BS EN ISO 3581 E 13 R 5 2
QW442 A-No 6
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 -- -- --
max. 0.08 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 13.5 0.60 0.5 0.50
Typical 0.06 0.5 0.30 0.010 0.015 11.5 0.4 0.2 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


850C/2h * 745C/1h **
After PWHT
Min. Typical Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 480 520 520 700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 250 270 -- 610
Elongation (%) 4d -- 36 20 21
5d 20 34 -- 18
Reduction of area % -- 52 -- 59
* BS & BS EN PWHT: 840-870C for 2 hours, furnace cool to 595C at 55C/h. max. Air cool to ambient. This gives a relatively low
strength condition.
** AWS PWHT: 730-760C for 1 hour, furnace cool to 315C at 60C/h max., air cool to ambient. This gives a higher strength tempered
condition more representative of normal fabrication welds.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.6 14.1 14.1 16.8
Pieces/carton 609 378 219 150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 2 <0.5 3 <0.2 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7

100 www.metrode.com DS B-10-13.RMP | Rev. 01-03/16


13.1.BMP
13%CR-1.5%NI BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic low hydrogen metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4 (E410-15) QW432 F-No 1
Nearest classifications QW442 A-No 6
BS EN ISO 3581 (E 13 B 5 2)
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu
Min. 0.02 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 1.0 0.15 --
Max. 0.06 1.0 0.50 0.025 0.030 14.0 2.0 0.50 0.5
Typical 0.04 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.02 13 1.5 0.3 0.05
* Molybdenum is controlled to satisfy minimum requirements for ASTM A487 CA15M castings (0.15-1.0% Mo).
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical after PWHT Min. 790C/5h + 700C/5h 680C/2h + 620C/2h
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 655 760
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 455 685
Elongation (%) 4d 18 26 20
5d 15 23 17
Reduction of area % -- 70 67
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 105 --
-10C -- 90 60
Hardness (HRC) <22 ** 18 19
* Tensile properties based on ASTM CA15 and CA15M castings.
Specifications for wrought grades vary in tensile strength 415-700MPa.
** For conformance to NACE a double temper is mandatory.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 16.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 570 375 225 144
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 2 <0.5 3 <0.2 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7

www.metrode.com DS B-10-13.1.BMP | Rev. 01-03/16 101


12Cr
SOLID WIRE FOR WELDING 410
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG & MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER410 QW432 F-No 6
STAINLESS STEELS

BS EN ISO 14343-A 13 QW442 A-No 6


BS EN ISO 14343-B SS410

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.06 -- 0.25 -- -- 12.0 -- -- --
Max. 0.12 0.6 0.50 0.02 0.03 13.5 0.3 0.3 0.3
Typical 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.01 0.02 12.5 0.2 0.03 0.2
* BS 2901: Pt2 requires 0.09-0.15%C.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


MIG: Ar+20%CO2
Typical values after PWHT
740C/1h (AWS) 740C/3h
Tensile strength (MPa) 695 675
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 510
Elongation (%) 4d 22 20
5d 19 18
Reduction of area % 50 50
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C <20
20
Hardness cap/mid HV 225/230 215/220
HRC -- 18/21

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar / 1-3%O2 or Ar / 3-20%CO2 ** DC+ 1.2 280A, 28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Most economic gas is Ar-20%CO2. This gas provides the highest resistance to weld metal porosity and carbon content typically
not exceeding 0.12%.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 4 8 <0.1 <0.5 5

102 www.metrode.com DS B-10-12Cr | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-11 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

410NiMo MARTENSITIC STAINLESS


ALLOY TYPE

STAINLESS STEELS
WELDING GUIDELINES
12%Cr-4.5%Ni-0.5%Mo (410NiMo) soft martensitic Preheat-interpass range of 100-200C is
alloy. recommended to allow martensite transformation
during welding. Cool to room temperature before
PWHT.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought cast
ASTM F6NM CA6NM PWHT
UNS S41500 For maximum resistance to sulphide-induced SCC
BS EN / DIN 1.4313 G-X5CrNi 13 4 in sour oil conditions NACE MR0175 specifies a
BS -- 425C11 hardness of <23HRc. This is often difficult to achieve
because weld metal and HAZ are very resistant to
AFNOR -- Z6 CND 1304-M
softening by PWHT. A double temper for 5-10h
is necessary. Common practice is 675C/10h +
APPLICATIONS 605C/10h with intermediate air cool to ambient.
High strength (>760MPa) martensitic stainless steel Recent work indicates 650C + 620C is optimum,
with better resistance to corrosion, hydro-cavitation, and that intermediate air cooling to ambient or
sulphide-induced SCC, and good sub-zero toughness lower is essential. Another authority suggests
when compared with plain 12%Cr steels (e.g. type 410/ raising the first PWHT cycle for full austenitisation
CA15). anneal at 770C/2h prior to final temper. Control of
Weld metal of this type greatly overmatches the distortion may be more critical in this case. In the
strength of equivalent parent material and is case of the Supercore 410NiMo flux cored wire it
remarkably resistant to softening during PWHT. These has not been possible to reduce the hardness to
properties can be exploited for welding martensitic 23HRC irrespective of the PWHT carried out.
precipitation-hardening alloys if corrosion conditions If 410NiMo consumables are considered for welding
are compatible with lower alloy weld metal, with plain 12Cr martensitic stainless steels such as type
the advantage of a single PWHT at 450-620C for 410 or CA15, the PWHT should not exceed about
tempering. The 410NiMo consumables are also used 650C unless a second temper at 590-620C is
for overlaying mild and CMn steels. applied.
13%Cr-4%Ni alloys are used in cast or forged form
for hydraulic turbines, valve bodies, pump bowls,
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
compressor cones, impellers and high pressure pipes
in power generation, offshore oil, chemical and Process Product Specification
petrochemical industries. 13.4.Mo.L.R AWS E410NiMo-26
MMA
13.4.Mo.L.B AWS E410NiMo-25
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo AWS ER410NiMo
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of FCW Supercore 410NiMo AWS E410NiMoT1-1/4
tempered martensite with some retained austenite.

www.metrode.com DS B-11 | Rev. 01-03/16 103


13.4.Mo.L.R
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 410NiMo
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E410NiMo-26 QW432 F-No 1
BS EN ISO 3581 E 13 4 R 5 2 QW442 A-No 6
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --
max. 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50
Typical 0.03 0.8 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical properties Min. PWHT (1) As-welded (2)
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 940 1000
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 500 695 780
Elongation (%) 4d 15 17 4.5
5d 15 16 3
Reduction of area % -- 45 10
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 45 27
- 40C -- 35 13
- 60C -- 30 8
Hardness (HV) -- 270-300 350
(1) AWS & BS PWHT: 595-620C for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.
(2) This weld metal is not usually recommended for use in the as-welded condition, except for surfacing applications where a hardness of
330-400HV is useful.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 18.0 16.8
Pieces/carton 570 363 240 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 18 1.7

104 www.metrode.com DS B-11-13.4.Mo.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16


13.4.Mo.L.B
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410NiMo
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E410NiMo-25* * 2005 Edition QW432 F-No 1
BS EN ISO 3581 E 13 4 B 6 2 QW442 A-No 6

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --
Max. 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50
Typical 0.03 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical properties Min. PWHT (1)
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 900
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 500 650
Elongation (%) 4d 15 17
5d 15 16
Reduction of area (%) -- 45
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 50
(1) AWS PWHT: 595-620C for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 14.1 18.0 17.1
Pieces/carton 570 330 261 156

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 18 1.7

www.metrode.com DS B-11-13.4.Mo.L.B | Rev. 01-03/16 105


ER410NiMo
SOLID WIRE FOR WELDING 410NiMo
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M (ER410NiMo) Does not always strictly conform, see composition. QW432 F-No 6
STAINLESS STEELS

BS EN ISO 14343-A 13 4 QW442 A-No 6


BS EN ISO 14343-B (SS410NiMo)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn * Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. -- 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 --
Max. 0.05 1.0 0.60 0.02 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.015 12.3 4.5 0.5 0.1
* AWS requires 0.6%Mn max and 0.50%Si max.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values after PWHT 610C/1h: TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 890
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 850
Elongation (%) 4d 23
5d 20
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C 90
-50C 60
Hardness cap/mid HRC 25-30
HV 300

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar with 1-2%O2 or 1-5%CO2 ** DC+ 1.2 220A, 28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary gas mixtures with <5%CO2 are also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube To order 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
54 5 8 3.2 <0.5 <0.5 5

106 www.metrode.com DS B-11-ER410NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 410NiMo
ALL POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR WELDING 410NiMo
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional rutile flux cored wire made on a high purity stainless steel strip
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.22M E410NiMoT1-1/4 QW432 F-No 1
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 13 4 P C/M 2 QW442 A-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS410NiMo-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 -- --
Max. 0.06 1.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3 0.05
Typical 0.03 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.017 11.8 4.5 0.5 0.03 0.03

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


650C/10h
Typical values Min. 610C/1h 610C/10h +620C/10h
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 940 870 --
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 500 850 700 --
Elongation (%) 4d 15 20 23 --
5d 15 17 19 --
Reduction of area (%) -- 50 55 --
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 45 50 50
-40C -- 30 40 35
Hardness HV -- 330 310 310
HRC -- 31 27 28
AWS PWHT = 593-621C/1 hour. BS EN PWHT = 580-620C/2 hours.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 1-3V):
Diameter (mm) range typical stickout
1.2 150-280A, 25-32V 180A, 29V 15-25mm
1.6 200-350A, 26-34V 260A, 30V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn CrVI Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
18 3 2.5 1 0.2 <0.5 2

www.metrode.com DS B-11-SUPERCORE 410NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16 107


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-12 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

MARTENSITIC PRECIPITATION
HARDENING STAINLESS STEELS
STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES


High strength martensitic precipitation hardening Preheat not usually necessary for thickness up to
stainless steels. 15mm, for thicker restrained sections, a preheat-
interpass temperature range of 100-200C is
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED recommended. Temperatures above 200C
will suppress martensite transformation with
FV520 Types: consequent microstructural coarsening.
ASTM
A564, A693, A705; Grade XM-25 PWHT
UNS When matching composition consumables are
S45000 used for welding these materials a PWHT must be
BS carried out. Normal practice is for the materials
3146 Grade ANC 20. S grades; 2S.143; 3S.144; 3S.145 to be used in the over-aged condition. PWHT for
Proprietary over-ageing consists of: 750C for 2 hours, air cool
FV520B (Firth Vickers), Custom 450 (Carpenter) to 15C; followed by 550C for 2 hours and air cool.
630 / 17.4.PH Types:
ASTM ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A564; Grade 630, A747; CB7Cu-1 (cast) On cooling the weld metal transforms from
UNS austenite to martensite (Ms) below about 250C,
S17400 but a significant fraction of austenite is still
BS EN retained at ambient temperature. Since sub-zero
10088-2; X5CrNiCuNb 16-4 (1.4542) cooling is impractical, this austenite is destabilised
by annealing at 750-850C. Carbide precipitation in
DIN
the austenite raises its Ms temperature to enable
1.4548, 1.4549
complete transformation when cooled, ensuring
Proprietary more effective tempering and ageing during the
17-4PH (Armco Steel), Custom 630 (Carpenter) second PWHT cycle. Omission of the inconvenient
APPLICATIONS first PWHT cycle may give properties with greater
batch variability. The use of 410NiMo (B-11) allows
Used for welding very high strength martensitic
a simplified PWHT to be used, and when PWHT
stainless steels, precipitation hardened by additions is not possible 2205 duplex (B-60) or superduplex
of copper. Strength can be up to three times that of (B-61 & B-62) consumables may allow PWHT to
standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels. be avoided without compromising mechanical
The FV520/450 type alloys have corrosion resistance properties too much.
comparable to 304 stainless steel. The 630/17-4PH
types, with no Mo and higher carbon, do not have such PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
good resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion Process Product Specification
as the FV520/450 types.
FV520-1 --
Applications include pump shafts, impellers, hydraulic MMA
equipment used in oil and gas industries, petrochemical, 17.4.Cu.R (AWS E630-16)
marine and nuclear engineering. FV520B --
TIG
17-4PH AWS ER630
MICROSTRUCTURE
MCW Metcore FV520 --
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists
of precipitation hardened tempered martensite with
some retained austenite.

108 www.metrode.com DS B-12 | Rev. 01-03/16


FV520-1
MMA ELECTRODE FOR FV520 BASE MATERIAL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
min. -- 0.4 0.2 -- -- 13.0 4.5 1.2 1.2 0.15
max. 0.05 1.0 0.5 0.030 0.030 15.5 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
Typical 0.03 0.6 0.3 0.010 0.015 14 5 1.5 1.6 0.3
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical properties PWHT Aged * Over-aged **
Tensile strength (MPa) 1230 980
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 1110 890
Elongation (%) 4d -- 16
5d 10 15
Reduction of area (%) 30 37
Hardness (HV) 420 345
* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 80 100
max. A 110 140 180
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 14.4 13.5
Pieces/carton 630 345 240
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2

www.metrode.com DS B-12-FV520-1 | Rev. 01-03/16 109


17.4.Cu.R
MMA ELECTRODE FOR 17-4PH BASE MATERIAL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no national specifications for this electrode, but is is similar to AWS A5.4 E630-16 QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 14.0 3.5 -- 1.5
Max. 0.10 1.0 0.8 0.030 0.030 16.5 4.5 0.5 2.5
Typical 0.02 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 15 4 0.2 2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical properties PWHT Over-aged *
Tensile strength (MPa) 1035
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 635
Elongation (%) 4d 10
5d 9
Reduction of area (%) 24
Hardness (HV) 330
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 80 100
max. A 110 140 180

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.3 15.0 18.6
Pieces/carton 528 345 246

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2

110 www.metrode.com DS B-12-17.4.Cu.R | Rev. 01-03/16


FV520B
SOLID TIG WIRE FOR WELDING FV520 STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 13.2 5.0 1.2 1.2 0.15
Max. 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.03 0.03 14.7 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
Typical 0.05 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.02 14 5.5 1.6 1.7 0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical PWHT Aged * Over-aged ** Over-aged *** single cycle 550C
Tensile strenght (MPa) 1345 1100 1025 1200
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 1240 1050 760 1000
Elongation (%) 4d 5 19 22 19
5d 5 16 21 16
Reduction of area (%) 15 50 60 50
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 7 60 125 125
- 20C -- 20 85 75
Hardness mid HV 450 380 315 400
* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.
*** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 620C/2 hours, air cool.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
52 4 11 4 <0.5 2.7 4.5

www.metrode.com DS B-12-FV520B| Rev. 01-03/16 111


17-4PH
SOLID TIG WIRE FOR WELDING 17-4PH STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


STAINLESS STEELS

AWS A5.9 ER630 QW432 F-No 6

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
Min. -- 0.25 -- -- -- 16.00 4.5 -- 3.25 0.15
Max. 0.05 0.75 0.75 0.03 0.03 16.75 5.0 0.75 4.00 0.30
Typical 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.02 16.3 4.8 0.2 3.5 0.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical PWHT Over-aged *
Tensile strength (MPa) 930
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 740
Elongation (%) 10
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool; or 1040C, air cool + 620C/4 hours.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 13 3.5 <0.5 5.5 3.6

112 www.metrode.com DS B-121-17-4PH | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-30 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

308L STAINLESS STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
308L austenitic stainless steels for joining 304L base No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
materials. 250C; no PWHT required.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
ASTM BS EN & DIN welding with 308S92. There is also additional
304L 1.4306 information available covering the Supercore flux
304 1.4301
304LN
cored wires.
1.4311
CF3 1.4308
CF8 1.4541
321 1.4543/1.4561/1.4550 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
347 308L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and
other cryogenic applications, are in data sheet
BS UNS B-37. Stainless steel consumables for high
304S11 S30403 temperature applications on 304H can be found
304S15/16/31 S30400 in data sheets C-10 or C-12.
304S61 S30453
304C12 S32100
304C15 S34700
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
321S31
347S31 Process Product Specification
Supermet 308L AWS E308L-17
Ultramet 308L AWS E308L-16
APPLICATIONS MMA
Ultramet B308L AWS E308L-15
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels including 301, 302,
303, nitrogen bearing 304LN and titanium stabilised 321. Ultramet 308LP AWS E308L-16
Service temperatures are typically 100C to about TIG 308S92 AWS ER308L
400C. MIG Supermig 308LSi AWS ER308LSi
Applications include food, brewery, pharmaceutical 308S92 AWS ER308L
equipment, architectural and general fabrication, and
SAW SS300 BS EN SA AF2
nuclear engineering.
The 308L consumables covered here are not suitable SSB BS EN SA AF2
for 304/304H in elevated temperature structural Supercore 308L AWS E308LT0-1/4
applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12. For FCW Supercore 308LP AWS E308LT1-1/4
cryogenic applications (196C) see data sheet B-37. Superoot 308L AWS R308LT1-5

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
the range 3-10FN depending on the application.

www.metrode.com DS B-30 | Rev. 01-03/16 113


SUPERMET 308L
GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 308L MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level.
Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. Supermet Technology gives acid
rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV
positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.
STAINLESS STEELS

Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M E308L-17 ASME IX QUALIFICATION
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW432 F-No 5
QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 10
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10 0.10 0.05 6
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 590
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 450
Elongation (%) 4d 35 45
5d 30 40
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 80

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 50 60 75 100 130
max. A 70 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 10.5 11.4 12.0 16.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 846 609 333 243 156
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.

114 www.metrode.com DS B-30-SUPERMET 308L | Rev. 02-03/16


ULTRAMET 308L
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 304L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced
rutile flux design this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity;
and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
Approvals TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10
Typical <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.1 0.1 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. typical 1050C + WQ
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 590 540
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 450 290
Elongation (%) 4d 35 45 50
5d 30 42 48
Reduction of area % -- 50 64
Impact ISO-V(J) -100C -- 35 --
-196C -- * -- > 60
* See Ultramet 308LCF (data sheet B-37) for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
Pieces/carton 726 414 261 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-30-ULTRAMET 308L | Rev. 01-03/16 115


ULTRAMET B308L
BASIC COATED MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 304L

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B308L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E308L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10
Typical 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 19 10 0.1 <0.1 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 440
Elongation (%) 4d 35 44
5d 30 40
Reduction of area % -- 60
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
80-120
-196C -- 35-50

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 700 405 266

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.

116 www.metrode.com DS B-30-ULTRAMET B308L| Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET 308LP
ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 308LP is a fully all-
positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME 5G/6G.
The Ultramet 308LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for a gas purge.
The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.

STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 1 1 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G PG/3Gd

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.1 0.5 10
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 10 0.01 0.1 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 450
Elongation (%) 4d 35 45
5d 30 43
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) -105C --
35

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2
min. A 50 60 75
max. A 70 90 120

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.0 14.1
Pieces/carton 1086 702 447

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-30-ULTRAMET 308LP | Rev. 01-03/16 117


308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSi
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


STAINLESS STEELS

308S92 (TIG & Sub-arc) Supermig 308LSi (MIG) QW432 F-No 6


AWS A5.9M ER308L ER308L Si QW442 A-No 3
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L G 19 9 L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L SS308L Si
APPROVALS TV (TIG)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3
Max. 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 12
Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 10
* Supermig 308LSi: Si range is 0.65 1.0%, typically 0.8%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
As welded
TIG MIG SAW + SS300
Tensile strength (MPa) 605 570 570
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 465 435 450
Elongation (%) 4d 35 42 41
5d 33 40 37
Impact ISO-V(J) -130C 110 70 50
-196C * 80 30-60 30
Hardness cap/mid HV 200/220 200/220 195/215
* For applications requiring cryogenic toughness see data sheet B-37.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2* DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW SS300** DC+ 2.4 350A,28V
* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
** SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 4.0
TIG (308S92) -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube --
MIG (Supermig 308LSi) 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- -- --
SAW (308S92) -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1

118 www.metrode.com DS B-30-308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSi | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 308L, 308LP
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 308L combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding.
Supercore 308LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

STAINLESS STEELS
The Supercore 308L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing for these applications, it is
recommended that Supercore 308LP is used.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


Supercore 308L Supercore 308LP QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E308LT0-1/4 E308LT1-1/4 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L R C/M 3 T 19 9 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-FB0 TS308L-FB1
Approvals TV, DNV, LRS TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.5 9.0 -- -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.5 11.0 0.3 0.3 12
Typical 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.02 0.02 19.5 10 0.1 0.1 8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 560
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 400
Elongation (%) 4d 35 43
5d 30 42
Reduction of area (%) -- 60
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 80
-110C -- 40
Hardness HV -- 200

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 280A, 22 34V 180A, 29V 15 20mm
1.2P 120 250A, 22 32V 150A, 25V 15 20mm
1.6 200 350A, 26 36V 250A, 30V 15 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
12 6 1 7 1 <1 12 1

www.metrode.com DS B-30-SUPERCORE 308L, 308LP | Rev. 01-03/16 119


SUPEROOT 308L
FLUX CORED TIG WIRE FOR ROOT WELDS WITHOUT BACK PURGE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 308L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in a robust moisture
resistant wire and rutile flux system.
Superoot 308L is designed specifically for situations where it is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or where
there is an economic benefit in eliminating back-purge.
STAINLESS STEELS

Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.22M R308LT1-5 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-RI1 QW442 A-No 6

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- --
Max. 0.03 2.5 1.2 0.03 0.04 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5
Typical 0.02 1.7 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.6 10.3 0.1 0.05
Typically 8FN.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450
Elongation (%) 4d 47
Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent filler.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon* DC- 2.2 90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 308L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are available on request.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.2
TIG 1 kg tube

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
32 12 8 16 <0.5 < 0.5 -- 3.1

120 www.metrode.com DS B-30-SUPEROOT 308L | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-31 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

347 STAINLESS STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
347 austenitic stainless steel for joining 321 and 347 Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite,
base materials. normally in the range 3-12FN.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


ASTM-ASME BS EN & DIN No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
321 1.4541 250C; no PWHT required.
347 1.4543 / 1.4561 / 1.4550
CF8C (cast) 1.4552 (cast)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
BS UNS There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
321S31 S32100
welding with 347S96. There is also additional
347S31 S34700
347C17 (cast) information available covering the Supercore flux
cored wires.

APPLICATIONS RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 The 308L consumables cover many of the
stainless steel types 321 and 347. Also suitable same base materials and applications (B-30).
for unstabilised grades such as 304/304L. Service For elevated temperature applications 347H
temperatures are typically -100C to about 400C. consumables should be used (C-11).

Applications are similar to 308L (B-30) and include food,


brewery, pharmaceutical equipment, architectural and PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
general fabrication, and nuclear engineering.
Process Product Specification
The 347 consumables covered here are generally not Ultramet 347 AWS E347-16
MMA
suitable for service in elevated temperature structural Ultramet B347 AWS E347-15
applications where 0.04-0.08% carbon is specified for TIG/MIG 347S96 AWS ER347
creep resistance, see data sheets C-11 and C-12. MIG Supermig 347Si AWS ER347Si
347S96 AWS ER347
For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm (15mils)
charpy lateral expansion at 196C, use unstabilised SAW SS300 BS EN SA AF2
weld metal with low carbon and controlled ferrite (B- SSB BS EN SA AF2
30). FCW Supercore 347 AWS E347T0-1/4

www.metrode.com DS B-31 | Rev. 01-03/16 121


ULTRAMET 347
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 321/347
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Ultramet 347 has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the
2.5/3.2mm diameter electrodes.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E347-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12
Typical 0.02 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.4 0.07 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 650
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 500
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 25 37
Reduction of area % -- 52
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 70
-196C -- 20
-196C -- 53 (1050C + WQ)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 660 399 261 159

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
122 www.metrode.com DS B-31-ULTRAMET 347 | Rev. 01-03/16
ULTRAMET B347
BASIC PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 321/347
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture resistance
and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of fixed pipework qualified in
the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site conditions. Compared with rutile types, the
basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of

STAINLESS STEELS
exceptional appearance and quality.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E347-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
Max. 0.06 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12
Typical 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 6
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 650
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 500
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 25 37
Reduction of area % -- 52
Impact ISO-V(J) -50C -- 90

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5/17.4 17.4
Pieces/carton 669 396 258/267 162
* 350mm is the standard length, 450mm is available to order.

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-31-ULTRAMET B347 | Rev. 01-03/16 123


347S96 and SUPERMIG 347Si
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG & SAW OF 321/347
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


STAINLESS STEELS

347S96 (TIG, MIG & sub-arc) Supermig 347Si (MIG) QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.9M ER347 ER347Si QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb G 19 9 Nb Si
W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS347 SS347 Si

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
Max. 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12
Typical < 0.04 1.5 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.7 0.2 0.6 0.1 8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG MIG/Supermig 347Si
Tensile strength (MPa) 660 650
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 475
Elongation (%) 4d 42 47
5d 40 42
Impact ISO-V(J) 20C 230 100
- 50C 150
- 196C 35
Hardness cap/mid HV 220/240

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2** DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW SS300 or SSB DC+ 2.4 350A,28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube To order 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1

124 www.metrode.com DS B-31-347S96 and SUPERMIG 347Si | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 347
DOWNHAND RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR 321/347
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347 combines easy operability,
high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect
to wire.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.22M E347T0-1/4 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-A T19 9 Nb R C/M 3 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB0

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 4
Max. 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12
Typical 0.03 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 10.5 0.1 0.5 0.1 8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 435
Elongation (%) 4d 30 47
5d 25 42
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
90

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85% argon.
The wire is suitable for use on CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 2-3V):
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 280A, 22 34V 180A, 29V 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1

www.metrode.com DS B-31-SUPERCORE 347 | Rev. 01-03/16 125


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-32 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

316L STAINLESS STEELS


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


316L Mo bearing austenitic stainless. There are Technical Profiles available on Superoot
316L and sub-arc welding with 316S92. There is
also additional information available covering
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED the Supercore flux cored wires.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
316L 1.4404 / 1.4401 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
316 1.4436
316LN 1.4406 / 1.4429
316L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and
CF3M 1.4408 other cryogenic applications, are in data sheet
CF8M 1.4437 B-38. Stainless steel consumables for high
temperature applications on 316H can be found
BS UNS in data sheets C-12 or C-13.
316S11 / 13 S 31603
316S16 / 31 / 33 S 31600
316S61 S 31653 PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
316C12 / 16 / 71
Process Product Specification
Supermet 316L AWS E316L-17
APPLICATIONS Ultramet 316L AWS E316L-16
MMA
These consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic Ultramet B316L AWS E316L-15
stainless steels with 1.5 3% Mo. They are also Ultramet 316LP AWS E316L-16
suitable for Ti or Nb stabilised and nitrogen-bearing
TIG 316S92 AWS ER316L
or free machining versions of the above alloys. Type
316/316L steels are widely used for their good resistance MIG Supermig 316LSi AWS ER316LSi
to pitting, many acids and general corrosion. 316S92 AWS ER316L
SAW SS300 BS EN SA AF2
The 316L consumables covered here are not suitable SSB BS EN SA AF2
for 316/316H in elevated temperature structural Supercore 316L AWS E316LT0-1/4
applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13. For
FCW Supercore 316LP AWS E316LT1-1/4
cryogenic applications (196C) see data sheet B-38.
Superoot 316L AWS R316LT1-5

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
the range 2-10FN depending on the application.

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250C;
no PWHT required.

126 www.metrode.com DS B-32 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERMET 316L
GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 316L MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Low hydrogen
manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. Supermet Technology gives acid rutile operability
combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld
bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional
operability. Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E316L-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 3.0%.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. typical 1050C + WQ
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600 550
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 480 320
Elongation (%) 4d 30 42 52
5d 25 39 49
Reduction of area % -- 60 52
Impact ISO*-V(J) +20C -- 70 --
-196C -- -- 35
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 25 50 60 75 100 130
max. A 45 70 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 250 300 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 8.7 10.5 11.4 12.6 17.4 16.8
Pieces/carton 1344 846 603 339 249 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-32-SUPERMET 316L | Rev. 01-03/16 127


ULTRAMET 316L
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced
rutile flux design this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity;
and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E316L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
Approvals TV, LRS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
Typical <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 3.0%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. typical 1050C + WQ
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 580 540
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 480 305
Elongation (%) 4d 30 43 52
5d 25 41 50
Reduction of area % -- 65 58
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 70 --
-100C -- 40 --
-196C -- -- 40
Hardness HV -- 230 185
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 12.9 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 618 393 261 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1

128 www.metrode.com DS B-32-ULTRAMET 316L | Rev. 02-03/17


ULTRAMET B316L
BASIC COATED MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 316L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B316L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E316L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
Typical <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 470
Elongation (%) 4d 30 37
5d 25 33
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
80
-196C -- 45
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C 0.38 0.5
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 681 396 261 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 28 1

www.metrode.com DS B-32-ULTRAMET B316L | Rev. 02-03/17 129


ULTRAMET 316LP
ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 316LP is a fully all-
positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 316LP
electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable
for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.
STAINLESS STEELS

Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E316L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 1 1 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G PG/3Gd

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 500
Elongation (%) 4d 30 38
5d 25 35
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact ISO-V(J) -105C --
40

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2
min. A 50 60 75
max. A 70 90 120

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.3 14.4
Pieces/carton 1089 747 459

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316L but this does not affect the OES.

130 www.metrode.com DS B-32-ULTRAMET 316LP | Rev. 01-03/16


316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSi
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
316S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 316LSi (MIG) QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.9M ER316L ER316LSi QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L G 19 12 3 LSi
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L SS316LSi
Approvals TV, LRS TV, LRS

W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
Max. 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 10
Typical 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6
* Supermig 316LSi: Si range is 0.65 1.0%, typically 0.85%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
As welded Min.
TIG MIG SAW + SS300
Tensile strength (MPa) 510 605 570 570
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 465 435 450
Elongation (%) 4d 30 35 42 41
5d 30 33 40 37
Impact ISO-V(J) -130C -- > 100 > 70 > 45
-196C -- > 60 30-60 30
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 200/220 200/220 195/215
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2* DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW SS300** DC+ 2.4 350A,28V
* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
** SSB also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG (316S92) To order -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG (Supermig 316LSi) 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- --
SAW (316S92) -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3

www.metrode.com DS B-32-316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSi | Rev. 01-03/16 131


SUPERCORE 316L, 316LP
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 316L combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 316LP is
designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
The Supercore 316L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing for these applications, it is
STAINLESS STEELS

recommended that Supercore 316LP is used.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


Supercore 316L Supercore 316LP QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E316LT0-1/4 E316LT1-1/4 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-FB0 TS316L-FB1
Approvals (1.2 & 1.6mm) TV, LRS TV, LRS, ABS, DNV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.3 12
Typical 0.03 1.3 0.5 0.02 0.02 18 12.5 2.7 0.1 6
* 0.9mm diameter Supercore 316L is typically 2.3%Mo and does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 510 580
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 440
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 25 38
Reduction of area (%) -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 70
-110C -- 40
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 200/210

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
0.9 (Supercore 316L only) 75 170A, 20 30V 120A, 26V 15 20mm
1.2 120 280A, 21 35V 180A, 28V 15 20mm
1.2P 120 250A, 20 32V 160A, 26V 15 20mm
1.6 200 350A, 26 36V 250A, 30V 15 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
13.5 1.5 1.5 7.5 1 <1 11 1.2

132 www.metrode.com DS B-32-SUPERCORE 316L, 316LP | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPEROOT 316L
FLUX CORED TIG WIRE FOR ROOT WELDS WITHOUT BACK PURGE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 316L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in a robust moisture
resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 316L is designed specifically for situations where it is impractical to apply back-
purge for the TIG root run, or to gain the economic benefit of eliminating back-purge. For most applications, the use of a 316L
root bead is considered compatible with subsequent filling with 308L, 347 or 316L as appropriate.

STAINLESS STEELS
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.22M R316LT1-5 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-RI1 QW442 A-No 8

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. -- 1.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 --
Max. 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.5
Typical 0.01 1.6 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.2 12.5 2.2 0.05
Typically 5FN.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 605
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450
Elongation (%) 4d 38
Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent filler.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon* DC- 2.2 90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 316L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are available on request.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.2
TIG 1 kg tube

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu F OES (mg/m3) OES (mg/m3)
30 12 11 15 < 0.5 -- 3.3 3.1

www.metrode.com DS B-32-SUPEROOT 316L | Rev. 01-03/16 133


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-33 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NON-MAGNETIC 316L CONSUMABLES


MICROSTRUCTURE
STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
Nil-ferrite, modified 316L alloy for non-magnetic, Fully austenitic.
cryogenic and nitric acid applications.

WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED No preheat required, and maximum interpass
For type 316L and similar parent materials where temperature 150C.
ferrite-free and non-magnetic weld metal is required;
also suitable for 304/304L and 316/316L for cryogenic ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
service. ASTM A262 practice C (Huey) corrosion test
May be suitable for welding 200 series stainless steels, (immersion in boiling, 65%, nitric acid for five
eg. UNS S20910 (XM-19), Nitronic 50 (Armco) and other. 48 hour periods): typical corrosion rates are
nitrogen strengthened stainless steels. 0.71.2m/48hr (0.13-0.22mm/year). Stamicarbon
requirement is 3.3m/48hr.
APPLICATIONS
The high nickel and nitrogen levels provide a fully
austenitic and non-magnetic weld deposit with RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
maximum magnetic permeability of 1.01. A typical The 310L and 904L alloys may also be useful for
tensile strength above 600MPa is also achieved by low magnetic permeability applications.
means of the controlled level of nitrogen. A high
manganese content ensures freedom from micro-
fissuring in the ferrite-free weld metal. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
Applications exploiting non-magnetic properties
Ultramet 316NF BS EN E 18 15 3 L R 3 2
include welding of 316L fittings for minesweepers and MMA
Ultramet B316NF BS EN E 18 15 3 L B 4 2
offshore downhole instrumentation collars.
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF BS EN 20 16 3 Mn N L
The fully austenitic microstructure gives excellent FCW Supercore 316NF (BS EN T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)
strength and toughness at cryogenic temperatures
for joining 304L and 316L LPG and LNG storage vessels.
Useful toughness is also maintained down to liquid
helium temperatures -269C (4K) for superconducting
applications. Impact testing procedures at this
temperature are complex and expensive, with results of
questionable validity. To qualify the toughness of weld
metal for service at 4K, the ASME Code Committee
has proposed >0.53mm (21mils) at 196C (77K). This
proposal is based on correlations between fracture
toughness and Charpy data at these temperatures.

Unlike conventional 316L weld metal containing ferrite,


which suffers preferential attack in concentrated nitric
acid, the nil-ferrite alloy has excellent resistance and
is suitable for deposition directly onto CMn steel to
provide corrosion resistant overlays.

134 www.metrode.com DS B-33 | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET 316NF
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire.
Special control of residuals coupled with a high manganese content ensures freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M (E316LMn-16) Nearest classification QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 15 3 L R 3 2 This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
Min. -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1
Max. 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2
Typical < 0.03 3.0 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 610
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 300 430
Elongation (%) 4d -- 38
5d 30 35
Reduction of area % -- 54
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C * -- 60
Lateral expansion(mm, mils) -196C * -- 0.7mm / (28mils)
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.0 16.5
Pieces/carton 684 402 267 189
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3) OES (mg/m3)
8 10 1.5 5 <0.2 16 1 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-33-ULTRAMET 316NF | Rev. 01-03/16 135


ULTRAMET B316NF
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA PIPE WELDING ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high manganese to ensure
freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M (E316LMn-15) Nearest classification QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 15 3 L B 4 2 This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
Min. -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1
Max. 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2
Typical < 0.03 3.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 610
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 300 440
Elongation (%) 4d -- 38
5d 30 35
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C * -- 50
Lateral expansion(mm, mils) -196C * -- 0.6 / (24mils)
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 678 393 252 153
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3) OES (mg/m3)
8 10 1.5 5 <0.2 16 1 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.

136 www.metrode.com DS B-33-ULTRAMET B316NF | Rev. 01-03/16


ER316MnNF
NON-MAGNETIC SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER316LMn QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 16 3 Mn N L QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
Min. -- 6.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 15.0 2.5 -- 0.12
Max. 0.025 8.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 21.0 18.0 3.5 0.3 0.20
Typical 0.02 7 0.5 0.01 0.02 20 16 3 0.15 0.15
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 732
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 527
Elongation (%) 4d 39
5d 34
Reduction of area (%) 68
Impact ISO-V(J) - 100C 140
- 196C * 95
Lateral expansion mm (mils) - 196C * 1.0 (40)
Hardness cap/mid HV 175/220
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2** DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
26 22 15 13 1.5 < 0.5 3.3

www.metrode.com DS B-33-ER316MnNF | Rev. 01-03/16 137


SUPERCORE 316NF
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 347 combines easy operability, high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.22M (E316LT0-1/4) Nearest classification QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3) Nearest classification QW442 A-No --
Approval TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N
Min. -- 2.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 14.0 2.5 0.08
Max. 0.04 3.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 19.0 16.0 3.5 0.20
Typical 0.03 2.5 0.4 0.01 0.025 18 15 3 0.12
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 605
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 300 410
Elongation (%) 4d 30 37
5d 25 34
Impact ISO-V(J) - 196C * -- 50
Lateral expansion (mm) - 196C * 0.38 (15mils) 0.6
Hardness HV -- 185
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by ~3V):
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 130A-25V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12-20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 12.5kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
12 18 2 4 4 <1 6 1.2

138 www.metrode.com DS B-33-SUPERCORE 316NF | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-34 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

318 STAINLESS STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Nb stabilised, Mo-bearing stainless steel. No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
250C.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
wrought cast
ASTM/ASME 316Ti, 316Cb CF10MC Supermet 318 is not recommended for cryogenic
DIN & BS EN 1.4571 / 1.4573 1.4579 / 1.4581
applications, nor elevated temperature structural
service.
1.4580 / 1.4583
BS 320S31 / 33 318C17
UNS S31635, RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
31640
The 316L consumables can be used for many of the
same base materials and applications (data sheet
APPLICATIONS B-32). For cryogenic applications see controlled
Use to weld titanium or niobium-stabilised grades of ferrite 316L consumables (data sheet B-32) and for
molybdenum-bearing austenite stainless steels, or elevated temperature see 316H (C-13) or 16.8.2 (C-12)
as an alternative electrode for unstabilised grades consumables.
such as 316/316L. It is not recommended for structural
service above about 400C.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
It is also used for depositing corrosion resistance Process Product Specification
overlays and valve seat inlays on medium carbon alloy
MMA Supermet 318 AWS E318-17
steels, and for this reason the electrode is normally
supplied with a typical ferrite content of 3-14FN. TIG/MIG 318S96 AWS ER318
SAW 318S96 AWS ER318
SS300 BS EN SA AF2
MICROSTRUCTURE
SSB BS EN SA AF2
Austenite with 3-14FN (3-12% ferrite), typically 10FN.

www.metrode.com DS B-34 | Rev. 01-03/16 139


SUPERMET 318
NB STABILISED MO-BEARING STAINLESS STEEL MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0..025%) typical carbon levels.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance, and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and H-V
welding positions. Smaller sizes up to 3.2mm offer excellent all-positional operability.
Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.
STAINLESS STEELS

Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E318-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 Nb R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 10 x C -- 6
max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.50 13
Typical 0.025 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 11.5 2.7 0.6 0.1 9

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 630
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 500
Elongation (%) 4d 25 36
5d 25 35
Reduction of area % -- 55
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 65

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 55V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 14.1 13.2 18.0
Pieces/carton 564 387 237 165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 7 1 5 0.5 <0.2 16 1

140 www.metrode.com DS B-34-SUPERMET 318 | Rev. 01-03/16


318S96
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER318
QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 Nb
QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS318

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 11.0 2.5 10xC -- 3
Max. 0.07 2.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.3 12
Typical 0.035 1.8 0.45 0.01 0.02 19.5 11.5 2.5 0.6 0.2 10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 655
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 440
Elongation (%) 4d 42
5d 35
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 90
Hardness cap/mid HV 200/215

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW SS300 *** DC+ 2.4 350A, 28V
* Also required as a back purge for root runs.
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
*** SSB also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 <0.5 3.3

www.metrode.com DS B-34-318S96 | Rev. 01-03/16 141


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-35 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

317L STAINLESS STEELS


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE


19%Cr-13%Ni-3.5%Mo (317L) austenitic stainless steel. Austenite with 3-10FN (3-9% ferrite), typically 5FN.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


wrought cast No preheat required, and a maximum interpass of
ASTM/UNS 150C is desirable. Normally used in the as-welded
317 / S31700 CG8M condition.
317L / S31703 CG3M
DIN & BS EN
1.4438 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
BS The 317LM and 1.4539 alloys, with 4-5%Mo, can be
317S16 317C16 welded with the overmatching 904L consumables
317S12 317C12 (data sheet B-40).

APPLICATIONS RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


Use to weld 317/317L stainless steels in which the 317L falls between the lower alloyed 316L (data
raised Mo level provides improved resistance to sheet B-32) and the higher alloyed 904L (data sheet
pitting in high chloride environments and to some B-40) materials.
acids (not nitric acid). These steels are used in marine,
chemical process, papermaking, and food processing
applications. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Also suitable for 316/316L and their stabilised versions Process Product Specification
when the benefits of higher molybdenum weld metal MMA Ultramet 317L AWS E317L-16
are required to maximise weld area pitting resistance. TIG/MIG ER317L AWS ER317L
Not suitable for structural service above about 400C, FCW Supercore 317LP AWS E317LT1-1/4
or for cryogenic applications.

142 www.metrode.com DS B-35 | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET 317L
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR 317L STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0.025%) typical carbon levels. A controlled addition of nitrogen, in
conjunction with ~3.8%Mo, provides improved pitting corrosion resistance compared to 316L. Ultramet 317L gives both welder
and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design. These features include optimum versatility for downhand
and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic finish and full volumetric weld metal integrity. The smaller electrode sizes
are particularly suited to vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework. Low hydrogen manufacturing

STAINLESS STEELS
technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E317L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 13 4 N L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN
min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.5 -- 0.08 3
max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.50 0.20 10
Typical 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 13 3.8 0.1 0.12 5
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 470
Elongation (%) 4d 30 38
5d 25 36
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 55
-50C -- 30
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 18.6
Pieces/carton 669 381 225 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
8 6 1 6 <0.2 0.6 16 0.8

www.metrode.com DS B-35-ULTRAMET 317L | Rev. 01-03/16 143


ER317L
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
STAINLESS STEELS

AWS A5.9M ER 317, ER 317L ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 13 4 L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS317, SS317L QW442 A-No 8

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 13.0 3.0 -- 2
Max. 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 15.0 4.0 0.3 10
Typical 0.015 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 14 3.5 0.15 5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 630
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450
Elongation (%) 4d 35
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 75

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 12 12 15 2 <0.5 1

144 www.metrode.com DS B-35-ER317L | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 317LP
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 317LP is designed for all-
positional welding including fixed pipework but provides excellent operability in the flat and HV positions as well. Metal recovery
is about 90% with respect to the wire.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.22M E317LT1-1/4 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2) Nearest classification QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS317L-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN
min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.0 -- -- 3
max. 0.04 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.5 0.20 10
Typical 0.03 1 0.6 0.02 0.02 19 13 3.5 0.1 0.07 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 570
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 440
Elongation (%) 4d 20 27
5d 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 30
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 55
-50C -- 45
Hardness HV -- 220

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 280A, 22 34V 180A, 29V 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg spool.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1

www.metrode.com DS B-35-SUPERCORE 317LP | Rev. 01-03/16 145


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-37 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CRYOGENIC 308LCF CONSUMABLES


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES


Controlled ferrite 308L austenitic stainless steels No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
for joining 304L base materials used in cryogenic 250C (300C may be acceptable on thicker
applications. section material); no PWHT required.
For optimum impact properties use heat inputs
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED at the higher end of the allowable ranges.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
304L 1.4306 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
304 1.4301
304LN 1.4311 There is a Technical Profile covering the use
CF3 1.4308 of the controlled ferrite consumables for LNG
CF8 applications.
G B Holloway et al Stainless steel arc welding
BS UNS consumables for cryogenic applications.
304S11 S 30403 Stainless Steel World America 2004 Conference,
304S15 / 16 / 31 S 30400 Houston, 2004.
304S61 S 30453
304C12
304C15 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
General purpose 308L stainless steel consumables
are in data sheet B-30. Stainless steel
APPLICATIONS consumables for high temperature applications
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels with service on 304H can be found in data sheets C-10 or C-12.
temperatures down to 196C. The controlled ferrite
SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are specifically
designed for cryogenic service; they are not batch PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
selected consumables.
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to Process Product Specification
cryogenic service (-196C) eg LNG. Ultramet 308LCF AWS E308L-16
MMA
Standard 308L consumables for general purpose Ultramet B308LCF AWS E308L-15
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. The 308L TIG ER308LCF AWS ER308L
consumables covered here are not suitable for 304/304H
ER308LCF AWS ER308L
in elevated temperature structural applications, see SAW
data sheets C-10 and C-12. SS300 BS EN SA AF2
FCW Supercore 308LCF AWS E308LT1-1/4J

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
8FN for solid wires).

146 www.metrode.com DS B-37 | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET 308LCF
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm
lateral expansion at minus 130-196C. Also suitable for unusual occasions when 304L is specified for service up to 550C and
corrosion conditions preclude the use of 308H.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5
Typical <0.025 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 10 0.1 <0.1 3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 445
Elongation (%) 4d 35 50
5d 30 46
Reduction of area (%) -- 43
Impact ISO*-V(J) -100C -- 45
-196C -- 35
Lateral expansion* (mm) -196C 0.38 0.50
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.2
Pieces/carton 627 414 261 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES

www.metrode.com DS B-37-ULTRAMET 308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16 147


ULTRAMET B308LCF
BASIC MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B308LCF is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E308L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5
Typical 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 18.5 10 0.05 <0.1 3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 440
Elongation (%) 4d 35 44
5d 30 40
Reduction of area % -- 60
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 80-120
-196C -- 35-50
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C 0.38 0.55
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 700 405 266

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES

148 www.metrode.com DS B-37-ULTRAMET B308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16


ER308LCF
SOLID WIRES FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Batch selected solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER308L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3
Max. 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 8
Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 7

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
As welded Min.
TIG SAW + SS300
Tensile strength (MPa) 510 605 550
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 465 390
Elongation (%) 4d 30 35 41
5d 30 33 37
Impact ISO-V(J) -130C --
110 50
-196C -- 80 45
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C 0.38 1.0 0.5
* ER308LCF SAW wire batch tested, with SS300 flux, for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.C.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
SAW SS300 DC+ 2.4 350A,30V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
SAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1

www.metrode.com DS B-37-ER308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16 149


SUPERCORE 308LCF
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Supercore 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral
expansion at minus 130-196C.
Supercore 308LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to
the wire.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.22M E308LT1-1/4J QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L P C/M 2 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 5
Typical 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.6 10.5 0.1 0.1 3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 540
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 400
Elongation (%) 4d 30 50
5d 30 46
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C --
74
-130C -- 40
-196C -- 36
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C 0.38 0.70
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
CCurrent: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
120 280A, 22 34V 180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 15 25mm
150A, 25V (positional) 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1

150 www.metrode.com DS B-37-SUPERCORE 308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-38 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CRYOGENIC 316LCF CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE

STAINLESS STEELS
WELDING GUIDELINES
Controlled ferrite 316L austenitic stainless steels No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
for joining 316L base materials used in cryogenic 250C (300C may be acceptable on thicker
applications. section material); no PWHT required.
For optimum impact properties use heat inputs
at the higher end of the allowable ranges.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM BS EN & DIN
316L 1.4404 / 1.4401 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
316 1.4436 There is a Technical Profile covering the use
316LN 1.4406 / 1.4429 of the controlled ferrite consumables for LNG
CF3M 1.4408 applications.
CF8M 1.4437
G B Holloway et al Stainless steel arc welding
BS UNS consumables for cryogenic applications.
316S11 / 13 S 31603
316S16 / 31 / 33 S 31600
Stainless Steel World America 2004 Conference,
316S61 S 31653 Houston, 2004.
316C12
316C16 / 71
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
General purpose 316L stainless steel consumables
APPLICATIONS are in data sheet B-32. Stainless steel
consumables for high temperature applications
These consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic
on 316H can be found in data sheets C-12 or C-13.
stainless steels with 1.5 3% Mo. Type 316/316L steels
are widely used for their good resistance to pitting,
many acids and general corrosion. . The controlled
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
ferrite SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are
specifically designed for cryogenic service; they are not Process Product Specification
batch selected consumables. Ultramet 316LCF AWS E316L-16
MMA
Ultramet B316LCF AWS E316L-15
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to
TIG ER316LCF AWS ER316L
cryogenic service (-196C) eg LNG.
ER316LCF AWS ER316L
SAW
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose SS300 BS EN SA AF2
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. The 316L FCW Supercore 316LCF AWS E316LT1-1/4J
consumables covered here are not suitable for 316/316H
in elevated temperature structural applications, see
data sheets C-12 and C-13.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
8FN for solid wires).

www.metrode.com DS B-38 | Rev. 01-03/16 151


ULTRAMET 316LCF
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional capability,
Ultramet 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion
at minus 130-196C. Also suitable for unusual occasions when 316L is specified for service up to 550C and corrosion conditions
preclude the use of 316H.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E316L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 (E 19 12 3 L R 3 2) Nearest classification QW442 A-No 8
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
Typical <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 <0.1 3
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 3.0%.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 595
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 440
Elongation (%) 4d 30 43
5d 25 39
Reduction of area % -- 48
Impact ISO*-V(J) + 20C -- 70
-100C -- 50
-196C -- 30
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C 0.38 0.40
Hardness HV -- 230
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 618 396 261 165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift
of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.

152 www.metrode.com DS B-38-ULTRAMET 316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET B316LCF
BASIC MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B316L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed
pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E316L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 (E 19 12 3 L B 4 2) Nearest classification QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
Typical <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.2 <0.1 3
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 3.0%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 470
Elongation (%) 4d 30 37
5d 25 33
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 80
-196C -- 35
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C 0.38 0.45
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.4
Pieces/carton 669 396 255

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift
of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-38-ULTRAMET B316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16 153


ER316LCF
SOLID WIRES FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


STAINLESS STEELS

AWS A5.9M ER316L W=TIG, S=SAW QW432 F-No 6


BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
Max. 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8
Typical 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
As welded Min.
TIG SAW + SS300
Tensile strength (MPa) 510 605 560
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 465 400
Elongation (%) 4d 30 50 41
5d 25 45 37
Impact ISO-V(J) -130C --
> 100 > 45
-196C -- > 60 40
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C 0.38 1.0 0.5
* ER316LCF SAW wire batch tested, with SS300 flux for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
SAW SS300 DC+ 2.4 350A, 28V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
SAW -- -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%), (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3

154 www.metrode.com DS B-38-ER316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 316LCF
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Supercore 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral
expansion at minus 130-196C.
Supercore 316LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the
wire.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.22M E316LT1-1/4J QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2) Nearest classification QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
Typical 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.0 12.4 2.2 0.1 3
* Does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A which requires Mo 2.5 3.0%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 510 550
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 410
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 25 38
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C --
75
-130C -- 45
-196C -- 34
Lateral expansion * (mm) -130C -- 0.70
-196C 0.38 0.55
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
120 280A, 22 34V 180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 15 20mm
150A, 25V (positional) 160A, 26V

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 12 2.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2

www.metrode.com DS B-38-SUPERCORE 316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16 155


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-40 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

904L STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
STAINLESS STEELS

904L is a nominally 20%Cr-25%Ni-5%Mo-2%Cu fully In the as-welded condition the weld metal
austenitic alloy with good corrosion resistance. microstructure is fully austenitic.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


DIN No preheat or PWHT is required, interpass should
ASTM - ASME
1.4505 be controlled to 150C maximum and heat input
N08904
1.4506 should also be controlled particularly with larger
BS 1.4536 diameter MMA electrodes.
1449: 904S13 1.4539
1504: 364C11 (cast) 1.4585
1.4500 (cast)
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Proprietary alloys Process Product Specification


Uddelholm 904L Ultramet 904L E385-16
2RK65 (Sandvik)
MMA
Ultramet B904L E385-15
Cronifer 1925LC (VDM)
254SLX (Avesta Polarit)
TIG/MIG 20.25.4Cu ER385
Uranus B6 & B6M (Creusot Loire)
Suitable for copper-free variants of the above alloys
and also to overmatch leaner alloys such as 317L, 317LN,
317LM, 317LMN, 1.4439, 1.4440 and S31726.

APPLICATIONS
These consumables give a fully austenitic, low carbon
weld metal with molybdenum and copper, with good
resistance to corrosion in sulphuric, phosphoric and
other inorganic and organic acids.

They are not normally chosen for resistance to


corrosion in concentrated nitric acid. For service in
severe chloride pitting media, overmatching nickel-
base weld metal is recommended, see alloy 625 (data
sheet D-20).

It is the preferred weld metal for some lower alloy


austenitics such as Creusot UHB 34L and UHB 734L for
wet process phosphoric acid service.

Applications include tanks and process vessels, piping


systems, agitators and rotors and cast pumps and valves
for use in the fertiliser, phosphoric, sulphuric and acetic
acid plants, and in salt and seawater environments. It
is also used in some offshore applications, including
overlays on mild and low alloy steels.

DS B-40 | Rev. 01-03/16


156 www.metrode.com
ULTRAMET 904L
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 904L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode (formerly 21.26.5.CuNb.R) with a special rutile flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire.
Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.4M E385-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 20 25 5 Cu N L R 5 2 QW442 A-No 9

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N
Min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --
Max. 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25
Typical 0.02 1.2 0.55 0.015 0.02 20.5 25 4.6 1.5 0.02 0.09

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 420
Elongation (%) 4d 30 38
5d 25 35
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO*-V(J) -196C -- 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 185/200

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.1
Pieces/carton 504 360 213

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-40-ULTRAMET 904L | Rev. 01-03/16 157


ULTRAMET B904L
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 904L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special basic flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and
molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E385-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 20 25 5 Cu N L B 6 2 QW442 A-No 9

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N
Min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --
Max. 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25
Typical 0.025 2 0.4 0.005 0.02 21 25 4.8 1.8 0.05 0.08

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 440
Elongation (%) 4d 30 41
5d 25 38
Reduction of area % -- 60
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 190/215

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.1
Pieces/carton 471 359 273

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect the OES.

158 www.metrode.com DS B-40-ULTRAMET B904L | Rev. 01-03/16


20.25.4.Cu
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG FOR ALLOY 904L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER385 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 25 5 Cu L QW442 A-No 9
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS385

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2
Max. 0.025 2.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0
Typical 0.01 1.7 0.3 0.001 0.015 20 25 4.5 1.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 650
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 490
Elongation (%) 4d 35
5d 32
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 210
Hardness cap/mid HV 175/195

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 230A, 30V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Ar-He-CO2 proprietary mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 13 16 20 3 2.5 2.5

www.metrode.com DS B-40-20.25.4.Cu | Rev. 01-03/16 159


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-41 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 20


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES


20%Cr-34%Ni-3.5%Cu-2.5%Mo (alloy 20) austenitic No preheat, interpass to be controlled to 150C
corrosion resistant alloy. maximum and heat input to be controlled
particularly with 4mm diameter electrodes.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Repair of alloy 20 castings may present particular


problems with HAZ regions being sensitive
ASTM to fissuring and weld metal increasing in
A351, A744 Grade CN-7M
crack sensitivity if silicon pick-up takes place.
BS Troublesome castings may require buttering at
1504 Grade 332C11 very low heat input with small diameter electrodes
Proprietary and minimum dilution.
Alloy 20, 20Cb, 20Cb-3 (Carpenter)
Paramount P20 (Lake & Elliot)
Langalloy 20V (Meighs) PWHT
Welds are normally left in the as-welded condition
but castings to ASTM specifications may require
APPLICATIONS solution treatment at 1125C following major
This electrode is usually made to order. It gives a repairs.
fully austenitic, niobium stabilised weld metal with
molybdenum and copper and a high resistance
to corrosion in sulphuric acid, other mineral acids, RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
organic acids and their mixtures. Most parent
The 825 consumables (data sheet B-42) are similar
material specifications are for castings.
high alloy corrosion resistant products and can be
Applications include tanks, process piping, heat offered as a technically compatible alternative in
exchangers, agitators and rotors, cast pumps and some applications.
valves; for use in the chemical processing, metal
cleaning and pickling industries.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MICROSTRUCTURE MMA E320LR-15 AWS E320LR-15
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
fully austenitic.

160 www.metrode.com DS B-41 | Rev. 01-03/16


E320LR-15
MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 20
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on an over-matching high purity core wire. The E320LR-15
electrode is manufactured with strict controls on the maximum carbon, silicon, sulphur and phosphorus (to optimise as-welded
corrosion resistance); and also restricted ranges for manganese and niobium. This low residual (LR) electrode is intended to
reduce sensitivity to microfissuring whilst maintaining excellent corrosion resistance, but interpass temperature and heat input

STAINLESS STEELS
still need to be controlled.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E320LR-15 QW432 F-No 5
QW442 A-No 9

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
min. -- 1.5 -- -- -- 19.0 32.0 2.0 8xC 3.0
max. 0.03 2.5 0.30 0.015 0.020 21.0 36.0 3.0 0.40 4.0
Typical 0.02 2 0.2 0.005 0.01 20 34 2.5 0.3 3.5
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. (1) Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 535
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 345
Elongation (%) 4d 30 36
5d 25 30
Reduction of area (%) -- 37
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C -- 117
- 40C -- 98
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 156/182
(1) ASTM N08020 parent material requires TS >550MPa, PS >240MPa

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 70 90
max. A 80 110 150
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 275 350 325
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 13.5
Pieces/carton 714 411 261

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
5 5 2 6 1 1 20 0.8

www.metrode.com DS B-41-E320LR-15 | Rev. 01-03/16 161


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-42 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 825


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE


Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu alloy of the generic 825 type. In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure is fully austenitic.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


Matching 825 materials: No preheat required, interpass should be restricted
ASTM/ UNS to 150)C maximum and the heat input should
N08825 be controlled particularly with 4mm and 5mm
DIN diameter electrodes.
2.4858
BS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
1501 & 3072 Grade NA16
Some authorities accept or prefer overmatching
Proprietary
type 625 weld metal (data sheet D-20) but 825 is the
Incoloy 825 (Special Metals)
conventional type for welding alloy 825. Both the
Incoloy 825CP, cast (Special Metals)
E825L-15 electrode and 82-50 wire are also suitable
Nicrofer 4221 (Krupp VDM)
for welding the leaner alloy 20 type materials. The
The E825L-15 MMA electrode is also suitable for the MMA electrode E825L-15 (but not the 82-50 wire)
28%Cr alloy 28 materials: can also be used for welding the 28%Cr, alloy 28
ASTM/ UNS type, materials.
N08028
DIN
1.4563 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Proprietary The 625 alloy (data sheet D-20) is sometimes used
Nicrofer 3127LC (Krupp VDM) for welding 825 and alloy 28 materials.
Sanicro 28 (Sandvik)
Also suitable for lower nickel materials of the alloy PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
20 type.
Process Product Specification
MMA E825L-15 DIN EL-NiCr28Mo
TIG/MIG 82-50 AWS ERNiFeCr-1
APPLICATIONS
The consumables deposit Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu weld metal
with a high corrosion resistance to organic acids
and hot sulphuric acid. The high nickel content
gives good resistance to stress corrosion cracking in
chloride and H2S environments.

Applications include tanks and process vessels,


pipework systems, heat exchangers, agitators and
rotors, and cast pumps and valves for use in the
chemical processing and increasingly offshore oil and
gas industries. Also suitable for corrosion resistant
overlays and for welding dissimilar materials.

162 www.metrode.com DS B-42 | Rev. 01-03/16


E825L-15
MMA ELECTRODE FOR AUSTENITIC ALLOY 825
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode for welding 825, alloy 28 and alloy 20 type materials. Specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on high purity
825 core wire. The electrodes are designed for fixed pipework welds including the demanding ASME 5G/6G positions. Careful
control of carbon, manganese, silicon and nitrogen to maximise corrosion resistance in the as-welded condition and to ensure
high resistance to solidification cracking and microfissuring in multipass welds. The composition is controlled to give a Pitting
Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of about 40, where PRE = %Cr + 3.3%Mo.

STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M (E383-15) QW432 F-No 5
Does not strictly conform; Ni & Cu are higher in E825L-15 compared to the E383-15 classification (This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS.
DIN EL-NiCr28Mo
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb Fe
min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 27.0 35.0 3.2 1.5 -- --
max. 0.03 3.0 0.5 0.015 0.030 31.0 40.0 4.5 3.0 1.0 30
Typical 0.02 2 0.3 0.01 0.01 28 38 3.5 2 0.3 27
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 240 410
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 25 39
Reduction of area (%) -- 43
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 120
- 196C -- 65
Hardness (HV) -- 220

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 70 90
max. A 80 110 150
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 275 325 325
kg/carton 10.8 13.8 14.1
Pieces/carton 612 387 261

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 5 3 7 1 1 20 0.7

www.metrode.com DS B-42-E825L-15 | Rev. 01-03/16 163


82-50
SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRE FOR AUSTENITIC ALLOY 825

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 825 and alloy 20 type materials. The 82-50 wire only has a nominal 21%Cr and so is not
suitable for alloy 28. Note MIG wire is to order only.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiFeCr-1 QW432 F-No 45
BS EN ISO 18274 SNi8065
Also known generically as filler metal 65 (FM65)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Al Ti Fe
min. -- -- -- -- -- 19.5 38.0 2.5 1.5 -- 0.60 22.0
max. 0.05 1.0 0.50 0.015 0.020 23.5 46.0 3.5 3.0 0.20 1.2 bal
Typical 0.02 0.5 0.3 0.005 0.015 22 40 3 2 0.1 0.8 30

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG (Ar) TIG (Ar+2%H2)
Tensile strength (MPa) 475 580
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 350
Elongation (%) 4d 18 39
5d 16 35
Reduction of area (%) 35 35
Hardness cap/mid HV 165/180 190/205

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon DC+ ** 1.2 220A, 30V
* Also required as a purge for root runs. Ar+1-5%H2 can prove beneficial see mechanical properties.
** Pulsed current may provide better arc transfer characteristics.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG (To order) 15kg spool -- --

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%), (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
23 2 19 29 2 3 1.7

164 www.metrode.com DS B-42-82-50 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-45 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

310L STAINLESS STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Low carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni (310L) for corrosion Fully austenitic.
resisting applications.
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED No preheat is required. Owing to the inherent
BS EN / DIN hot cracking susceptibility of fully austenitic weld
X1CrNi25 21 (1.4335) metal it is desirable to keep interpass temperature
AFNOR below 150C and heat input below 1.5kJ/mm..
Z1 CN 25 20
Z2 CN 25 20 M (cast) RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Proprietary The standard 310 alloy, with 0.1%C (data sheet
2RE10 (Sandvik) C-30) is related but is used for entirely different
Uranus 65 (Usinor Industeel)) high temperature applications and the two alloys
Cronifer 2521LC (Krupp VDM) cannot be interchanged.

APPLICATIONS The 316NF consumables (data sheet B-33) and the


310L consumables are designed for welding special Ultramet B310MoLN electrode can be used for
low-carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni alloys which are used for similar corrosion resisting applications.
their excellent resistance to oxidising media, e.g.
nitric acid. Applications range from the chemical PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
process plant used in fertiliser production to the
waste nuclear fuel reprocessing industries. It is not Process Product Specification
intended for welding standard type 310 used for MMA 25.20.L.R None
heat resisting applications (see data sheet C-30).

The electrode can also be used for surfacing steels


to give a deposit with properties similar to the bulk
weld metal, but care should be taken to deposit
sufficient layers to eliminate any effects of dilution.

The low carbon fully austenitic deposit has


excellent cryogenic toughness and it can be used
as an alternative to 308L/316L types for welding
conventional austenitic materials where superior
impact values are required at temperatures at or
below -196C.

www.metrode.com DS B-45 | Rev. 01-03/16 165


25.20.L.R
MMA ELECTRODE FOR 310L STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special low silica basic rutile flux on low carbon stainless steel core wire.
Detrimental residual elements including silicon are kept to low levels for optimum corrosion performance.
Coupled with raised manganese, these features also ensure excellent resistance to microfissuring hot cracking.
Suitable for all-positional welding up to 3.2mm diameter.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
Approvals: Approved for welding equivalent parent material Uranus 65 by independent tests. QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
min. -- 4.0 -- -- -- 24.0 19.0 -- -- --
max. 0.040 7.0 0.4 0.020 0.025 26.0 22.0 0.2 0.3 0.3
Typical 0.03 5 0.3 0.008 0.01 25 21 0.1 <0.1 0.08
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350
Elongation (%) 4d 37
5d 30
Reduction of area (%) 55
Impact ISO-V(J) - 196C 90
Hardness (HV) 170
ALL-WELD CORROSION PROPERTIES
The weld metal has been subjected to the Huey test (ASTM A262 practice C: 5 x 48hr periods in boiling 65% nitric acid).
The corrosion rates were as follows:
Condition Corrosion rate Selective attack
As-welded 0.40 m/48hr (= 0.07mm or 3 mils/year) < 0.01mm
PWHT 815C/2hrs 0.73 m/48hr (= 0.13mm or 5 mils/year) < 0.13mm
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
min. A 75 100
max. A 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 13.2
Pieces/carton 318 192
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift
of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6

166 www.metrode.com DS B-45-25.20.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-46 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

310MoLN STAINLESS STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
25%Cr-22%Ni-2.5%Mo-0.15%N (alloy 310MoLN) In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
austenitic corrosion resistant alloy. fully austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability is
<1.01.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
AISI
No preheat required and interpass should be
310MoLN
controlled to 150C maximum. It is also desirable
AFNOR
for heat input to be limited to a maximum of 1.5kJ/
Z1 CND 25.22.Az
mm, particularly with 4mm diameter electrodes.
UNS
S31050
DIN / EN ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
1.4465 (X2CrNiMoN 25-25-2) The alloy has excellent resistance to the ASTM
1.4466 (X1CrNiMoN 25-22-2) A262 practice C corrosion test (Huey test). Typically
Proprietary required to meet <0.16g/m2/h (0.18mm/year), and
Uranus 25 22 2 (Usinor Industeel) selective attack <0.07mm.
2RE69, 3R60U.G (Sandvik)
Cronifer 25.25.LCN (VDM)
HR3ELM (Sumitomo)
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet B310MoLN BS EN: E 25 22 2 NLB
APPLICATIONS
Ultramet B310MoLN is used primarily for welding
similar wrought or cast 310MoLN parent alloys. It
is particularly suited to positional welding, including
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position,
in material thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest
sections.

The 310MoLN alloy has very good resistance to


pitting, intergranular corrosion, chloride bearing
media and nitric acid. The main applications of the
alloy are in the production and processing of urea
and sulphuric acid.

Applications are mainly for joining matching steels


although it can also be used for surfacing.

www.metrode.com DS B-46 | Rev. 01-03/16 167


ULTRAMET B310MoLN
MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 310MOLN
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity stainless steel core wire. Low silicon and
high manganese levels ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 22 2 N L B 4 2 QW432 F-No 5
(This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu
min. -- 3.0 -- -- -- 24.0 20.0 2.0 0.10 --
max. 0.04 5.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 23.0 3.0 0.20 0.50
Typical 0.03 4 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 22 2.2 0.15 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 510 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 430
Elongation (%) 4d -- 37
5d 25 36
Reduction of area (%) -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C -- 75
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 185/205

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.8 13.8
Pieces/carton 465 375 21.0

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6

168 www.metrode.com DS B-46-ULTRAMET B310MoLN | Rev. 02-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-47 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

20.18.6.CU.R
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES

STAINLESS STEELS
MMA electrode with basic-rutile flux system, including Preheat not required. Interpass temperature is restricted
to minimise the possibility of hot cracking in the parent
alloying, made on high purity stainless steel core wire. HAZ. In susceptible castings, buttering with 100C
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire and 65% maximum interpass temperature and <1.0kJ/mm heat input
with respect to the whole electrode. may be required prior to filling the joint using more relaxed
parameters.
SPECIFICATIONS WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
There are no national specifications for this electrode.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED PA/1G PC/2G PB/2F

ASTM CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE
A351 CK3MCuN (cast).
Min. -- 0.2 0.2 -- -- 19.5 17.5 6.0 0.5 0.15 40
A182 F44. Max. 0.03 1.0 0.8 0.02 0.03 21.0 20.0 7.0 1.0 0.28 --
S31254 Typical 0.02 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 20.5 18.5 6.5 0.7 0.2 44
BS EN PRE = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
1.4547 ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Proprietary Solution annealed 1200-1250C/2h + WQ min* typical
254SMO (Outokumpu) Tensile strength (MPa) 550 716
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 260 380
Elongation (%) 4d 35 50
APPLICATIONS 5d -- 47
This electrode deposits weld metal that closely matches Reduction of area % -- 54
the composition of equivalent 6%Mo superaustenitic Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C -- >120
Hardness (HV) -- 200
parent material, usually castings, and is used only when
* Minimum properties for CK3MCuN castings.
post weld solution annealing is applied.
As deposited weld metal of this type has inherent Mo OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
segregation and it is essential that welds are fully solution Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
annealed to obtain the excellent pitting resistance this alloy min. A 80 130
is capable of. When solution annealing is not possible the max. A 110 160
use of over-matching nickel base electrodes (Nimrod 625KS, PACKAGING DATA
Nimrod C22KS or Nimrod C59KS) is normal practice.
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
The main applications for this electrode are in foundry Length (mm) 350 350
repair or fabrication of castings for use in process plant kg/carton 15.0 14.1
where high resistance to chloride pitting and crevice Pieces/carton 378 201
corrosion is required. Applications include: heat exchangers
and pipework for seawater contaminated oil and gas plant, STORAGE
equipment for pulp bleaching, gas cleaning systems (FGD), 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
and components handling acid solutions with halides. unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
MICROSTRUCTURE electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture
Fully austenitic. pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
HEAT TREATMENT Redry 200300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
To eliminate segregation this weld metal must be Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
solution annealed. High Mo austenitic alloys are prone to Storage of redried electrodes at 50-200C in holding oven or
intermetallic phase formation (sigma, chi) at 600-1000C. 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
This damage could occur in the HAZ and weld metal during recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
welding but will certainly occur as the temperature rises for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
slowly during PWHT.
A minimum temperature of 1200C is required to dissolve FUME DATA
these intermetallic phases and some authorities require Fume composition, wt % typical:
>1230C. This is followed by water quenching to prevent Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
further intermetallic formation on cooling. 8 8 7 2 1.5 1 18 0.7

www.metrode.com DS B-47 | Rev. 01-03/16 169


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-50 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

309L STAINLESS STEELS


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES


24%Cr-13%Ni (309L) austenitic stainless for dissimilar Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on
joint buffer layers etc. base material hardenability. For guidance, no
preheat on mild steels; up to 250C on hardenable
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED steels.
Mainly used under high dilution conditions,
particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CMn steels. There is a Technical Profile on sub-arc welding
with 309S92 and also additional information
APPLICATIONS covering the Supercore flux cored wires.
There are 3 main areas of application:
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 304L/321 clad The 309Mo consumables (B-51), 307 (E-21) and 29.9
plate. Subsequent layers are deposited with an types (E-22) cover similar applications. For high
electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg 308L, 347. temperature applications refer to the controlled
ferrite 309 types (C-21) and high carbon 309H (C-
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in 22) for matching high carbon cast alloys.
joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
other attachments. Service temperatures above 400C
are normally avoided. It is also used for welding 12%Cr Process Product Specification
utility ferritics such as Cromweld 3CR12, to itself and Supermet 309L AWS E309L-17
other steels. Ultramet 309L AWS E309L-16
MMA
Ultramet B309L AWS E309L-15
Similar metal joints: Wrought and cast steels of 23Cr-
12Ni type (eg ASTM 309 and CH8, BS 309S24 and 309C30) Ultramet 309LP AWS E309L-16
can be welded if the service requirement is corrosion TIG 309S92 AWS ER309L
resistance below 400C. However, for high temperature MIG Supermig 309LSi AWS ER309LSi
structural service, weld metal with controlled higher 309S92 AWS ER309L
carbon and lower ferrite should be used (Thermet SAW SS300 BS EN SA AF2
309CF data sheet C-21).
SSB BS EN SA AF2
Supercore 309L AWS E309LT0-1/4
MICROSTRUCTURE FCW
Supercore 309LP AWS E309LT1-1/4
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-20FN. The solid
wires tend to have lower ferrite than the MMA and FCW
consumables, the ferrite falling in the range 8-15FN for
the solid wires.

170 www.metrode.com DS B-50 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERMET 309L
GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 309L MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Low hydrogen
manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. Supermet Technology gives acid rutile operability
combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld
bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional
operability.

STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309L-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
APPROVALS TV, ABS
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.5 0.5 20
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 13 0.05 0.1 15
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 500
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 30 36
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO*-V(J) +20C -- 55
Hardness (HV) -- 220

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 18.3 18.0
Pieces/carton 579 354 258 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-50-SUPERMET 309L | Rev. 01-03/16 171


ULTRAMET 309L
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE 309L MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced
rutile flux design this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity;
and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework. The 2.5mm electrodes are also designed for
open butt root welding.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E309L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
APPROVALS TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
Typical 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 595
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 495
Elongation (%) 4d 30 41
5d 30 38
Reduction of area % -- 59
Impact ISO-V(J)
- 20C -- 45
Hardness (HV) -- 230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 18.0
Pieces/carton 660 393 252 165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.

172 www.metrode.com DS B-50-ULTRAMET 309L | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET B309L
BASIC COATED 309L MMA ELECTRODE FOR PIPE-WELDING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B309L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
BS 2926 23.12.L B
DIN 8556 E 23 12 L B 20+

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
Typical 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 630
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 490
Elongation (%) 4d 30 36
5d 30 34
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
75
-50C -- 50
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 * 5.0 **
Length (mm) 300 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 14.1/17.4 17.1
Pieces/carton 675 402 267/267 159
* 350mm is the standard length for 4.0mm diameter; 450mm is available to order.
** 5.0mm diameter made to order.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-50-ULTRAMET B309L | Rev. 01-03/16 173


ULTRAMET 309LP
ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 309LP is a fully all-
positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 309LP
electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable
for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.
STAINLESS STEELS

Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 1 1 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G PG/3Gd

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
Typical 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 635
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 525
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 30 38
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
47
-20C -- 42
Hardness (HV) -- 230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.0 3.2
min. A 50 75
max. A 80 120
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.0 3.2
Length (mm) 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.0
Pieces/carton 1090 453

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.

174 www.metrode.com DS B-50-ULTRAMET 309LP | Rev. 01-03/16


309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi
309L SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
309S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 309LSi (MIG) QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.9M ER309L ER309L Si QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 L G 23 12 L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS309L SS309L Si
APPROVALS TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 8
Max. 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 20
Typical 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 23.5 13 0.1 0.15 12
* Supermig 309LSi: Si range is 0.65 1.0%, typically 0.8%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
As welded
TIG MIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 590 560
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 430
4d 43 42
Elongation (%)
5d 41 39
Reduction of area (%) 55 56
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C >200 100
- 20C -- 80
- 75C >150 --
Hardness cap/mid HV 205/225 175/215

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2** DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW SS300*** DC+ 2.4 350A,28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
*** SSB also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG (309S92) -- -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG (Supermig 309LSi) 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW (309S92) -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 < 0.5 < 0.5 2.5

www.metrode.com DS B-50-309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi | Rev. 01-03/16 175


SUPERCORE 309L, 309LP
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309L combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309LP is
designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


Supercore 309L Supercore 309LP QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E309LT0-1/4 E309LT1-1/4 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS309L-FB0 TS309L-FB1
Approvals TV, LRS TV, ABS, DNV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 12
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 22
Typical 0.03 1.3 0.6 0.02 0.02 24 12.5 0.1 0.1 15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 560
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 445
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 25 36
Reduction of area (%) -- 52
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 65 *
-110C -- 55 *
Hardness (HV) -- 205
* These values are for Supercore 309LP. Values for Supercore 309L are 45J at +20C, 40J at -20C.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 280A, 22 34V 180A, 29V 15 20mm
1.2P 120 250A, 22 32V 150A, 25V 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 4 1 6 1 <1 15 1.2

176 www.metrode.com DS B-50-SUPERCORE 309L, 309LP | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-51 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

309Mo STAINLESS STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
23%Cr-13%Ni-2.5%Mo (309Mo) austenitic stainless Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on
steel. base material hardenability. For guidance, no
preheat on mild steels, up to 250C on hardenable
steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Mainly used under high dilution conditions,
particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
steels. There are no comparable base materials. There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
welding with 309Mo. There is also additional
APPLICATIONS information available covering the Supercore flux
There are 3 main areas of application: cored wires.
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 316L clad plate. RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode
chosen to match the cladding, eg 316L, 318. Also as a The 309L consumables (B-50), 307 consumables
(E-21) and 29.9 consumables (E-22) cover a similar
buffer layer prior to hardsurfacing with chromium
range of applications.
carbide types.

Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild
Process Product Specification
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and
Supermet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17
other attachments. Service temperatures above 300C MMA
are normally avoided. For some of these applications Vertamet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17
a more economic alternative may be suitable, eg 309L, TIG/MIG ER309Mo EN ISO 23 12 2 L
307. ER309Mo EN ISO 23 12 2 L
SAW SS300 EN ISO SA AF2 64
Hardenable steels: The high level of alloying and ferrite SSB EN ISO SA AF2
level tolerates dilution from a wide range of alloyed and Supercore 309Mo AWS E309LMoT0-1/4
hardenable steels to give crack-free welds. FCW
Supercore 309MoP AWS E309LMoT1-1/4

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with ferrite normally in the range 10-30FN.

www.metrode.com DS B-51 | Rev. 01-03/16 177


SUPERMET 309Mo
GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 309MO MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Acid rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E309LMo-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 2 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10
Max. 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.5 2.5 0.05 25

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 680
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 510
Elongation (%) 4d 30 37
5d 30 35
Reduction of area % -- 40
Impact ISO*-V(J) +20C -- 50
Hardness (HV) -- 220

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 17.7 18.0
Pieces/carton 609 336 246 162

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.

178 www.metrode.com DS B-51-SUPERMET 309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16


VERTAMET 309Mo
RUTILE VERTICAL-DOWN 309MO MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon levels. Low hydrogen manufacturing
technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. The electrode is designed for all-positional use where the emphasis
is on fast welding speeds achieved by the vertical-down welding technique (BS EN 287-1 PG position). For fillet and lap joints in
thinner sheet material, an added advantage is reduced distortion resulting from the lower heat input of vertical-down welding.

STAINLESS STEELS
Although designed primarily for vertical-down it can be successfully used in all other positions.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309LMo-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 2 L R 1 1 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G PG/3Gd

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10
Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 23 12 2.4 0.1 15
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 580
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 380
Elongation (%) 4d 30 42
5d 30 38
Reduction of area % -- 50
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 45V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2
min. A 60 75
max. A 90 120
Typical vertical-up 65 80
Typical vertical-down 85 110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2
Length (mm) 300 300
kg/carton 12.9 12.9
Pieces/carton 837 467
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-51-VERTAMET 309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16 179


ER309Mo
SOLID 309Mo WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


STAINLESS STEELS

AWS A5.9M (ER309LMo) Nearest classification QW432 F-No 6


EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 2 L QW442 A-No 8
EN ISO 14343-B (SS309LMo) Nearest classification Most relevant F & A No because wire does not conform to AWSA5.9

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 21.0 11.0 2.0 -- 5
Max. 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 25.0 15.5 3.5 0.3 20
Typical 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 22 14.5 2.7 0.2 10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 610
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 440
Elongation (%) 4d 35
5d 31
Reduction of area % 54
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C > 90
Hardness cap/mid (HV) 205/220

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar+2%O2* DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW SS300** DC+ 2.4 350A,28V
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
** SSB also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 1.5 <0.5 2.5

180 www.metrode.com DS B-51-ER309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoP
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires made using an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309Mo combines easy
operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309MoP is
designed for all-positional welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
Supercore 309Mo Supercore 309MoP QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E309LMoT0-1/4 E309LMoT1-1/4 QW442 A-No 8
EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
EN ISO 17633-B TS309LMo-FB0 TS309LMo-FB1
Approvals DNV DNV, LRS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 15
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 25
Typical 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 12.8 2.3 0.1 20

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 550
Elongation (%) 4d 25 32
5d 25 30
Reduction of area % -- 40
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
50
Hardness (HV) -- 245

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 15-20mm
1.2P 120A-22V to 250A-32V 160A-26V 15-20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
11 6 2 8.5 1 <1 11 0.8

www.metrode.com DS B-51-SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoP | Rev. 01-03/16 181


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-53 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

ULTRAMET 309Nb
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
STAINLESS STEELS

MMA electrode with rutile flux system made on high purity


304L stainless steel core wire. Deposits a low carbon 309 PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G

type weld metal with a minimum niobium level of 0.7%.


Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire and 65% CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
with respect to the whole electrode. C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- 0.70 --
SPECIFICATIONS Max. 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 1.00 0.50
Typical 0.03 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 0.05 0.8 0.1
AWS A5.4M E309Nb-16 (previously E309Cb-16)
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 Nb R 32
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
ASME IX QUALIFICATION As welded Typical
QW432 F-No 5 QW442 A-No 8 Tensile strength (MPa) 660
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470
Elongation (%) 4d 34
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
5d 31
There are no comparable parent materials; Reduction of area % 52
used for overlays only.
PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
APPLICATIONS
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Ultramet 309Nb is designed specifically for use where min. A 60 75 100 130
niobium stabilised weld metal is required in overlays, or max. A 90 120 155 210
inlays, on CMn or low alloy steels. A minimum niobium
content of 0.7% in undiluted weld metal ensures a fully PACKAGING DATA
stabilised deposit of approximately 347 composition is Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
produced in the first layer on mild and medium carbon Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
steels. kg/carton 13.8 15.6 15.9 18.0
It may also be useful for the first run when welding 321 Pieces/carton 717 441 288 168
or 347 clad steels, prior to completion with 347 type weld
metal. It is not recommended as an alternative to 309L STORAGE
types for dissimilar welded joints. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
MICROSTRUCTURE unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of
electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture
austenite with a ferrite content of 8-20FN.
pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
WELDING GUIDELINES For electrodes that have been exposed:
Preheat is dependent on the base material hardenability, Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
eg none on mild steel, up to 200C on hardenable (0.4%C) Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
steels. Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven or
With a typical dilution of 25-30% on a medium carbon 50-200C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
steel, Ultramet 309Nb could produce a fully austenitic recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
weld deposit. It is well known that weld metals containing for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
niobium are especially sensitive to hot cracking when
little or no ferrite is present. Therefore it is desirable to
FUME DATA
minimise dilution in the first layer of overlays by controlling
parameters and bead overlap (aim for 50% overlap). Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
If PWHT is applied there will be some weld metal 9 6 1 7 <0.5 <0.2 17 0.7
embrittlement, although ductility should remain
acceptable after normal times and temperature. However
fusion boundary embrittlement can be more severe and
acceptability should be established with representative
procedure tests.

182 www.metrode.com DS B-53-ULTRAMET 309Nb | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-59 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

LEAN DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Ferritic-austenitic lean duplex stainless steels. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain
about 2550% ferrite depending on dilution and
heat input/cooling rate conditions.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
BS EN & DIN WELDING GUIDELINES
X2CrNiN23L Preheat not generally required. Interpass
1.4362 temperature 150C max, although for many
ASTM/UNS applications this could be relaxed to 250C. Heat
S32304 input in the range 1.02.5 kJ/mm (depending on
S32101 material thickness) should be acceptable. Welds
S32001 are left in the as-welded condition.
Proprietary alloys include:
Sandvik SAF 2304
Usinor Industeel Uranus 35N RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Avesta Polarit LDX 2101 The 22%Cr duplex consumables (data sheet B-60)
AK Steel Nitronic 19D are related and can also be used for welding the
lean duplex stainless steels.
APPLICATIONS There is no matching solid wire available. The
Lean duplex stainless steels (LDSS) provide cost ER329N (AWS ER2209) wire should be used for MIG/
savings compared to 22%Cr duplex stainless steels TIG/SAW applications, data sheet B-60.
because of the reductions in Ni and Mo. The LDSS
also provide a strength advantage compared to
austenitic stainless steels and generally have PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
comparable corrosion resistance to austenitic Process Product Specification
stainless steels.
MMA Ultramet 2304 --
FCW Supercore 2304P --
The LDSS are finding more widespread use in
todays economic climate, particularly in structural
applications. Uses include: bridges and structural
work generally replacing austenitic stainless steels
and carbon steels rather than replacing standard
duplex alloys.

www.metrode.com DS B-59 | Rev. 01-03/16 183


ULTRAMET 2304
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR LEAN DUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with rutile flux system optimised for all welding positions except
vertical down.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M Proposed E2101-16 QW432 F-No--
QW442 A-No--

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.10 24
max. 0.04 1.5 0.9 0.02 0.03 25.5 9.5 0.8 0.5 0.20 31
Typical 0.03 0.7 0.7 0.015 0.025 24.5 9.1 0.2 0.3 0.13 27
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 790
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 480 640
Elongation (%) 4d 20 31
Reduction of area (%) -- 42
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 55
- 20C -- 50
- 50C -- 37

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV 55V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 50 65 100
max. A 90 120 160
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 450
kg/carton 12 13.5 17.4
Pieces/carton 229 130 86

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8

184 www.metrode.com DS B-59-ULTRAMET 2304 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 2304P
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR LEAN DUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
High performance rutile all positional flux cored wire produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.04% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
NONE QW432 F-No--
QW442 A-No--

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.08 24
max. 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.03 25.5 10.0 0.8 0.75 0.20 31
Typical 0.03 1.0 0.6 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.2 0.2 0.2 0.14 27
PREN (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 760
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 480 610
Elongation (%) 4d 20 35
5d 20 32
Reduction of area (%) -- 50
- 20C -- 70
Impact ISO-V(J)
- 50C -- 55
Hardness (HV) -- 240

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9

www.metrode.com DS B-59-SUPERCORE 2304P | Rev. 01-03/16 185


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-60 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

22%Cr DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
STAINLESS STEELS

22%Cr standard ferritic-austenitic duplex stainless Multipass welds in the as-welded condition
steels. contain about 2550% ferrite depending on
dilution and heat input/cooling rate conditions.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM UNS
Preheat not generally required. Interpass
A182 Gr F51 S31803
A890 Gr 4A (cast) temperature 150C max. Heat input in the range
S32205
1.02.5 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness)
BS S32101
S32304
should be acceptable but some codes restrict the
318S13
S32001 max to 1.75 or 2.0kJ/mm.
BS EN & DIN J92205 (cast) PWHT
1.4462
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels
X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
are almost always left in the as-welded condition,
Proprietary alloys include: major repairs to castings are generally specified
Sandvik SAF2205 in the solution treated condition. Experience has
Avesta Polarit 2205 indicated good properties following 1120C/3-6h +
Creusot Ind UR 45N water quench with or without a cooling step to
Bhler A903 1060C before quenching.
VDM Cronifer 2205LCN
S+C Maresist F51 (cast) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Sumitomo SM22Cr A Technical Profile covering duplex and
Lean and Mo-free duplex including: superduplex stainless steels is available.
(UNS S32304 / DIN 1.4362 / X2CrNiN23L)
Sandvik SAF 2304
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Creusot Ind UR35N Lean duplex (data sheet B-59), superduplex (data
LDX 2101 Avesta Polarit sheets B-61, B-62 and B-63) and duplex matching
consumables for casting repairs.
APPLICATIONS
Duplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and forgings PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of austenite Process Product Specification
with a ferrite matrix.
Supermet 2205 -
This, coupled with general alloying level, confers:
- high strength compared with standard Ultramet 2205 AWS E2209-16
MMA
austenitic steels, eg type 316L. Supermet 2205AR AWS E2209-17
- good general corrosion resistance in a range 2205XKS AWS E2209-15
of environments. TIG/SAW ER329N AWS ER2209
- high resistance to chloride induced stress
MIG ER329N AWS ER2209
corrosion cracking (CSCC).
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride MCW Supercore M2205 AWS EC2209
environments, eg seawater. SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
These alloys are finding widening application in the Supercore 2205 AWS E2209T0-1/4
offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process FCW
Supercore 2205P AWS E2209T1-1/4
industries, eg pipework systems, flowlines, risers,
manifolds etc.

186 www.metrode.com DS B-60 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERMET 2205
OVER ALLOYED RUTILE ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with enhanced Cr, Mo and N levels, giving higher weld pitting resistance than the nearest AWS specification A5.4 E2209-16.
See Ultramet 2205 for rutile type conforming to AWS.
Supermet 2205 is made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon content coupled
with optimum operating characteristics.
Supermet 2205 is designed for welding wrought, forged or cast standard duplex stainless steels for service in the as-welded condition.

STAINLESS STEELS
Good properties are also obtained when solution treated, as frequently required for casting repairs. The electrode has a rutile flux system
and is used primarily for downhand and H-V welding applications. Smaller sizes offer excellent all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E2209-16 nearest classification QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No 8
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
Min. -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.14 36
Max. 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 0.5 0.25 43
Typical 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.4 0.1 0.17 38
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical Pipe butt weld 1120C/ 3h + WQ
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 850 867 800
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 480 650 752 480
Elongation (%) 4d 20 30 25 32
Reduction of area % -- 40 35 --
Impact ISO*-V(J) +20C -- 60-73 -- --
- 20C -- 45-55 45-50 --
- 30C -- 40-52 42-46 > 90
- 40C -- 35-47 38-43 > 70
- 50C -- 30-40 35-40 > 35
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 55V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 50 65 100 130
max. A 90 120 160 190
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 13.8 18.6
Pieces/carton 630 354 255 165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.
www.metrode.com DS B-60-SUPERMET 2205 | Rev. 01-03/16 187
ULTRAMET 2205
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on duplex stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon content
coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for all welding positions except
vertical down and provides excellent operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E2209-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
Min. -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 22.0 8.5 2.8 -- 0.14 34
Max. 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.5 0.2 38
Typical 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 23.2 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 850
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 480 675
Elongation (%) 4d 20 27
5d 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 40
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- > 54 (> 0.8)
- 20C -- 43-48 (> 0.5)
- 50C -- 32-41 (>0.38)
Hardness (HRC) HV10 -- < 305 (< 28)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 190
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 654 378 249 174

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.

188 www.metrode.com DS B-60-ULTRAMET 2205 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERMET 2205AR
RUTILE DOWNHAND MMA ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon
content coupled with optimum operating characteristics.
The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E2209-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 3 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.5 -- 0.14 35
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.025 0.030 23.5 10.5 3.5 0.5 0.2 38
Typical 0.03 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 830
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 680
Elongation (%) 4d 20 28
5d 20 26
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C --
45
- 20C -- 40
- 50C -- 35
Hardness (HRC) HV10 -- < 310 (< 28)

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 190

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 18.0 18.6
Pieces/carton 594 363 249 165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-60-SUPERMET 2205AR | Rev. 01-03/16 189


2205XKS
BASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on duplex stainless core wire with a special basic flux to give optimum all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
The electrode has a basic flux system and is recommended where the highest sub-zero toughness is required, and for the most
demanding positional welding applications such as fixed pipework in the ASME 6G position.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E2209-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 22 9 3 N L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
Approvals ABS, DNV, TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.15 35
Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.75 0.20 38
Typical 0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical 1120 1135C +WQ
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 750-870 790
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 630-700 480
Elongation (%) 4d 20 28 41
5d 20 26 37
Reduction of area % -- 45 64
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C --
> 85 --
- 50C 47 > 60 > 75
- 75C -- > 30 --
Hardness (HV) -- 260-290 240

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 50 70 100 130
max. A 75 95 155 190
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.9 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 720 402 273 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.

190 www.metrode.com DS B-60-2205XKS | Rev. 02-08/16


ER329N
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid TIG, MIG and sub-arc wires for welding 2205 type duplex stainless steels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER2209 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 9 3 N L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS2209
Approvals DNV, TV, ABS (for TIG wires), DNV (for MIG wires),
ABS, DNV (for SAW in conjunction with SS300 flux)
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
Min. -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 22.5 8.0 3.0 -- 0.14
Max. 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.3 0.20
Typical 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.2 3.2 0.1 0.17*
Duplex weld metal microstructure with austenite + 30-50% ferrite.
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N is > 35.
* ER329N MIG spooled wire is selected for suitability for both MIG and auto-TIG, with typically 0.15%N to control porosity.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
As welded Min.
TIG MIG SAW + SSB SAW + SS300
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 790 800-835 790 780
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 620 560-620 630 600
Elongation (%) 4d 20 36 28-35 30 29
5d 20 33 30 27 27
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C -- 180 (> 140) > 70 75 (>55) 70 (>50)
- 50C -- 180 (> 120) > 60 55 (>35) 50 (>35)
- 75C -- 125 (>70) -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 270 (< 310) 270 (< 310) 275 (< 320) 275 (< 320)
HRC -- 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 1.6 / 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar / He / CO2 pulsed 1.2 180A, 28V
SAW SSB flux * DC+ 2.4 350A,30V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool To order 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5

www.metrode.com DS B-60-ER329N | Rev. 02-02/17 191


SUPERCORE M2205
METAL CORED WIRE FOR 22%CR DUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The wire is made with an austenite stainless steel sheath and high purity metal powders.
Metal recovery is about 96% with respect to the wire.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.22M EC2209 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2209-FB0

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 7.5 2.5 -- 0.08 34
Max. 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.5 0.20 38
Typical 0.02 1.4 0.8 0.010 0.018 22.5 8.5 3.0 0.15 0.15 35
* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical Ar-38%He-2%CO2
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 820
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 480 680
Elongation (%) 4d 20 30
5d 20 27
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C -- 50
- 50C -- 38
Hardness HV -- 280

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Stainshield heavy, Ar-38%-He-2%CO2 shielding gas at 15-20l/min.
Current: DC+ve
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 180A-27V to 250A-32V 200A-29V 10-20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5

192 www.metrode.com DS B-60-SUPERCORE M2205 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P
FL AT AND ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRES FOR 22%CR DUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
High performance rutile flux cored wires produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Supercore 2205 is suited to welding in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions (material > 6mm).
Supercore 2205P is optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G wel-
ding positions (pipe typically > 150mm diameter, > 15mm wall).

STAINLESS STEELS
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.03% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


Supercore 2205 Supercore 2205P QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E2209T0-1/4 E2209T1-1/4 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2209-FB0 TS2209-FB1
Approvals LRS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.8 -- 0.08 34
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.030 24.0 10.0 4.0 0.3 0.20 38
Typical 0.03 1.2 0.7 <0.01 0.02 23 9.2 3.1 0.1 0.12 35
* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Supercore 2205P typical Supercore 2205 typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 800 800
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 480 630 610
Elongation (%) 4d 20 32 30
5d 20 29 26
Reduction of area (%) -- 45 36
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C -- 65 50
- 50C -- 45 40
- 75C -- 30 -
Hardness (HV) -- 270 270

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%. Gas mixtures without oxygen additions can be helpful for optimum weld metal toughness.
Fillet weld penetration and profile will be related to the skill level of the operator.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 150A-25V to 280A-34V 200A-30V 15-20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm
1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
11 6 1 9 1.5 0.1 12 0.9

www.metrode.com DS B-60-SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P | Rev. 01-03/16 193


SSB FLUX
SUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


DIN 32522 BFB6 63353 DC8M QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 DC QW442 A-No --

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
ER329N wire 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.5 3.2 0.1 0.17
deposit 0.02 1.3 0.5 -- -- 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa) 790
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 630
Elongation (%) 4d 30
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C 75 (>55)
- 50C 55 (>35)
Hardness HV 275 (< 320)
HRC 23 (< 28)

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h.

194 www.metrode.com DS B-60-SSB FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-61 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX STEELS - ZERON 100

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels Multipass welds in the as-welded or solution
matching the proprietary Zeron 100 alloy. annealed condition consist of an austenite-ferrite
duplex microstructure with an approximate 30-
60% ferrite level, depending on heat input/cooling
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED conditions.
MATCHING
wrought cast
WELDING GUIDELINES
UNS S32760 UNS J93380, DIN 1.4508
Preheat not generally required. Interpass
DIN 1.4501 ASTM A890 6A,
temperature 150C max. Heat input in the range
ASTM A182 F55 ACI CD3MWCuN
1.02.0 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness)
OTHER SUPERDUPLEX, INCLUDING
should be acceptable but most codes restrict the
wrought
max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.
UNS S32750 UNS S32550
UR47N (CLI) UR52N+ (CLI)
PWHT
S32520 UNS S39274
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels
Ferralium SD40 (Meighs) UNS S32950
are almost always left in the as-welded condition,
DP3W (Sumitomo)
major repairs to castings are generally specified
7-Mo Plus (Carpenter)
in the solution treated condition. Experience has
2507 (Sandvik/Avesta)
indicated good properties following 1120C/3-6h +
cast
water quench.
UNS J93404 DIN 1.4469
ASTM A890 5A ACI CE3MN
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Further information on the welding of Zeron 100
is available in the Metrode Technical Profile on
duplex and superduplex.
APPLICATIONS
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Zeron 100 has an exceptional combination of
2507 superduplex (data sheet B-62) and matching
strength and resistance to corrosion and erosion in
consumables for casting repair (solution annealed)
a wide range of aggressive media. The presence of
applications.
Cu+W provides superior resistance to sulphuric and
hydrochloric acids when compared to similar alloys
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
without these additions. Offshore applications exploit
the high resistance to pitting and stress-corrosion Process Product Specification
cracking in seawater. It is also highly resistant MMA Zeron 100XKS BS EN E25 9 4 N L B
to caustic alkalis and phosphoric acid. Service TIG/MIG/ SAW Zeron 100X BS EN 25 9 4 N L
temperature range is usually limited to 50C to
SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF 2
280C, the upper limit owing to thermal instability
("450C" and sigma embrittlement). FCW Supercore Z100XP AWS E2594T1-4
It is widely used in oil and gas production and process
pipework, risers, manifolds, pressure vessels, valves,
pumps, desalination plant, systems for flue-gas
desulphurisation (FGD) and also in the mining, chemical
and pharmaceutical industries. Zeron 100 wires are
also used for joining supermartensitic stainless steels.

www.metrode.com DS B-61 | Rev. 01-03/16 195


ZERON 100XKS
BASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding Zeron 100 and other superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded
condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-ferrite microstructural
phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead welding positions such as fixed pipework qualified in
the ASME 6G position.
Fully alloyed matching Zeron 100 core wire including W and Cu. Moisture resistant flux technology.
STAINLESS STEELS

Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E2595-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
Weir Materials MDS 12809/08
Approvals ABS, DNV
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW
min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max. 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
Typical 0.025 0.9 0.5 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.23 41 42
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 800-950
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 650-750
Elongation (%) 4d 15 30
5d 20 22-27
Reduction of area % -- 40-45
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C -- > 55
- 50C -- > 40
Hardness (HV) -- 270-320
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 50 70 100 130
max. A 75 95 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 696 360 270 168
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 28 0.7

196 www.metrode.com DS B-61-ZERON 100XKS | Rev. 02-08/16


ZERON 100X
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
For applications where Zeron 100X wire is to be used for welding supermartensitic stainless steels it is possible for wire to be
supplied with a total hydrogen content of 3ppm maximum.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.9M ER2594 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 9 4 N L (prefix W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW) QW442 A-No 8
Weir Materials MDS 12809/07
Approvals ABS, TV, DNV (TIG and SAW in conjunction with SSB flux)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
Max. 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
Typical 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.02 25 9.3 3.7 0.6 0.7 0.23 41 42

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded Min. TIG MIG SAW TIG at 160C
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 870 860 885 769
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 695 645 700 523
Elongation (%) 4d 15 36 25 26 39
5d 20 32 23 24 34
Reduction of area (%) -- 68 28 48 72
Impact ISO-V(J) -50C -- 130 60 40 --
-75C -- >100 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 290 290 290 --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 1.6 / 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar / He / CO2 pulsed 1.2 180A, 28V
SAW SSB flux DC+ 1.6 350A,30V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG To order To order To order To order -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 28 0.7

www.metrode.com DS B-61-ZERON 100X | Rev. 01-03/16 197


SSB FLUX
SUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 DC QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N
Zeron 100X wire 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.023 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23
Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES WITHZERON 100X WIRE


Typical values as welded min SAW
Tensile strength (MPa) 750 890
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 700
Elongation (%) 4d -- 25
5d 20 24
Reduction of area (%) -- >40
Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C -- 40
Hardness (HV) -- 290

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h.

198 www.metrode.com DS B-61-SSB FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE Z100XP
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore Z100XP combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.22M E2594T1-4 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS 2594-F M21 1 QW442 A-No 8

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N PREN PREW
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
Max. 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
Typical 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.1 3.7 0.6 0.6 0.22 41 42
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values Min. T ypical
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 880
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 690
Elongation (%) 4d 15 27
5d 18 25
Reduction of area (%) -- 33
Impact ISO-V(J) -20C -- 40
-50C -- 32
Hardness HV -- 280
HRC -- 26

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
Diameter (mm) range typical stickout
1.2 120 250A, 22 34V 180A, 29V 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 4 1 11 3 <1 10 1.0

www.metrode.com DS B-61-SUPERCORE Z100XP | Rev. 01-03/16 199


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-62 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX STEELS - 2507


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE


25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels. Multipass welds in the as-welded or solution
annealed condition consist of an austenite-ferrite
duplex stainless steel microstructure with an
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on
heat input/cooling conditions.
25%Cr superduplex:
UNS S32750, S32760 *
ASTM A182 F53, F55 WELDING GUIDELINES
BS EN 10088-2 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4 (1.4410)
Preheat not generally required. Interpass
SAF 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta)
temperature 150C max. Heat input in the range
Uranus 47N (CLI)
1.02.0 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness)
Castings: should be acceptable but most codes restrict the
UNS J93404 max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.
ASTM A890 Gr5A, 6A *
ACI CE3MN
PWHT
* Zeron 100 (see DS: B-61) Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels
are almost always left in the as-welded condition,
major repairs to castings are generally specified
APPLICATIONS in the solution treated condition. Experience has
Superduplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and indicated good properties following 1120C/3-6h +
forgings have an approximate 50:50 microstructure water quench.
of austenite with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with
general alloying level confers: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Further information on the welding of 2507
- high strength compared with standard austenitic superduplex is available in the Metrode Technical
steels eg. type 316L. Profile on duplex and superduplex.
- good general corrosion resistance in a range of
environments.
- high resistance to chloride induced stress corrosion RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
cracking (CSCC). Zeron 100 superduplex (data sheet B-61) and
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride matching consumables for casting repair (solution
environments eg. seawater. annealed) applications.

These alloys are finding widening application in the PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process
industries, eg. pipework systems, flowlines, risers, Process Product Specification
manifolds etc. 2507XKS AWS 2594-15
MMA
Ultramet 2507 AWS 2594-16
TIG 2507 AWS ER2594
Supercore 2507 AWS E2594T0-4
FCW
Supercore 2507P AWS E2594T1-4

200 www.metrode.com DS B-62 | Rev. 01-03/16


2507XKS
BASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This electrode is
overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance. It is designed for
the most demanding vertical and overhead welding positions such as fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position, and for
applications requiring the highest toughness.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E2594-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2 QW442 A-No--
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.20 40
max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.30 46
Typical 0.03 1 0.5 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.8 0.1 0.22 41
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. typical >1120C/>3h + WQ transverse *
Tensile strength (MPa) 800 870 >760
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 700 --
Elongation (%) 4d 22 28 --
5d 18 25 --
Reduction of area % -- 45 --
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 85 --
-50C -- 60 >80
-75C -- 35 --
Hardness (HV) -- 280-330 <300
* Representative properties for solution treated welds in castings of ASTM A890 grade 5A. Ferrite >30%.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 50 70 100 130
max. A 75 95 155 190
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 669 420 267 165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 16 0.7
* F = 28% for basic coated 2507XKS electrode but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS B-62-2507XKS | Rev. 01-03/16 201


ULTRAMET 2507
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile coated MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This electrode is
overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve the correct austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E2594-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 4 N L R 3 2 QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.20 40
Max. 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.30 46
Typical 0.03 1 0.8 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 4 0.1 0.23 42
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 750 890
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 750
Elongation (%) 4d 22 26
5d 20 24
Reduction of area (%) -- 35
Impact ISO-V(J) -20C -- 28
-50C -- >21
Hardness HV -- 275-315
HRC -- 28

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 55V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.8
Pieces/carton 609 393 249
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 16 0.7
* F = 28% for basic coated 2507XKS electrode but this does not affect the OES.

202 www.metrode.com DS B-62-ULTRAMET 2507 | Rev. 01-03/16


2507
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER2594 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 25 9 4 N L QW442 A-No --

COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.0 3.0 -- -- 0.20 40
Max. 0.03 2.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 27.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.30 --
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.9 0.05 0.05 0.25 42

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES WITHZERON 100X WIRE


Typical values as welded Min. TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 870
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 695
Elongation (%) 4d 15 36
5d 20 32
Reduction of area (%) -- 68
Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C -- 130
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 300

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 1.6 / 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 10 22 8 2 1.3 2.3

www.metrode.com DS B-62-2507 | Rev. 01-03/16 203


SUPERCORE 2507, 2507P
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. The Supercore 2507 combines easy operability,
high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 2507P combines easy operability,
high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


Supercore 2507 Supercore 2507P QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E2594T0-4 E2594T1-4 QW442 A-No --
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3 T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N PREN
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- -- 0.20 40
Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.30 --
Typical 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.010 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.8 0.05 0.05 0.23 41
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. T ypical
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 870
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 660
Elongation (%) 4d 15 30
5d 18 29
Reduction of area (%) -- 38
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 60
-20C -- 45
-50C -- 35
Hardness (HV) -- 300

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
Diameter (mm) range typical stickout
1.2 120 280A, 22 34V 180A, 29V 15 20mm
1.2P 120 250A, 22 32V 150A, 25V 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
11 6 1 9 2 <1 12 1.0

204 www.metrode.com DS B-62-SUPERCORE 2507, 2507P | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-63 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX STEELS WITH 2%Cu

STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels In the as-welded, or solution annealed condition,
with nominally 25%Cr-8%Ni-3.5%Mo-1.5%Cu-0.2%N. the microstructure is an austenite-ferrite duplex
with about 25-60% ferrite.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM WELDING GUIDELINES
A240 UNS S32550 (wrought). For general fabrication welds no preheat is
A351 & A744 grade CD4MCu. generally required and interpass is kept below
A890 grade 1A/UNS J93370. 150C. For castings and other highly restrained
A890 grade 1B/UNS J93372. welds a preheat-interpass range of 100-225C is
DIN helpful in avoiding any risk of hydrogen cracking.
1.4515 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3).
1.4517 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3 3).
BS PWHT
3100 grade 332C13. The consumables are designed to be predominantly
3146 grade ANC21. used in the solution annealed condition. Castings
Proprietary will invariably require solution annealing and
Ferralium 255 and SD40 (Meighs).
both electrode and flux cored wire provide higher
Uranus 50M, 55, 52N, 52N+ (CLI).
toughness and somewhat lower strength after
Ferrinox 255 (Advanced Metals).
solution annealing. The G48A performance is also
better following solution annealing. Typical PWHT
is carried out at 1120C for about 2-3 hours and then
APPLICATIONS
water quenched.
These consumables are designed to match similar
alloys, usually supplied as castings. The addition of
copper improves corrosion resistance in sulphuric RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
acid media and potentially increases strength and
Solid filler wire to match these alloys (AWS ER2553)
wear resistance, but as-welded toughness and
pitting performance in chloride media are reduced has only 6%Ni, so welds usually have excess
in comparison to alloys with <1%Cu. Although the ferrite. The best alternative is Zeron 100X with
composition is controlled to ensure a minimum 0.7%Cu (DS B-61). Copper-free 2507 electrodes are
Pitting Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of 40 to match also available (DS B-62).
the superduplex alloys and maximise resistance to
pitting consumables with <1%Cu may be preferred
for non-sulphuric acid media unless PWHT is applied
(see later). PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Applications include pumps and valves, corrosion/ Process Product Specification
wear resisting parts, and process equipment for use MMA Supermet 2506Cu AWS E2553-16
in offshore oil and gas industries, pulp, paper and Supercore 2507Cu (AWS E2553T0-4)
textile industries, and chemical and petrochemical FCW
plant. Supercore 2507CuP (AWS E2553T1-4)

www.metrode.com DS B-63 | Rev. 01-03/16 205


SUPERMET 2506Cu
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR COPPER BEARING SUPERDUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on a low carbon stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux containing additional elements for alloying and
deoxidation. Nitrogen and nickel are controlled to give a balanced duplex structure to minimise the risk of cracking, particularly
in highly restrained welds.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E2553-16 QW432 F-No5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 3 Cu N L R 5 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE *
min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 7.5 2.9 1.5 0.18 40
max. 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 8.5 3.9 2.5 0.25 --
Typical 0.03 1 0.4 0.01 0.02 25.5 8 3.5 1.7 0.22 41
* PRE (Pitting Resistance Equivalent) = %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
1120C/2h + WQ As-welded
Typical as-welded and PWHT
Min. * Typical Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 775 760 925
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 485 575 550 780
Elongation (%) 4d 16 32 15 17
5d -- -- 15 16
Reduction of area (%) -- 40 -- 25
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 70 -- 35
- 30C -- 60 -- 22
Hardness HV -- 260 -- 340
HRC -- -- -- 30
* These properties are appropriate for ASTM CD4MCu castings solution treated for optimum corrosion resistance; rapid cooling is
important for best impact properties.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 14.1 16.5
Pieces/carton 513 321 219 111
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
9 5 1 7.5 1 0.6 <0.1 16 0.6

206 www.metrode.com DS B-63-SUPERMET 2506Cu | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 2507Cu, 2507CuP
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR CU CONTAINING SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 2507Cu combines easy operability,
high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding (material >6mm). Supercore 2507CuP is
optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G welding positions (pipe
typically >150mm diameter, >15mm wall).

STAINLESS STEELS
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.03% when using
either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
Supercore 2507Cu Supercore 2507CuP
QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E2553T0-4 E2553T1-4 Nearest classification
QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 25 9 4 Cu N L R C/M 3 T 25 9 4 Cu N L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2553-FB0 TS2553-FB1 Nearest classification

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.2 1.0 0.2 40
max. 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.2 2.0 0.3 --
Typical 0.03 0.8 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.7 1.4 0.25 41
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


1120C/2h + WQ As-welded
Typical as welded and PWHT
typical Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 750 780
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 550 590
Elongation (%) 4d 40 -- 35
5d 39 20 33
Reduction of area (%) -- -- 32
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C 65 -- 40
- 50C 45 -- >27
Hardness (HV) 250 -- 300

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 140 280A, 22 35V 180A, 28V 15 20mm
1.2P 120 250A, 20 32V 180A, 26V 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 10 1.5 5 5 1 5 1.0

www.metrode.com DS B-63-SSUPERCORE 2507Cu, 2507CuP | Rev. 01-03/16 207


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-80 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NUCLEAR 308L CONSUMABLES


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES


308L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
for joining 304L base materials used in nuclear 250C; no PWHT required.
applications.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


ASTM BS EN & DIN Requirements are taken from the relevant
304L 1.4306 consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M
304 1.4301 code.
304LN 1.4311
CF3 1.4308 For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93
CF8 and B-94) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please
contact Metrode Technical Department.
UNS
S 30403
S 30400
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
S 30453
See data sheet B-81 and B-83 for related 316L
APPLICATIONS and 309L consumables conforming to the RCC-M
Used to weld 304L (18/8) stainless steels for applications requirements.
in the nuclear industry requiring conformance to the
RCC-M code.

Standard 308L consumables for general purpose


PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. 308H
consumables for elevated temperature service can be Process Product Specification
found in data sheets C-10 and C-12. Controlled ferrite Ultramet 308L(N) AWS E308L-16
308L consumables for cryogenic applications can be RCC-M S 2920
MMA
found in data sheet B-37. Ultramet B308L(N) AWS E308L-15
RCC-M S 2920
TIG 308S92(N) AWS ER308L
MICROSTRUCTURE RCC-M S 2910
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN.

208 www.metrode.com DS B-80 | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET 308L(N)
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to
meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2920.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2920

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co N FN *
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 9.00 -- -- -- -- 5
Max. 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 21.00 11.00 0.50 0.5 0.20 -- 15
Typical <0.025 0.7 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 9.5 0.1 <0.1 0.04 0.08 8
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical Min +350C Typical +350C
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600 -- 410
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 465 125 305
Elongation (%) 4d 35 47 -- 30
5d 30 45 -- --
Reduction of area (%) -- 55 -- 60
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 60 (42) * 65 -- --
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 627 411 261 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS B-80-ULTRAMET 308L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16 209


ULTRAMET B308L(N)
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special basic flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet B308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2920.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E308L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2920

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co N FN *
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 9.00 -- -- -- -- 5
Max. 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 21.00 11.00 0.50 0.5 0.20 -- 15
Typical 0.02 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19.5 9.5 0.1 <0.1 0.04 0.05 8
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical Min +350C Typical +350C
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600 -- 410
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 440 125 300
Elongation (%) 4d 35 44 -- 30
5d 30 42 -- --
Reduction of area (%) -- 55 -- 60
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 60 (42) * 100 -- --
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 627 411 261 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1

210 www.metrode.com DS B-80-ULTRAMET B308L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16


308S92(N)
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2910.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER308L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 9 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L
RCC-M S 2910

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *
Min. -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.00 -- -- -- 5
Max. 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 21.0 11.00 0.3 0.3 0.20 15
Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 0.04 8
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. +20C Typical +20C Min +350C Typical +350C
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 605 -- 400
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 465 125 290
Elongation (%) 4d 35 48 -- 30
5d 30 39 -- --
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 60 (42) * 160 -- --
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG 5kg or 15kg spool 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 1

www.metrode.com DS B-80-308S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16 211


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-81 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NUCLEAR 316L CONSUMABLES


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES


316L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
for joining 316L base materials used in nuclear 250C; no PWHT required.
applications.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Requirements are taken from the relevant
ASTM BS EN & DIN consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M
316L 1.4401 / 1.4404 code.
316 1.4436
316LN 1.4406 / 1.4429
For consumable qualification data sheets (B-90
CF3M 1.4408
CF8M 1.4437
and B-92) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please
contact Metrode Technical Department.
UNS
S 31603
S 31600
S 31653 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
See data sheet B-80 for related 308L consumables
conforming to the RCC-M requirements
APPLICATIONS
Used to weld 316L (19/12/3) stainless steels for
applications in the nuclear industry requiring
conformance to the RCC-M code.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose Process Product Specification
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. 316H Ultramet 316L(N) AWS E316L-16
consumables for elevated temperature service can be RCC-M S 2925
MMA
found in data sheets C-12 and C-13. Controlled ferrite Ultramet B316L(N) AWS E316L-15
RCC-M S 2925
316L consumables for cryogenic applications can be
TIG 316S92(N) AWS ER316L
found in data sheet B-38. RCC-M S 2915

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN

212 www.metrode.com DS B-81 | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET 316L(N)
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet 316L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2925.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E316L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2925

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co N FN *
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- -- 5
Max. 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 20.00 13.0 3.00 0.75 0.20 -- 15
Typical <0.025 0.7 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 12.5 2.6 <0.1 0.04 0.1 8
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical +20C Min +350C Typical +350/+360C
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600 -- 470/470
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 500 140/130 340/340
Elongation (%) 4d 35 38 -- 33/30
5d 30 36 -- --
Reduction of area (%) -- 55 -- 50/50
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 60 (42) * 65 -- --
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 12.9 13.5
Pieces/carton 618 393 261
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS B-81-ULTRAMET 316L(N) | Rev. 02-08/16 213


ULTRAMET B316L(N)
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special basic flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet B316L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2925
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E316L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2925

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co N FN *
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- -- 5
Max. 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 20.00 13.0 3.00 0.75 0.20 -- 15
Typical 0.025 1.3 0.3 0.01 0.02 19.5 12.5 2.6 <0.1 0.04 0.05 10
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical +20C Min +350C Typical +350/+360C
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600 -- 480/480
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 470 140/130 350/350
Elongation (%) 4d 30 39 -- 30/30
5d 30 37 -- --
Reduction of area (%) -- 58 -- 50/50
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 60 (42) * 85 -- --
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 669 397 397
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1

214 www.metrode.com DS B-81-ULTRAMET B316L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16


316S92(N)
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2915.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.9M ER316L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 12 3 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L
RCC-M S 2915

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *
Min. -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- 5
Max. 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 20.00 14.00 3.00 0.3 0.20 15
Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 19 12.5 2.6 0.15 0.04 10
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical +20C Min +350C Typical +350/+360C
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 605 -- 410/410
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 210 465 140/130 280/280
4d -- 48 -- 30/30
Elongation (%)
5d 30 33 -- --
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 60 (42) * 110 -- --
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

www.metrode.com DS B-81-316S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16 215


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-83 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NUCLEAR 309L CONSUMABLES


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES


309L austenitic stainless steel electrode conforming Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on
to RCC-M for dissimilar joints in nuclear applications. base material hardenability. For guidance, no
preheat on mild steels; up to 250C on hardenable
steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Mainly used under high dilution conditions, particu-
larly dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
steels.
Requirements are taken from the relevant
consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M
code.
APPLICATIONS
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93,
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 304L/321 clad B-94 and B-95) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142
plate. Subsequent layers are deposited with an please contact Metrode Technical Department.
electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg 308L, 347.

Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in


joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and See data sheet B-80 and B-81 for related 308L
other attachments. Service temperatures above 400C and 316L consumables conforming to the RCC-M
are normally avoided. It is also used for welding 12%Cr requirements.
utility ferritics such as Cromweld 3CR12, to itself and
other steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
MICROSTRUCTURE Process Product Specification
Ultramet 309L(N) AWS E309L-16
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-18FN. RCC-M S 2930
MMA
Ultramet B309L(N) AWS E309L-15
RCC-M S 2930
TIG 309S92(N) AWS ER309L

216 www.metrode.com DS B-83 | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET 309L(N)
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 309L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet
the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2930.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2930

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.00 12.00 -- -- -- 8
Max. 0.030 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.025 25.00 14.00 0.50 0.75 0.15 18
Typical 0.025 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.3 0.1 <0.1 0.04 14
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 485
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 25 38
Reduction of area (%) -- 55
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 50

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 687 393 252
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt % typical)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7

www.metrode.com DS B-83-ULTRAMET 309L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16 217


ULTRAMET B309L(N)
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special basic flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 309L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet
the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2930.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E309L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2930

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.00 12.00 -- -- -- 8
Max. 0.030 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.025 25.00 14.00 0.50 0.75 0.15 18
Typical 0.02 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.3 0.1 <0.1 0.04 14
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 490
Elongation (%) 4d 30 37
5d 25 35
Reduction of area (%) -- 55
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 80
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 687 393 252
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt % typical)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7

218 www.metrode.com DS B-83-ULTRAMET B309L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16


309S92(N)
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the manufacturing quality requirements of RCC-M.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION

STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER309L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 23 12 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS309L

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN *
Min. -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 8
Max. 0.025 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 18
Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 23.5 13 0.1 0.05 12
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded min +20C
Tensile strength (MPa) 590
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450
Elongation (%) 4d 43
5d 41
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C >200
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 < 0.5 < 0.5 2.5

www.metrode.com DS B-83-309S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16 219


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-88 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NUCLEAR NAG 308L CONSUMABLES


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES


308L austenitic stainless steels for joining Nitric Acid No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
Grade (NAG) 304L base materials. The consumables 250C, no PWHT required.
are manufactured to BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd)
specifications.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
These products are approved and certified by
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Sellafield Ltd (SL) and are only supplied to SL
ASTM contractors for use on SL projects.
304L
BS Huey tests on weld deposits achieve corrosion
304S11 rates of <0.3mm/year as-welded and <0.6mm/year
BS EN & DIN in the sensitised condition.
1.4306
UNS
S30403 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
304L material that meets the specific NAG requirements. Standard 308L consumables for general fabrication
applications are in data sheet B-30. RCC-M nuclear
grade 308L consumables are in data sheet B-80
APPLICATIONS
Used to weld nitric acid grade (NAG) 304L stainless
steels used in the construction of waste nuclear PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
fuel processing plant. Process Product Specification
It is also suitable for the welding of conventional MMA NAG 19.9.L.R NF 0086/1
304L stainless steels for nuclear applications TIG NAG 19.9.L NF 0087/1
particularly for QA reasons where NAG and
conventional 304L steels are being fabricated
together.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure consists of austenite with ferrite
content of about 6FN.

220 www.metrode.com DS B-88 | Rev. 01-03/16


NAG 19.9.L.R
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING NITRIC ACID GR ADE 304L STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux coated 308L electrode on special high purity 304L core wire.
A special flux system is used to maintain carbon, sulphur and phosphorus within specified limits and also give porosity-free
deposits.
All electrode sizes have optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all
positional welding with the 2.5/3.2 mm electrodes.

STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0086/1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W B FN
min. -- 0.2 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- -- -- 3
max. 0.025 2.0 0.80 0.015 0.018 21.0 11.0 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.0010 10
Typical 0.02 1 0.5 0.01 0.015 19.5 10 0.05 0.1 0.01 0.0005 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 510 590
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 420
Elongation (%) 4d 35 45
5d 30 42
Reduction of area (%) -- 55
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 90
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12 13.5 12.9 12.9
Pieces/carton 684 411 237 156

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 -- <0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS B-88-NAG 19.9.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16 221


NAG 19.9.L
SOLID WIRE FOR WELDING NITRIC ACID GR ADE 304L STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding.
STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER308L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 9 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0087/1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W B
min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- -- --
max. 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.015 0.018 22.0 11.0 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.0010
Typical 0.015 1.7 0.3 0.004 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.07 0.02 0.0003

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 605
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 465
Elongation (%) 4d 48
5d 39
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C 160

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 1kg or 5kg spool 5kg or 15kg spool 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

222 www.metrode.com DS B-88-NAG 19.9.L | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Section C : HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CONSUMABLES FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE SERVICE

The 300H consumables are designed for welding matching high carbon stainless steels typically used at service temperatures of 400-
800C. To ensure optimum performance under these service conditions not only is the carbon controlled (normally 0.04-0.08%C) but
the ferrite and total alloying are also carefully regulated to minimize the formation of brittle intermetallic phases.

The 309 consumables in this section should not be confused with the 309L/309Mo types used for dissimilar welding (B-50 and B-51).
The 309 consumables in Section C generally have controlled carbon and ferrite and are designed for matching base materials for
elevated temperature service.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


Consumables in the 330, 800 and HP40 alloy sections are designed to match a wide range of special austenitic alloys which are used
primarily for resistance to creep and hot corrosion or oxidation. In all types, the presence of a controlled level of carbon is essential
for hot strength. Parent alloys with 0.4% carbon or more are produced predominantly in cast form and have quite low room
temperature ductility, but in general this does not have an adverse effect on weldability.

Preheat is not normally required for welding these alloys, with the exception of the highest alloy high carbon types containing
tungsten which can suffer from cold cracking due to build up of residual stresses and low ductility. Interpass temperature and heat
input control is more important for the lower carbon types to minimise any possibility of hot cracking. The presence of a copious
primary carbide eutectic tends to suppress hot cracking in the higher carbon types. PWHT is rarely applied to any of the alloys in this
section, although service-aged base material may require solution treatment to restore satisfactory ductility prior to welding.

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


300H stainless steel consumables for elevated temperature service
Ultramet 308H E308H-16 E 19 9 H R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet B308H E308H-15 E 19 9 H B 4 2
C-10 308H TIG/MIG/SAW 308S96 ER308H 19 9 H
Supercore 308H E308HT0-1/4 TS308H-FB0
FCW
Supercore 308HP E308HT1-1/4 TS308H-FB1
Ultramet 347H E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet B347H E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2
C-11 347H
TIG/SAW ER347H ER347 19 9 Nb
FCW Supercore 347HP E347HT1-1/4 T 19 9 Nb P M 2
Supermet 16.8.2 E16.8.2-17 -
MMA
E16.8.2-15 E16.8.2-15 -
TIG ER16.8.2 ER16.8.2 W 16 8 2
C-12 16.8.2
SAW ER16.8.2 ER16.8.2 S 16 8 2
Supercore 16.8.2 - -
FCW
Supercore 16.8.2P - -
17.8.2.RCF ( E 16.8.2-16) BS 17.8.2.R
MMA Ultramet 316H AWS E316H-16 E 19 12 2 R 3 2
Ultramet B316H AWS E316H-15 E 19 12 2 B 4 2
C-13 316H
TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96 ER316H 19 12 3 H
SS300 BS EN SA AF2 AC -
SAW FLUX
SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC -

www.metrode.com DS C-01 | Rev. 01-03/16 223


DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications
High temperature 309 alloys
C-20 253MA MMA Supermet 253MA - -
MMA Thermet 309CF E309H-16 (E 22 12 R 3 2)
C-21 309
TIG/MIG 309S94 ER309 22 12 H
High temperature austenitic stainless steel
C-25 Super 304H TIG MT304H - -
310 stainless steels for high temperature service
25.20 Super R (E310-16) E 25 20 R 3 2.
MMA
C-30 310 Ultramet B310Mn (E310-15) E 25 20 B 4 2
TIG/MIG/SAW 310S94 ER310 25 20
C-31 310H MMA Thermet 310H E310H-15 E 25 20 H B 4 2
Consumables for alloys 330 and 800
MMA Thermet 800Nb - -
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

C-40 800
TIG/MIG 21.33.MnNb - -
C-41 330 MMA Thermet R17.38H (E330H-16) BS 15.35.H.R
C-45 25.35.Nb MMA Thermet 25.35.Nb - -
Consumables for HP40 and other high carbon cast alloys
MMA Thermet HP40Nb - BS 25.35.H.Nb.B
C-50 HP40Nb
TIG/MIG 25.35.4C.Nb - -
MMA Thermet 35.45.Nb - -
C-60 35.45
TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb - -
C-70 HP50 MMA Thermet HP50WCo - -
C-80 22H MMA Thermet 22H - -
C-90 657 MMA Nimrod 657 ENiCr-4 -

224 www.metrode.com DS C-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

308H STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
For 304/304H materials used at elevated temperatures. Austenite with delta ferrite controlled 2-8FN.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


wrought cast Preheat not required; maximum interpass
ASTM/UNS 304H/S30409 CF10, CF8 temperature 250C. No PWHT required.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


DIN 1.4948
BS 304S51 302C25, 304C15 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Farrar J.C.M. and Marshall A.W.: Type 300H
austenitic stainless steel weld metals for high
temperature service
Marshall A.W. and Farrar J.C.M.: Influence of
residuals on properties of austenitic stainless steel
APPLICATIONS weld metal, with particular reference to energy
The 308H consumables are designed to match industries (Conference) Stainless Steels 84, pp
unstabilised 18Cr-10Ni austenitic stainless steels 271-285, Metals Society, London 1985.
for elevated temperature strength and oxidation There is also a Metrode Technical Profile covering
resistance. These steels and the weld metal have the use of these products in the petrochemical
carbon content controlled to 0.04-0.08%. industry on cat crackers.
Composition limits of the MMA electrodes and
FCAW wires are tightened above those of BS/AWS RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
specifications in order to meet requirements of Shell
and other operators of refinery equipment. Weld See also the consumables in the related alloy
metal Cr and Ni are kept low and ferrite is controlled groups of 347H (C-11), 16.8.2 (C-12) and 316H (C-13).
to minimise embrittlement by sigma phase. Beneficial
and detrimental minor elements and residuals are also
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
controlled to optimise high temperature properties.
No bismuth-bearing constituents are allowed in these Process Product Specification
consumables, to ensure <0.002%Bi as required by API Ultramet 308H AWS E308H-16
582. MMA
Ultramet B308H AWS E308H-15
The 308H consumables should also be considered for TIG/MIG 308S96 AWS ER308H
welding thick (>12mm) stabilised grades 321H or 347H 308S96 AWS ER308H
to avoid in-service HAZ cracking and low creep rupture SAW SS300 BS EN SA AF2
ductility associated with 347 weld metal. Note that SSB BS EN SA AF2
some authorities recommend the use of type 16-8-2
types for these steels, including 304H. Supercore 308H AWS E308HT0-1/4
FCW
Supercore 308HP AWS E308HT1-1/4
308H is widely used in petrochemical and chemical
process plant, particularly for the fabrication of
cyclones, transfer lines used to re-circulate the
catalyst in catalytic crackers (cat crackers) operating in
the range 400-815C.

www.metrode.com DS C-10 | Rev. 01-03/16 225


ULTRAMET 308H
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with rutile flux on matching core wire.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Ultramet 308H gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design.
These features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic finish and full
volumetric weld metal integrity.
The smaller sizes are particularly suited to vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework.
In addition, the 2.5mm diameter is specifically designed to enable the root pass to be deposited in single side butt welds using
standard MMA equipment without a gas purge.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308H-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 H R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max. 0.08 1.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.25 0.5 8
Typical 0.05 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 9.5 0.1 0.05 3
Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max
Note: Cr content of 2.5mm is typically 19.5%.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
High Temperature
As welded Min. Typical
650C 732C 816C
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 610 297 231 181
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 445 234 187 156
Elongation (%) 4d 35 45 -- -- --
5d 30 43 28 51 53
Reduction of area % -- 35 55 63 64
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 80 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 190-210 -- -- --
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
Pieces/carton 726 414 261 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 < 0.2 16 1

226 www.metrode.com DS C-10-ULTRAMET 308H | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET B308H
SOBASIC PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on matching core wire.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Ultramet B308H is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position, in materials
thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest sections.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308H-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 H B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
Max. 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.25 0.5 8
Typical 0.05 1 0.4 0.01 0.02 18.5 9.5 0.1 0.05 3
Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
High Temperature
Typical values as welded Min. Typical
650C 732C 816C
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 650 298 225 154
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 460 223 168 111
Elongation (%) 4d 35 41 -- -- --
5d 30 38 24 48 47
Reduction of area (%) -- 48 60 63 54
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 100 -- -- --
Hardness (HV) -- 210 -- -- --

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 726 414 261 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 < 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS C-10-ULTRAMET B308H | Rev. 01-03/16 227


308S96
SOLID WIRE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER308H QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 H QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308H

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- --
max. 0.08 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.5 10.0 0.25 0.25
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

Typical 0.05 1.8 0.4 0.002 0.015 19.9 9.5 0.1 0.1
Typical ferrite level of undiluted weld metal is in the range 3-8FN.
ER19-10H (on request) has Cr 20.0, Mo 0.25, Nb 0.05, Ti 0.05.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 630
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450
Elongation (%) 4d 43
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C > 100
Hardness HV 195/215

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon 100A, DC- 2.4 12V
MIG Ar/2%O2 or Ar/1-3%CO2 260A, DC+ 1.2 28V
SAW SS300 or SSB flux 350A, DC+ 2.4 30V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- To order 2.5kg tube To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG To order To order 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool To order

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1

228 www.metrode.com DS C-10-308S96 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 308H / 308HP
DOWNHAND AND ALL-POSITIONAL FCW FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 308H is designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in downhand
and H-V welding situations with plate and material of a 6mm thickness or greater.
Supercore 308HP designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


Supercore 308H Supercore 308HP (1.2mm only) QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E308HT0-1/4 E308HT1-1/4 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308H-FB0 TS308H-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
min. 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max. 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.03 0.04 20.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 8
Typical 0.05 1.3 0.5 0.01 0.02 18.8 9.5 0.1 0.1 5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


High Temperature
As welded Min. Typical
650C 732C 816C
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 620 287 222 163
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 420 213 177 140
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 -- -- --
5d 30 36 30 46 40
Reduction of area (%) -- 50 58 69 74
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 100 -- -- --
Aged at 730C/1000h -- 90 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12 20mm
1.2P 120A-22V to 250A-32V 150A-25V 12 20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used spools are returned
to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18C minimum.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
13 8 1 7 2 <1 12 1

www.metrode.com DS C-10-SUPERCORE 308H / 308HP | Rev. 01-03/16 229


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-11 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

347H STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
Controlled, high carbon Nb stabilised stainless steel
Austenite with 2-9FN, typically 4FN (solid wire
for elevated temperature service.
typically 8FN).

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM-ASME BS EN & DIN WELDING GUIDELINES
321H 1.4941
No preheat or PWHT required; maximum
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

347H 1.4961
interpass temperature 250C.
BS UNS
321S51 S32109
347S51 S34709
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
APPLICATIONS The 308H (data sheet C-10), 16.8.2 (data sheet
Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 high C-12) and 316H (data sheet C-13) consumables are
carbon stainless steel types 321H and 347H. also relevant for many of the same materials and
applications.
Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers),
cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts, steam piping,
superheater headers, some gas and steam turbine
components, used in petrochemical, chemical process
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
plants and in power generation industries.
Process Product Specification
Note that the alloy 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12) was Ultramet 347H AWS E347-16
developed as a more ductile alternative to 347H MMA
Ultramet B347H AWS E347-15
consumables to avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H
TIG ER347H AWS ER347
base material of >12mm thickness. For this reason
when joining thicker section 321H/347H the 16.8.2 FCW Supercore 347HP AWS E347HT1-1/4
consumables are considered a preferable alternative.

For welding 321/347 for general corrosion resisting


applications at temperatures up to about 400C use 347
(data sheet B-31) or 308L (data sheet B-30) consumables.

For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm (15mils)


charpy lateral expansion at 196C, use unstabilised
weld metal with low carbon and controlled ferrite (B-
37).

230 www.metrode.com DS C-11 | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET 347H
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 321H/347H STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347H has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux
design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter electrodes.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E347-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb * Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 2
Max. 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 8
Typical 0.05 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 4
* BS requires 10xC minimum.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Room Temperature High Temperature
As-welded
Min. Typical 650C 732C 815C
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 650 354 308 233
0.2% proof strength
350 500 283 269 206
(MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 -- -- --
5d 25 37 19 20 7
Reduction of area (%) -- 52 47 38 23
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 12.9 16.5
Pieces/carton 693 417 243 168

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com DS C-11-ULTRAMET 347H | Rev. 01-03/16 231


ULTRAMET B347H
BASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 321H/347H STAINLESS STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture resistance and
hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of fixed pipework qualified in the
ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site conditions.
Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the slag does not self-lift, it is
easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E347-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb * Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 2
Max. 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 8
Typical 0.05 1.5 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.6 0.07 5
* BS requires 10xC minimum.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Room Temperature High Temperature
As-welded
Min. Typical 650C 732C 815C
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 650 354 311 248
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 500 263 265 223
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 -- -- --
5d 25 37 18 14 5
Reduction of area (%) -- 52 43 30 19

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.8
Pieces/carton 627 396 258 159

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.

232 www.metrode.com DS C-11-ULTRAMET B347H | Rev. 01-03/16


ER347H
SOLID WIRES FOR 321H/347H STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER347 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS347

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
Min.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 3
Max. 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9
Typical 0.055 1.7 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.2 0.1 0.6 0.1 8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical High Temperature
As welded
TIG 650C 732C 815C
Tensile strength (MPa) 660 398 312 235
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 318 244 184
Elongation (%) 4d 42 23 22 22
5d 40 21 20 21
Reduction of area (%) 67 55 53 52
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 125 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid (HV) 190/230 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon * DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar/2%O2 or Ar/1-3%CO2 DC+ 1.0 190A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1

www.metrode.com DS C-11-ER347H | Rev. 01-03/16 233


SUPERCORE 347HP
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR 321H/347H STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 347HP is designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G fixed pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M E347HT1-1/4 ASME IX QUALIFICATION
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB1 QW442 A-No 8
APPROVALS DNV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 4
Max. 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9
Typical 0.05 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Room Temperature High Temperature
As welded
Min. Typical 732C
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 630 310
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 470 265
Elongation (%) 4d 30 43 24
5d 25 40 22
Reduction of area (%) -- 46 43
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C --
70 --

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85% argon.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 120-280A, 22-34V 12-20mm
160A, 25V (positional)

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1

234 www.metrode.com DS C-11-SUPERCORE 347HP | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-12 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

16.8.2 FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE


3XXH STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
16.8.2 for high temperature 3XXH stainless steels. Austenite with delta ferrite of 1-6FN typically. Hot
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED cracking is not reported at low FN.
ASTM/UNS DIN BS
304H / S30409 1.4948 304S51 WELDING GUIDELINES
321H / S32109 1.4941 321S51 Preheat is not required; maximum interpass

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


347H / S34709 1.4961 347S51
temperature 250C. Welds are left as-welded, no
316H / S31609 - 316S51, 316S53
PWHT required.
APPLICATIONS
The 16.8.2 consumables have a controlled composition, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
optimised for performance in structural service at temperatures
up to about 800C. With molybdenum specifically at the lower O R Carpenter and R D Wylie: "16-8-2 Cr-Ni-Mo for
limit for AWS 16.8.2, it is essentially a dilute hybrid between welding electrodes" Met. Prog. 1956, 70, (5), 65-73.
E308H and E316H. Rather than matching any single parent This paper describes the original development
material, it has applications for welding all the 3XXH series of (by Babcock and Wilcox) of E16-8-2 to weld 347
stainless steels with 0.04-0.10% carbon, which combine creep, for power plant applications.
oxidation and general corrosion resistance.
R D Thomas: "HAZ cracking in thick sections of
A low total Cr+Mo with controlled carbon and ferrite content
ensures high resistance to thermal embrittlement by austenitic stainless steels" Part 1, Weld J 1984,
intermetallic phases (and also excellent toughness at low 63, 12, 24-32; Part 2 idem 355s-368s. This detailed
temperatures). A strictly limited level of Mo provides valuable review covers all standard stainless steels,
effects on creep ductility and thermal fatigue, balanced against in particular for high temperature structural
control of oxidation under stagnant conditions above 650C, applications.
and sigma or chi phase formation in service. No bismuth-
bearing constituents are allowed in these consumables, to
There is also a Metrode Technical Profile available
ensure <0.00 2%Bi as required by API 582. on the use of 16.8.2 consumables in cat crackers.
For 304H, some authorities now choose 16.8.2 specifically to
avoid hot ductility and creep-fatigue problems in thick sections RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
which traditionally would have been welded with 308H.
Historically, this weld metal was initially developed to avoid in- See also the consumables in the related alloy
service HAZ failure in 347H of >12mm thickness. For the same groups of 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11), 316H (C-13).
reasons it is also a candidate for 321H, although HAZ failures
here are not so well documented. For thermal stability, it is
equally suitable for 316H in preference to matching weld metal. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
In some applications, the chromium in 16.8.2 weld metal may
be considered too low for satisfactory resistance to corrosion Process Product Specification
(possibly under dew-point conditions during plant shutdown). Supermet 16.8.2 AWS E16.8.2-17
However, the weld root is normally on the process side, and MMA
is conventionally deposited by TIG using higher chromium E16.8.2-15 AWS E16.8.2-15
weld metal. Similar electrodes for capping runs are available TIG ER16.8.2 AWS ER16.8.2
if required.
FCW Supercore 16.8.2/P None relevant
Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers), cyclones,
transfer lines, furnace parts, thick wall steam piping, superheater
headers, some gas and steam turbine components used in
petrochemical, chemical process plants and in power generation
industries.
Owing to the lean composition and controlled ferrite content,
the 16.8.2 consumables also show useful cryogenic toughness
down to -196C.

www.metrode.com DS C-12 | Rev. 01-03/16 235


SUPERMET 16.8.2
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
General purpose, all-positional MMA electrode with rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire.
Manufactured with controlled hydrogen and moisture resistant flux covering technology to ensure high resistance to weld
porosity.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E16-8-2-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 (E 16 8 2 R) QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G


HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
Max. 0.08 2.5 0.60 0.03 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.75 6
Typical 0.05 1 0.45 0.01 0.02 15.5 8.5 1.2 0.1 3
* Mo controlled around 1.0 1.3% unless requested otherwise.
BS EN E16 8 2 R has Mo 1.50 2.50%.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
High Temperature
As-welded Min. Typical
650C 732C 816C
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 > 620 310 232 161
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- > 410 225 179 126
Elongation (%) 4d 35 42 -- -- --
5d 25 42 28 47 43
Reduction of area (%) -- 45 52 59 55
+ 20C -- > 70 (>1.3) -- -- --
Impact ISO and LE*-V(J(mm))
- 50C -- > 50 (>0.9) -- -- --
* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 55V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 18.0
Pieces/carton 648 381 249 165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.7 5 0.1 0.2 16 1

236 www.metrode.com DS C-12-SUPERMET 16.8.2 | Rev. 01-03/16


E16.8.2-15
BASIC PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with fully basic lime-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. E16.8.2-15 is a basic coated all-positional electrode
suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E16-8-2-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 (E16 8 2 B) QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
Max. 0.08 2.5 0.60 0.03 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.75 6
Typical 0.05 1.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 15.5 8.5 1.2 0.06 3
* BS EN E16 8 2 B has Mo 1.50 2.50%
Mo controlled around 1.0 1.3% unless requested otherwise.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
High Temperature
As-welded Min. Typical
650C 732C 816C
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 > 620 294 230 165
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- > 410 216 187 132
Elongation (%) 4d 35 40 -- -- --
5d -- 37 27 36 57
Reduction of area (%) -- 35 61 70 75
Impact ISO -V(J) -100C -- > 50 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE. UNSUITABLE FOR AC.


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 686 397 255
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.7 5 0.1 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS C-12-E16.8.2-15 | Rev. 01-03/16 237


ER16.8.2
SOLID WIRE TIG AND SAW FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding and sub-arc welding of 300H stainless steel.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER16-8-2 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 16 8 2 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B S 16-8-2

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

Min. 0.04 1.0 0.3 -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 --


Max. 0.10 2.0 0.6 0.02 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.3
Typical 0.06 1.4 0.4 0.01 0.01 15.5 8.5 1.3 0.1
* Mo 1.0 1.3% on request. Typical ferrite level 1-6FN.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical High Temperature
As-welded
TIG SAW 650C 732C 816C
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 630 315 241 173
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 360 221 178 147
Elongation (%) 4d 35 29 -- -- --
5d -- 29 31 36 42
Reduction of area (%) -- 30 67 69 65
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C -- 30 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon 100A 2.4 12V
SAW SS300 or SSB flux 350A, DC+ 2.4 30V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
SAW -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
40 10 12 7 0.5 < 0.5 4.2

238 www.metrode.com DS C-12-ER16.8.2 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 16.8.2 / 16.8.2P
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
These wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system with alloying controlled to maximise high
temperature strength and resistance to service embrittlement.
Supercore 16.8.2 is made in 1.6mm only and is designed for applications primarily in the downhand and HV positions on plate and
material of about 6mm thickness and above.
Supercore 16.8.2P is made in 1.2mm only and is designed for welding in all welding positions from ASME 1G/2G up to 5G/6G
pipework, and also provides very good operability in the flat/HV position.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.22M None applicable QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 17633-B (TS16-8-2-FM1) nearest classification QW442 A-No 8

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
Max. 0.08 2.0 0.70 0.03 0.04 17.0 10.0 2.0 0.5 8
Typical 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.02 16.2 9.2 1.1* 0.1 4
* Mo controlled around 1.0 1.3% unless requested otherwise.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


High Temperature
As welded Min. Typical
650C 732C 816C
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 620 290 224 160
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 410 207 180 134
4d 35 42 -- -- --
Elongation (%)
5d 25 42 30 44 39
Reduction of area (%) -- 50 66 68 79
+ 20C -- 100 (1.8) -- -- --
Impact ISO-V(J) (mm) -130C -- 50 (0.8) -- -- --
-196C -- 45 (0.7) -- -- --
* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12 20mm
1.2P 120A-22V to 280A-34V 150A-25V 12 20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 350A-34V 300A-30V 15 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used spools are returned
to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18C minimum.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 11 1.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2

www.metrode.com DS C-12-SUPERCORE 16.8.2 / 16.8.2P | Rev. 01-03/16 239


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-13 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

316H STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
For 316/316H materials used at elevated temperatures Austenite with delta ferrite typically controlled in
the range 2-8FN.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM BS UNS
316/316H 316S51 S31609 WELDING GUIDELINES
CF10M 316S52 Preheat not required, maximum interpass
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

316S53 temperature 250C. PWHT not required.


316C16
316C71
APPLICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
These consumables are designed for welding There is a Metrode Technical Profile available
316/316H austenitic stainless steels operating at high covering 3XXH consumables and their use in
temperatures (500-800C) under long term creep refinery cat crackers.
conditions. The 17.8.2.RCF MMA electrode is a modified
316H weld metal of lean composition to resist thermal
embrittlement. RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The consumables can also be used for welding 321/321H See also the consumables in the related alloy
and 347/347H grades in high temperature structural groups of 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11) and 16.8.2 (C-12).
service. This is particularly important in thick
highly restrained weldments, since the possibility of
premature service failure by intergranular HAZ cracking PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
is reduced by using more ductile weld metal rather Process Product Specification
than 347H.
17.8.2.RCF BS 17.8.2.R
Used for welding steam piping, superheater headers,
furnace parts, some gas and steam engine turbine MMA Ultramet 316H AWS E316H-16
components, in the petro-chemical industry, in fossil Ultramet B316H AWS E316H-15
and nuclear fuelled power stations. TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96 AWS ER316H
SS300 BS EN SA AF2 AC
SAW flux
SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC

240 www.metrode.com DS C-13 | Rev. 01-03/16


17.8.2.RCF
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire, giving a tightly controlled level of silicon and residual
elements to minimise formation of intermetallic phases (sigma, chi) during service.
Designed primarily for downhand and HV welding although for structural applications it is usable positionally.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M (E16.8.2-16) Nearest classification QW432 F-No 5
QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. 0.06 0.5 -- -- -- 16.5 8.0 1.5 -- 3
Max. 0.10 2.5 0.50 0.030 0.040 18.5 9.5 2.5 0.50 8
Typical 0.08 1.6 0.25 0.008 0.02 17 8.5 2 <0.1 5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Room Temperature High Temperature
As-welded
Min. Typical 650C 732C 815C
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 > 630 369 274 191
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- > 460 287 197 147
Elongation (%) 4d -- > 30 -- -- --
5d 25 > 30 28 44 53
Reduction of area (%) -- > 45 55 61 75
Impact energy -100C -- > 50 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 200 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 14.4 14.7
Pieces/carton 684 411 267

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS C-13-17.8.2.RCF | Rev. 01-03/16 241


ULTRAMET 316H
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile coated electrode made on high purity 304 core wire, previously called Metrode E316H-16. The higher alloy content
compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at elevated temperatures (500-800C).

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E316H-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 2 R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G


HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
Max. 0.08 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 8
Typical 0.05 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 0.1 5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Room Temperature High Temperature
As-welded
Min. Typical 650C 732C 815C
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 570 352 268 197
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 450 264 204 152
Elongation (%) 4d 30 35 -- -- --
5d 25 33 32 43 54
Reduction of area (%) -- 50 58 53 60
Impact energy +20C -- 70 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 210 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE. OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 633 393 261

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1

242 www.metrode.com DS C-13-ULTRAMET 316H | Rev. 02-08/16


ULTRAMET B316H
BASIC PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L core
wire. Ultramet B316H is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed
pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts. The higher alloy content
compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at elevated temperatures (500-800C).
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E316H-15 QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 2 B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
Max. 0.08 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 8
Typical 0.05 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 0.1 5
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Room Temperature High Temperature
As-welded
Min. Typical 650C 732C 815C
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 620 360 240 170
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 450 265 200 140
Elongation (%) 4d 30 35 29 44 49
5d 25 33 26 43 48
Reduction of area (%) -- 50 58 58 45
Impact energy +20C -- 100 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 210 -- -- --
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2
min. A 60 75
max. A 90 120
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2
Length (mm) 300 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5
Pieces/carton 681 396
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS C-13-ULTRAMET B316H | Rev. 01-03/16 243


316S96
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF 316H STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW which can not only be used in conjunction with E316H-16, but also with 17.8.2.RCF and other 300H
consumables.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER316H QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 H QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316H

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

Min. 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3


Max. 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.025 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8
Typical 0.05 1.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 19 13 2.2 0.15 4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 650
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460
Elongation (%) 4d 35

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon 100A, DC- 2.4 12V
SAW SS300 or SSB flux 350A, DC+ 2.4 30V
MIG Ar + 2%O2/CO2 220A, DC+ 1.2 26V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
MIG 15 kg reel - -
TIG - 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
SAW - - 25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3

244 www.metrode.com DS C-13-316S96 | Rev. 01-03/16


SS300 and SSB FLUXES
SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
SS300 and SSB are agglomerated basic fluxes producing weld deposits with minimal Si pick-up and low Mn and Cr losses. SS300
has a BI of ~1.6 and SSB has a BI of ~2.2.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


SS300 flux SSB flux QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 AC SA AF2 DC QW442 A-No --

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
wire (316S96) 0.05 1.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 19 13 2.2 0.15
Deposit (with SS300/SSB flux) 0.04 1.6 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 13 2.2 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES with 316S96


Typical PWHT 690-720C/1-2h typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 650
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460
Elongation (%) 4d 35

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 30V 20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SS300 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums and SSB Flux in 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage
conditions of opened drums: <60%RH, >18C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored or has been stored for a long period,
it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h

www.metrode.com DS C-13-SS300SSB | Rev. 01-03/16 245


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-20 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

OXIDATION RESISTANT 253MA ALLOY


ALLOY TYPE
Iron based 22%Cr-10%Ni alloy with controlled MICROSTRUCTURE
additions of C, Si, N and rare earths (RE), predominantly Austenite with controlled ferrite of about 5FN.
cerium, with excellent oxidation resistance.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM - ASME S30815
No preheat required, it is desirable to keep
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

BS EN 10095 1.4818 X6CrNiSiNCe 19-10


interpass below 150C.
1.4828 X15CrNiSi 20-12
1.4835 (X9CrNiSiNCe 21-11-2).
DIN 1.4893 (X8CrNiSiN 21 11).
1.4891 (X4CrNiSiN 18 10)
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Proprietary Avesta 253MA
There are other consumables that also provide
Also suitable for similar material:
ASTM UNS S30415
excellent oxidation resistance but they are
Avesta 153MA generally more highly alloyed than the 253MA
alloy.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
APPLICATIONS Process Product Specification
Designed to match equivalent alloys with good hot MMA Supermet 253MA --
strength coupled with excellent resistance to oxidation
up to about 1100C. Resistance to sulphidation under
oxidising conditions is superior to many higher nickel
heat-resistant alloys. Resistance to nitriding and
carburisation is satisfactory except under reducing
conditions where higher nickel alloys are superior.

Also satisfactory for dissimilar combinations of


materials with related levels of alloying. However,
control of hot cracking in this high silicon weld metal
is dependent on some ferrite being present during
solidification. Caution is therefore required when
considering dilution by dissimilar materials which could
promote fully austenitic solidification, such as type 310
and other high nickel alloys. Combinations with alloys
stabilised with Ti and especially Nb should be avoided,
due to the possibility of embrittlement by Si-rich
eutectics with these elements.

Applications include furnaces and furnace parts, high


temperature flues, exhaust and heat recuperator
systems, combustion nozzles.

246 www.metrode.com DS C-20 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERMET 253MA
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR MATCHING ALLOY 253MA
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional MMA electrode with an acid rutile flux system on alloyed core wire.
Controlled Si and rare earth (RE) additions (mainly cerium) provide excellent oxidation resistance.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no applicable national standards QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu Ce * FN
Min. 0.04 -- 1.4 -- -- 21.0 9.0 -- 0.14 -- -- 3
Max. 0.10 1.0 2.0 0.020 0.035 23.0 11.0 0.50 0.20 0.50 trace 10
Typical 0.06 0.8 1.5 0.01 0.02 22 10.3 0.1 0.16 0.1 0.005 5
* Cerium is present but actual value not reported on test certificate.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 705
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550
Elongation (%) 4d 40
5d 38
Reduction of area (%) 50

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 50 75 100
max. A 75 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4
Pieces/carton 594 366 261

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 6 1 7 <0.2 17 0.7

www.metrode.com DS C-20-SUPERMET 253MA | Rev. 01-03/16 247


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-21 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CONTROLLED FERRITE 309 CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
23%Cr-12%Ni (309) alloy with a controlled ferrite and
carbon content to match similar heat resistant alloys. Austenite with up to 8% ferrite and some carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought cast WELDING GUIDELINES
A351 Grades
ASTM/UNS S30900 (309) CH8, CH10, CH20. Preheat not required for most applications.
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

S30908 (309S)
S30909 (309H) .
DIN 1.4829 1.4832
(X12CrNi 22 12) (G-X25CrNiSi20 14)
BS 309S24 309C30 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
EN 1.4833 (X12CrNi23-12) The 309L consumables (data sheet B-50) typically
used for dissimilar joints are related but are not
used for the same high temperature applications.

APPLICATIONS PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


These consumables deposit 309 type weld metal with Process Product Specification
a controlled carbon of about 0.08% and low ferrite
content. These controls are designed to increase MMA Thermet 309CF AWS E309H-16
the high temperature strength and microstructural TIG/MIG 309S94 AWS ER309
stability for service applications above 400C. The
widely used 309L dissimilar weld metal has lower hot
strength and is more prone to embrittlement during
long term high temperature service for which it is not
intended.

The main application for this electrode is for welding


steels of similar composition although some high
temperature steels of dissimilar composition, such as
ferritic CrAl and CrSiAl alloys are applicable. It is also
a candidate for welding utility ferritic stainless steels
for elevated temperature service.
309 steels have useful oxidation resistance up to about
1000C and the lower nickel content gives better
sulphidation resistance than 310 types.

They are normally used in furnace or flue-gas systems


and ducting where the structural creep requirements
are modest.

248 www.metrode.com DS C-21 | Rev. 01-03/16


THERMET 309CF
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE WITH CONTROLLED CARBON AND FERRITE CONTENT

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile flux coating on high purity 304L core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E309H-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 (E 22 12 R 3 2) Cr 20.0-23.0% QW442 A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
min. 0.06 0.5 0.2 -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 2
max. 0.15 2.0 0.8 0.025 0.030 24.0 14.0 0.5 0.50 8
Typical 0.08 1.5 0.3 0.01 0.02 22.7 12.8 0.1 0.1 5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 605
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 460
Elongation (%) 4d 30 34
5d 25 31
Reduction of area (%) -- 30
Hardness (HV) -- 210

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.0 15.9
Pieces/carton 899 432 285 183

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 <0.2 17 0.7

www.metrode.com DS C-21-THERMET 309CF | Rev. 01-03/16 249


309S94
SOLID WIRE WITH CONTROLLED CARBON AND FERRITE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER309 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 12 H QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS309
UNS S30980
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
Min. 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 3
Max. 0.12 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 24.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 12
Typical 0.07 1.7 0.5 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 580
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 415
Elongation (%) 4d 42
5d 39
Reduction of area (%) 56
Hardness cap/mid (HV) 175/215

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
MIG Ar+2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary Ar, and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 are also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 <0.5 <0.5 2.5

250 www.metrode.com DS C-21-309S94 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-25 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

SUPER 304H STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
High carbon 304 alloy with copper, niobium and In the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld
nitrogen additions to provide improved creep metal microstructure consists of austenite
performance. matrix with precipitates and carbo-nitrides.
During service creep strength is enhanced by the
precipitation of copper rich precipitates, Nb carbo-
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED nitride and NbCrN.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


EN 10216-5
1.4907 / X10CrNiCuNb 18 9 3. WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM A213 For most applications no preheat or PWHT is
UNS S30432.
required. Maximum interpass temperature 150C
Grade 18Cr-9Ni-3Cu-Cb-N in ASME Code Case 2328-1 2003.
and heat input 1.5kJ/mm although these controls
VdTV material data sheet 550 (2003).
may need to be tightened depending on tube
Proprietary alloys include:
dimensions.
Super 304H (Sumitomo)
DMV 304HCu (Salzgitter Mannesmann Stainless Tubes)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


APPLICATIONS This wire can also be used to weld TP347HFG
This alloy was designed for use as superheater and high temperature stainless steel (Nippon Steel &
reheater boiler tube in the latest generation of Ultra Sumitomo Metal).
Super Critical (USC) coal fired power plant.

The alloy is designed to cope with the latest power


plant designs were steam temperatures can be in PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
the region of 600C; although ASME Code Case 2328-1 Process Product Specification
specifies allowable stresses up to 815C. TIG/MIG MT304H -

www.metrode.com DS C-25 | Rev. 01-03/16 251


MT304H
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG WELDING OF SUPER 304H STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no national specifications for this wire. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

min. 0.07 2.5 -- -- -- 17.0 14.5 0.7 2.5 0.5 0.15


max. 0.13 4.0 0.40 0.015 0.015 20.0 18.0 1.2 3.5 1.0 0.25
Typical 0.1 3.2 0.2 0.005 0.005 18 16 0.9 2.8 0.7 0.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


TIG TIG High Temperature
As-welded
Room Temperature 550C 650C 750C
Tensile strength (MPa) 720 528 466 371
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 570 388 371 336
Elongation (%) 4d 30 25 18 7
5d 28 -- -- --
Reduction of area (%) 47 43 30 16
Impact ISO -V(J) +20C 90 -- -- --
-50C 80 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid (HV) 200/240 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.9 1.0 2.0 2.4
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
Spooled 0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order) 0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order) -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
24 18 16 13 1 3 2.8

252 www.metrode.com DS C-25-MT304H | Rev. 05-05/17


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-30 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

310 STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
25%Cr-20%Ni (310) stainless steel. Fully austenitic.
Typical magnetic permeability <1.01.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought cast
ASTM/UNS 310 / S31000 CK20 WELDING GUIDELINES
310S / S31008 No preheat required. Preferably keep interpass
temperature below 150C and heat input below

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


DIN 1.4841, 1.4842, 1.4845 1.4840
BS 310S24, 310S31 310C45 1.5kJ/mm; this is particularly important for high
Proprietary Immaculate 5 (Firth Vickers) heat input processes eg. SAW.
Sirius 3 (CLI)
15RE10 (Sandvik)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


These standard 310 alloy should not be confused
APPLICATIONS with 0.4% carbon 310H cast alloys of the HK40
These consumables are used primarily for welding type (see data sheet C-31), or the very low carbon
similar wrought or cast 25%Cr-20%Ni (310) parent 310L alloys which are used in severely corrosive
alloys with up to 0.25% carbon. Parent metal and weld conditions (see data sheet B-45).
metal are fully austenitic, unlike the other common
300 series stainless steels. For maximum resistance
to solidification cracking and microfissuring, the MMA
weld metal manganese range is raised to 2-5% in
accordance with European practice. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
The high alloy content of type 310 gives useful
25.20 Super R (E310-16)
oxidation resistance up to peak temperatures of about MMA
1200C for heat shields, furnace parts and ducting. Ultramet B310Mn (E310-15)
TIG/MIG/SAW 310S94 AWS ER310
These consumables can also be used for mixed welding
and dissimilar joints including those where PWHT is
applied, but it should be noted that the relatively high
thermal expansion coefficient may promote thermal
fatigue in transition joints which are subject to thermal
cycling. In such cases, nickel base consumables are
usually preferred (eg. D-10, D-11).

Other uses include buffer layers and for surfacing.


The fully austenitic weld metal can be useful for
specialised applications requiring low magnetic
permeability (typically <1.01). 310 weld metals are
also inherently tough down to 196C and therefore
suitable for cryogenic installations involving any of the
standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.

www.metrode.com DS C-30 | Rev. 01-03/16 253


25.20 SUPER R
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 310 STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with low silica rutile flux on high purity 310 core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M (E310-16) AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%. QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 20 R 3 2 (This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS)
QW442 A-No 9
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. 0.08 2.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max. 0.15 5.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
Typical 0.12 3.5 0.4 0.008 0.02 26 21 0.2 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 575
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 400
Elongation (%) 4d 30 37
5d 25 35
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 80
- 196C -- 45
Hardness (HV) -- 200

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 14.7 14.7 20.1
Pieces/carton 675 435 282 198
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6

254 www.metrode.com DS C-30-25.20 SUPER R | Rev. 01-03/16


ULTRAMET B310Mn
ALL-POSITIONAL BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR 310 STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 310 core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M (E310-15) AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%. QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 20 B 4 2 (This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS)
QW442 A-No 9

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.08 2.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
Max. 0.15 5.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
Typical 0.1 3.8 0.4 0.008 0.018 26 21 0.2 0.1
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560 615
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 435
Elongation (%) 4d 30 36
5d 25 34
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 105
- 196C -- 75
Hardness (HV) -- 220

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 669 384 255
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6

www.metrode.com DS C-30-ULTRAMET B310Mn | Rev. 01-03/16 255


310S94
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF 310 STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER310 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 20 QW442 A-No 9
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS310
UNS S31080

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

min. 0.08 1.0 0.30 -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --


max. 0.15 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.3 0.3
Typical 0.11 1.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 26 21 0.1 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded MIG Ar+2%O2
Tensile strength (MPa) 540
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 355
Elongation (%) 4d 27
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C 70
Hardness cap/mid (HV) 185

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar/2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 260A, 29V
SAW*** SS300 or SSB flux DC+ 2.4 325A, 30V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
*** Heat input should be restricted with SAW to minimise the risk of solidification cracking.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 13 22 16 <0.5 <0.5 2.3

256 www.metrode.com DS C-30-310S94 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-31 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

310H ELECTRODE TO MATCH HK40


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
0.4%C-25%Cr-20%Ni (310H) austenitic cast alloy for In the as-welded condition the weld metal
heat resisting service.. microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic
and secondary carbides.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM/UNS
A351, A608 Grade HK40
WELDING GUIDELINES

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


DIN Generally no preheat or PWHT are required.
1.4846 (X40CrNi 25 21)
1.4848 (G-X40CrNiSi 25 20)
BS
3100 Grade 310C40
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
1504 Grade 310C40
Proprietary There are two other 310 alloy groups: the 310L (data
H20 (Doncasters Paralloy) sheet B-45) which is used for corrosion resistant
Thermalloy 47 (Duraloy) applications not high temperature service, and
Lloyds T47 (LBA) the standard 310 alloys (data sheet C-30) which are
HR6 (Cronite) used for the standard (0.1 %C) base materials.

APPLICATIONS
Thermet 310H is designed to weld HK40 which is one
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
of the standard materials for centrifugally cast tubes
operating at around 1000C. Process Product Specification
MMA Thermet 310H AWS E310H-15
These alloys are used in reformer and steam cracker
coils in chemical and petrochemical plants. Also for
components such as billet skids, calinating tubes, kiln
nose segments, conveyor rolls, and furnace structural
items in the cement, ceramic and steel industries.

www.metrode.com DS C-31 | Rev. 01-03/16 257


THERMET 310H
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR HK40 TYPE CASTINGS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on 310 core wire to give low residual levels.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M E310H-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 20 H B 4 2 QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)


HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. 0.35 1.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max. 0.45 2.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 28.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
Typical 0.41 1.7 0.5 0.01 0.02 26 21 0.1 0.03

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 760
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 550
Elongation (%) 4d 10 20
5d 10 17
Reduction of area (%) -- 25
Hardness (HV) -- 230
These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations in the range
10-20% are normal.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4
Pieces/carton 546 384 258

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
12 6 2 8.5 <0.2 <0.2 16 0.6

258 www.metrode.com DS C-31-THERMET 310H | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-40 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CONSUMABLES TO MATCH
CAST & WROUGHT ALLOY 800
ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenitic heat resisting consumables to match alloy 800.
As-welded weld metal microstructure consists of
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED austenite with cellular NbC-rich network.
ASTM
A351 CT15C
BS WELDING GUIDELINES

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


NA15, NA15H No preheat, interpass <150C preferred. Usually
BS EN & DIN welds are not heat treated however in elevated
temperature service the HAZ of welds in alloys
1.4850, 1.4859, 1.4876
800/800H/800HT with progressively increasing
UNS levels of Ti+Al may be susceptible to stress-
N08800, N08810, N08811 relaxation cracking. For pressure boundary welds
Proprietary alloys include: designed for >538C, ASME VIII UNF-56 requires
cast: wrought: PWHT >885C/1h + 1h/25mm (eg. 900C/3h), or
Paralloy CR32W. Incoloy 800, 800H, 800HT solution annealing.
Manaurite 900 (Manoir). (Special Metals). API 560 currently does not require PWHT but some
Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds) Sanicro 31 (Sandvik). specifiers may require it for particular operating
Vicro 8 (Firth Vickers). RA330 (Rolled Alloys).
conditions.
MORE 21 (Duraloy). Nicrofer 3220 (VDM).
Centralloy 4859 (Centracero).
E2032Nb (Engemasa).
APPLICATIONS
The consumables are designed to deposit weld metal ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
with composition and properties closely matching Marshall A.W. & Farrar J.C.M. Matching consumables
type 800 alloys in cast and wrought forms. The weld for type 800 alloys, Stainless Steel World, Sept
metals are based on the composition of castings, with 1999, pp 56-60.
controlled carbon and niobium for optimum corrosion
resistance and creep performance. Most wrought
materials have Ti and Al instead of Nb. Weld metal Mn
and Si levels are modified to give high resistance to RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
hot cracking in highly restrained welds. For optimum The nickel base alloys AB (data sheet D-11), 625
resistance to ageing embrittlement, the composition (data sheet D-20) and 617 (data sheet D-40) are
will generally meet the Chiyoda parameter: sometimes used as alternatives for the same base
P 9 where P = (7C + 5Si + 8Nb 3Mn). materials.

These alloys are used for their resistance to corrosion,


thermal fatigue and shock at temperatures up to
about 1000C, for the fabrication of muffles and PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
radiant tubes, heat treatment trays and baskets, Process Product Specification
reformer furnace outlet manifolds and ethylene plant MMA Thermet 800Nb None
transfer lines, in the furnace, petrochemical and
nuclear engineering industries. TIG/MIG 21.33.MnNb None

These consumables are used as alternatives to


various nickel base consumables up to 1000C, with
the added benefit of expansion coefficient and
sulphidation resistance similar to parent material.

www.metrode.com DS C-40 | Rev. 01-03/16 259


THERMET 800Nb
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE TO MATCH ALLOY 800
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode Basic moisture resistant coated electrode made on high alloy, high purity core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G


HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
min. 0.06 1.6 -- -- -- 19.0 30.0 -- 0.8 --
max. 0.12 4.5 0.6 0.02 0.03 23.0 35.0 0.5 1.5 0.5
Typical 0.1 2.5 0.3 0.007 0.015 21 32 0.4 1.3 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. * Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 615
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 210 410
Elongation (%) 4d -- > 33
5d 25 > 32
Reduction of area (%) -- 46
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- > 55
Hardness (HV) -- 170-220
* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 320 320 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 18.0
Pieces/carton 642 354 243 165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 6 6 2 < 0.2 < 0.2 18 0.8

260 www.metrode.com DS C-40-THERMET 800Nb | Rev. 01-03/16


21.33.MnNb
SOLID TIG/MIG WIRES FOR 800H AND SIMILAR HEAT RESISTING ALLOYS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire This is a high Mn, 21%Cr-33%Ni-1%Nb, micro-alloyed wire for TIG/MIG welding of 800 type alloys.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Al Ti
min. 0.10 3.5 -- -- -- 19.0 30.0 -- 0.8 -- -- --

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


max. 0.20 5.0 0.70 0.015 0.025 23.0 35.0 0.50 1.5 0.5 0.35 0.30
Typical 0.15 4.3 0.5 0.008 0.012 21 33 0.3 1 0.1 0.1 0.15
* Weld deposit carbon is typically a little lower than wire analysis.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. * Typical, TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 210 420
Elongation (%) 4d -- 27
5d -- 25
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 40
* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar/2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 220A, 29V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- To order To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 12.5kg spool -- -- -- --

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
40 15 18 20 <1 2.5

www.metrode.com DS C-40-21.33.MnNb | Rev. 01-03/16 261


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-41 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

HIGH CARBON 18/37 HEAT RESISTING


AUSTENITIC ALLOY
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
0.45%C-17%Cr-38%Ni high carbon austenitic heat In the as-welded condition the weld metal
resisting steel often called 18/37 or 37/18 alloy. microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic
and secondary carbides. Although fully austenitic
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED the alloy is slightly magnetic with an apparent
ASTM / ASME BS DIN ferrite of up to 5FN.
A297 HT & HU 3100 Gr 330C11 1.4865
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

A351 HT30 3100 Gr 331C40


4534 Gr 8 & 9
WELDING GUIDELINES
Proprietary
Paralloy H38, H40, H33, H35 (Doncasters Paralloy)
Preheat is not generally required.
Cronite HR5, HR17, HR31 (Cronite)
Lloyds T50 (LBA)
Thermalloy T50, T58 (Duraloy) RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
RA330-HC (Rolled Alloys)
The AB type nickel base alloys are often used
Incoloy DS & 330 (Special Metals) (wrought)
to weld the wrought versions of this alloy (data
sheet D-11).
APPLICATIONS
Thermet R17.18H is designed to match fully austenitic There is no matching solid wire for this alloy.
high alloy heat resisting steels often called 17/38 or
38/17. Alloys of this type are produced as castings with
about 0.4%C, or in wrought form with carbon of about
0.08%. Thermet R17.38H matches the composition PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
of castings but experience has also shown it to be Process Product Specification
compatible with the wrought alloys, although higher
weld metal ductility will be obtained with a nickel base MMA Thermet R17.38H (E330H-16)
type (data sheet D-11). BS 15.35.H.R

The high nickel content and low thermal expansion


of the alloys give good resistance to thermal shock.
The alloy is also highly resistant to carburisation and
oxidation but is not suitable for use in high sulphur
bearing atmospheres.

These alloys retain good mechanical strength up to


1050-1100C and are used for heat treatment trays
and containers, retorts furnace rollers, moulds, hearth
plates, radiant tubes, and furnace fittings and headers
in the heat treatment industries and high temperature
process plants.

262 www.metrode.com DS C-41 | Rev. 01-03/16


THERMET R17.38H
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE TO MATCH HIGH CARBON 18/37 HEAT RESISTING ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


Thermet R17.38H has higher QW432 F-No 5
AWS A5.4M (E330H-16) C, Cr & Ni than AWS specification.
(This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS)
QW442 A-No --
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
Min. 0.35 1.0 0.3 -- -- 17.0 35.0 --
Max. 0.60 2.0 1.0 0.030 0.040 20.0 40.0 0.5
Typical 0.45 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 38 0.4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 780
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 520
4d 10 16
Elongation (%)
5d 5 14
Reduction of area (%) -- 15
Hardness (HV) -- 250
These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations in the range
10-20% are normal.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.6 15.6
Pieces/carton 639 396 264

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 7 4 5 <0.1 <0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS C-41-THERMET R17.38H | Rev. 01-03/16 263


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-45 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

HP10CB AUSTENITIC CAST ALLOYS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
0.1%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-0.6%Nb (HP10Cb) austenitic cast In the as-welded condition the weld metal
alloy for heat resisting service. microstructure consists of austenite with some
grain boundary carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

Similar cast alloys:


Alloy HP10Cb (ACI-ASTM terminology)
WELDING GUIDELINES
Paralloy CR39W (Doncasters Paralloy) Generally no preheat or PWHT are required;
Lloyds T57 (LBA) interpass temperatures below 150C are
Centralloy H101 (Centracero) recommended.

APPLICATIONS RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


This electrode is specially designed to deposit weld There is no directly equivalent solid wire, the
metal which matches the composition of similar nearest available is Metrode 21.33.Nb/21.33.Mn
castings. This alloy was developed from 800 type (see data sheet C-40).
alloys with increased chromium and nickel contents
and exhibits improved carburisation and oxidation
resistance. It is used at temperatures up to 1100C and
is resistant to thermal shock and fatigue.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Applications include the welding of centrifugally cast Process Product Specification
pyrolysis coils, reformer tubes, return bends and tees
MMA Thermet 25.35.Nb --
for the petrochemical industry.

264 www.metrode.com DS C-45 | Rev. 01-03/16


THERMET 25.35.Nb
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR HP10CB TYPE CASTINGS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding
in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no relevant national standards. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Pb Sn
Min. 0.08 2.5 0.2 -- -- 24.0 34.0 -- 0.50 -- -- --
Max. 0.14 4.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 28.0 39.0 0.5 1.50 0.15 0.01 0.01
Typical 0.12 3.5 0.5 0.01 0.01 26 36 0.2 0.8 0.05 <0.001 0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 520 660
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 300 460
4d 20 34
Elongation (%)
5d 20 32
Reduction of area (%) -- 42

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 320 350
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 12.0
Pieces/carton 555 330 204

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 6 2 7 <0.1 <0.2 18 0.7

www.metrode.com DS C-45-THERMET 25.35.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16 265


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-50 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

HP40Nb CAST ALLOYS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Consumables to match 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb heat In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists
resistant cast alloys. of austenite with eutectic and secondary carbide.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
MATCHING ALLOYS
ASTM-ASME DIN WELDING GUIDELINES
A297 HP40Cb 1.4852 (G-X40NiCrNb 35 25)
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

Generally preheat is not required.


1.4853 (wrought)
Proprietary alloys
Paralloy H39W (Doncasters Paralloy)
Lloyds T64 (LBA)
MORE 10 & 10-MA (Duraloy) RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Thermalloy 64 (Duraloy) There are a number of related high carbon Cr-
Manaurite 36X & 36XM (Manoir)
Ni alloys which are used in the same type of
Pyrotherm G25/35Nb & NbTZ (Pose Marre)
applications, see other alloys in the Hot Zone.
Centralloy 4852 & 4852 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens - Centracero)
E2535Nb & E2535Nb-MA (Engemasa)
There is also a lower carbon version of the 25%Cr-
35%Ni alloy (data sheet C-40) which provides
Nb-FREE ALLOYS
better thermal shock and fatigue, with some
ASTM-ASME DIN
A297 HP or HP40 1.4857 (G-X40NiCrSi 35 25) reduction in creep strength.
1.4853 (wrought)
Proprietary alloys
Paralloy H39 (Doncasters Paralloy)
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Lloyds T63 (LBA)
HR33 (Cronite) Process Product Specification
MMA Thermet HP40Nb --
Also suitable for high carbon 18%Cr-37%Ni-Nb alloys
eg. DIN 1.4849. TIG/MIG 25.35.4CNb --
APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed to match heat
resistant cast alloys with 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb,
including those micro-alloyed with Ti to increase
creep resistance.
They are also suitable for the Nb free alloys and leaner
high carbon Cr-Ni alloys such as HK40, HT40 and IN519
where overmatching weld metal will normally be
acceptable.

Alloy HP40Nb is not prone to sigma phase


embrittlement and the presence of eutectic and
secondary carbides provide excellent hot strength and
creep resistance in the typical service temperature
range 900-1100C. High levels of Cr and Ni provide
good resistance to oxidation and carburisation.
The principal applications are pyrolysis coils and
reformer tubes for ethylene production in the
petrochemical industry.

266 www.metrode.com DS C-50 | Rev. 01-03/16


THERMET HP40Nb
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE MATCHING HP40NB ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic moisture resistant MMA electrode made on high purity alloy core wire, giving high resistance to microfissuring and porosity
in large multi-run deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
No relevant national specifications. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Ti

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


min. 0.35 0.5 0.2 -- -- 23.0 32.0 -- 0.75 0.02
max. 0.50 2.0 1.3 0.030 0.040 27.0 36.0 0.5 1.50 0.20
Typical 0.43 1.7 0.9 0.010 0.010 25 35 0.1 1.1 0.08
* Does not always comply to obsolete classification BS2926: 25.3.5H.Nb.B which requires Si<1.0%. Please contact technical department for supply
according to BSEN 2926: 25.3.5H.Nb.B.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. * Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 600 (450) 740
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- (250) 560
Elongation (%) 4d -- (5) 15
5d -- 15
Reduction of area (%) -- 17
Hardness (HV) -- 240
* Minimum tensile strength of 600MPa is from BS2926; the values in brackets are minimum values for base material static castings.
Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and creep resistance.
Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of multipass welds may approach this value due to
carbide precipitation in successive runs.
STRESS RUPTURE/CREEP DATA:
Temperature Stress Life Elongation
C F MPa ksi Hours %
871 1600 48.2 7 1431 6
927 1700 27.6 4 2398 3
982 1800 17.3 2.5 2414 3
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 320 320 450
kg/carton 11.1 12.3 12.0 12.3
Pieces/carton 519 348 228 153
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
4 6 7 7 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 0.7

www.metrode.com DS C-50-THERMET HP40Nb | Rev. 01-03/16 267


25.35.4CNb
SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRES FOR MATCHING HP40NB ALLOYS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, auto-TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no national specifications for this wire. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Ti Zr Cu Sn Pb
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

min. 0.40 1.0 0.5 -- -- 23.0 32.0 -- 0.75 0.05 0.01 -- -- --


max. 0.50 2.5 1.6 0.02 0.02 27.0 36.0 0.50 1.50 0.25 0.15 0.5 -- --
Typical 0.43 1.7 1.1 0.005 0.01 26 35 <0.3 1.1 0.1 0.03 0.1 <0.01 <0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. * Typical, TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 450 760
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 250 515
4d 5 12
Elongation (%)
5d -- 13
Reduction of area (%) -- 11
Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 211/263
* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.
Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and creep resistance.
Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of multipass welds may approach this value due to
carbide precipitation in successive runs.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
Spooled wire normally 12.5kg reel -- -- -- --
used for automatic TIG

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
35 13 26 < 0.5 < 0.5 2

268 www.metrode.com DS C-50-25.35.4CNb | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-60 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

HIGH CARBON 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb ALLOYS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
High carbon 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb to match heat-resisting In the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld
castings, which are often micro-alloyed with Ti and Zr. metal microstructure consists of austenite with
primary eutectic and secondary precipitated
carbides.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


Proprietary alloys include:
Paralloy H46M (Doncasters Paralloy) WELDING GUIDELINES
Manaurite XT/XTM (Manoir Industries)
For the thicker section materials a preheat may
Centralloy ET45 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens-Centracero)
prove beneficial owing to the low ductility of
Lloyds T80 (LBA)
the material. There would not normally be any
Lloyds T75MA (LBA)
requirement for PWHT.
E3545Nb-MA (Engemasa)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


APPLICATIONS There are a number of other high carbon austenitic
These alloys have superior carburisation and alloys for high temperature service e.g.. 25Cr-35Ni-
oxidation resistance to alloys based on 25%Cr-35%Ni 1Nb types (data sheet C-50).
for service up to 1150C but with some reduction in
creep strength.

Applications include pyrolysis coils and reformer tubes PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


for the petrochemical industry.
Process Product Specification
MMA Thermet 35.45.Nb -
TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb -

www.metrode.com DS C-60 | Rev. 01-03/16 269


THERMET 35.45.Nb
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Thermet 35.45.Nb is a basic coated electrode with some alloy additions in the coating and is made on a high purity NiCr core wire.
Recovery is approximately 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


No relevant national specifications. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G


HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Mo Ti Fe
min. 0.40 0.5 1.0 - - 34 44 0.60 - 0.04 -
max. 0.50 1.5 1.6 0.01 0.01 38 50 1.30 0.25 0.15 bal
Typical 0.45 0.9 1.2 0.005 <0.01 35 47 0.8 0.05 0.07 13

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. * Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 450 740
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 245 550
Elongation (%) 4d 3 6
Hardness (HV) - 270
* Minimum values are for static castings.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 85 110
max. A 95 120 160

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 9.9 10.5 12.6
Pieces/carton 450 252 171

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Cr6 Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 10 9 <0.2 18 0.5

270 www.metrode.com DS C-60-THERMET 35.45.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16


35.45.Nb
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG WELDING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no national specifications for this wire. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Mo Ti Zr Fe
min. 0.40 0.8 1.0 - - 34 44 0.6 - 0.04 - -
max. 0.50 1.5 1.6 0.015 0.02 38 48 1.3 0.50 0.15 0.15 bal

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


Typical 0.43 1.0 1.2 0.005 0.012 36 46 0.9 0.05 0.1 0.05 13

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Typical, TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 690
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550
Elongation (%) 4d 3
Hardness (HV) 280

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 2.4 3.2
TIG 12.5kg spool 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
15 5 28 28 <0.5 <0.5 1.8

www.metrode.com DS C-60-35.45.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16 271


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-70 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

HIGH CARBON 25Cr-35Ni-WCo ALLOYS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
0.5%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-15%Co-5%W cast alloy for The as-welded microstructure consists of
elevated temperature service. high alloy austenite with primary eutectic and
secondary carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

Proprietary cast alloys: WELDING GUIDELINES


MORE 6 (Duraloy) Preheat is often recommended owing to the low
Supertherm (Duraloy) ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength
Lloyds T66 (LBA) and residual stress levels of multipass welds. For
Centralloy ET35Co (Schmidt & Clemens Centracero) thicker sections, preheat of 300C or more may
Manaurite 35K (Manoir Industries) be advisable.

APPLICATIONS
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
This electrode matches similar cast alloys originating The cobalt free 22H alloy is related to this alloy
from the Abex alloy Supertherm, which is itself related and is used for similar applications (data sheet
to the cobalt free Blaw-Knox alloy 22H (data sheet C-80).
C-80).

The high carbon high alloy matrix provides excellent


hot strength and oxidation resistance at typical
service temperatures of 950-1250C. Cobalt and PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
tungsten are important for maintaining matrix Process Product Specification
strength beyond about 1150C when carbides are
progressively dissolved. MMA Thermet HP50WCo --

Applications include highly stressed furnace parts,


sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln components
resistant to hot abrasion, radiant tubes and pyrolysis
coils.

272 www.metrode.com DS C-70 | Rev. 01-03/16


THERMET HP50WCo
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR MATCHING HIGH CARBON AUSTENITIC CAST ALLOYS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding
in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co W Mo Cu Fe
Min. 0.40 0.5 0.2 -- -- 24.0 34.0 13.0 4.0 -- -- --
Max. 0.60 1.5 1.2 0.020 0.030 28.0 40.0 18.0 6.0 0.5 0.5 bal
Typical 0.50 0.6 0.5 0.008 0.010 25 35 14 4.6 0.05 0.05 19
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. * Typical **
Tensile strength (MPa) 450 840
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 240 610
Elongation (%) 4d 3 8.5
5d -- 8
Reduction of area (%) -- 6
Hardness (HV) -- 265
* Minimum values are for static castings. Average strength of centrispun tube is typically 550MPa with <10% elongation.
** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide precipitation and strain-
hardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for elevated
temperature service.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 85 110
max. A 95 120 160
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 265 320 320
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 13.2
Pieces/carton 396 267 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Co F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 8 7 <0.2 2 22 0.7

www.metrode.com DS C-70-THERMET HP50WCo | Rev. 01-03/16 273


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-80 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

ALLOY 22H HEAT RESISTANT


AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
0.5%C-28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W cast high temperature The as-welded microstructure consists of
alloy. high alloy austenite with primary eutectic and
secondary carbides.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
DIN
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

2.4879 G-NiCr28W WELDING GUIDELINES


G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28 Preheat is often recommended owing to the low
Proprietary cast alloys: ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength
22H (Duraloy) and residual stress levels of multipass welds. For
Super 22H (Duraloy; +2%Co) thicker sections, preheat of 300C or more may
Paralloy H48T (Doncasters Paralloy)
be advisable.
Centralloy 4879 (Schmidt & Clemens Centracero)
Marker G4879 (Schmidt & Clemens)
Pyrotherm G 28/48/5W (Pose-Marre) RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
HR23 (Cronite) In an alternative alloy for similar applications
Lloyds T75 (LBA) about 15%Ni is replaced with cobalt, see data
Thermax 70 (Sheepbridge) sheet C-70.
Manaurite 50W (Manoir Industries)
Thermalloy T75 (Manoir Electroalloys)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
APPLICATIONS
Process Product Specification
This electrode is designed to match similar high MMA Thermet 22H --
carbon cast alloys originating from Blaw-Knox (now
Duraloy) alloy 22H.

The high carbon 28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W matrix provides


excellent hot strength and oxidation resistance at
typical service temperatures of 950-1250C. High
nickel gives the alloy good resistance to carburisation
and under oxidising conditions high chromium
provides useful resistance to sulphidation.

Applications include highly stressed furnace parts,


sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln components
resistant to hot abrasion, radiant tubes and pyrolysis
coils.

274 www.metrode.com DS C-80 | Rev. 01-03/16


THERMET 22H
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic all-positional MMA electrode designed to match similar cast alloys.
Basic flux system with alloy additions on high purity NiCr core wire.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni W Fe
Min. 0.40 0.5 0.5 -- -- 27.0 47.0 4.0 --
Max. 0.60 1.5 1.2 0.020 0.030 30.0 54.0 6.0 bal
Typical 0.50 1 0.7 0.006 0.010 28 51 5 14

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. * Typical **
Tensile strength (MPa) 440 780
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 590
4d -- 7
Elongation (%)
5d 4 6
Reduction of area (%) -- 6
Hardness (HV) -- 270
* Minimum values for DIN 2.4879 castings.
** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide precipitation and strain-
hardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for elevated
temperature service.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 85 110 140
max. A 95 120 160 200

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 260 310 310 310
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 13.5 12.0
Pieces/carton 492 300 198 120

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 9 7 <0.2 22 0.7

www.metrode.com DS C-80-THERMET 22H | Rev. 01-03/16 275


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet C-90 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

SPECIAL ELECTRODE FOR IN-657


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
50Cr-50Ni alloy for high temperature corrosion Arc length should be kept low to avoid nitrogen
resistance. pick up. Preheating is usually necessary; 150-
200C at 10mm thick with 200-250C for most
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED applications and up to 450C for the thickest
Inco IN-657, IN-671 sections. Maintain interpass temperatures and
ASTM A560 Grade 50Cr-50Ni-Cb slow cool.
DIN 2.4678, 2.4680, 2.4813
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

Paralloy N50W (Doncasters Paralloy) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


Duraloy 50/50Cb Weldment stress-rupture tests have been carried
out on transverse specimens extracted from 25
APPLICATIONS mm thick centricast IN-657 tube. Tests were
Nimrod 657 (formerly 50.50.Nb) was developed in carried out at 900C and the results are shown
conjunction with Inco to match their proprietary cast in the graph. It can be seen that about 75% joint
alloy IN-657 produced by licenced foundries world- efficiency is achieved in the long-term tests.
wide. It is also suitable to weld the Ti-bearing wrought
version IN-671.

Kcal
60 STRESS RUPTURE
Nimrod 657
9
Alloy 657 with its high chromium content has (transverse tests

exceptional resistance to hot corrosion (800-950C) 50 8


by fuel ash containing vanadium pentoxide and alkali 7
metal sulphates arising from the combustion of low
STRESS (MPa)

grade heavy fuel oils. 40 6

IN-657 castings are used in a wide range of components 5


in oil-fired furnaces and boilers such as tube sheets, 30
4
tube hangers, supports and spacers in ships, power
stations, refineries, and petrochemical plants. 20
3

2
MICROSTRUCTURE 500 1000 2000 5000
10 20 50 100 200
Very careful control of chromium and niobium is 900C RUPTURE LIFE (hours)

maintained to minimise the risk of weld metal cracking.


The microstructure of IN-657 castings and Nimrod REFERENCES
657 weld metal consists of two phases: a chromium- Thornley J.C. Welding of 50Ni-50Cr and 50Ni-
rich alpha phase (bcc) and a nickel-rich gamma phase 50Cr-1.5Nb Alloys Parts 1 & 2, Metal Construction
(fcc). The precise structure obtained is complicated by Nov 1976, pp 480-487, and Dec 1976, pp 535-541.
thermal history and composition, but has an important
High chromium Cr-Ni alloys to resist residual fuel
effect on the control of weld metal cracking.
oil ash corrosion. Inco publication No. 4299 (1975).
At lower chromium and niobium contents, the primary
dendrites which form during solidification are gamma IN-657 cast-nickel-chromium-niobium alloy
phase and this tends to promote sensitivity to for service against fuel-ash corrosion. Inco
solidification cracking. Higher chromium and niobium publication no. 4320 (1974).
contents result in a primary alpha dendritic phase
which is less ductile and hence more prone to cold PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
cracking during cooling. Process Product Specification
An undesirable but infrequent eutectic phase may
MMA Nimrod 657 AWS ENiCr-4
also occur. The composition of both weld metal and
castings is therefore carefully balanced to minimise
detrimental microstructural components and so reduce
the risk of cracking. Carbon and nitrogen also reduce
ductility and are kept as low as practicable.
276 www.metrode.com DS C-90 | Rev. 01-03/16| p. 1/2
NIMROD 657
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 657/671

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on a special nickel-chromium core wire, with a basic lime-fluorspar flux covering.
Recovery is approx 160% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.11M ENiCr-4 QW432 F-No 43

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe N Cu
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 48 bal 1.0 -- -- --
Max. 0.10 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.02 52 -- 2.5 1.0 0.16 0.25
Typical 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.01 0.01 50 47 1.8 0.5 0.07 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Min. Typical
As welded IN-657 (as cast)
Nimrod 657 Nimrod 657
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 830-985 600-700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 570-725 330-400
Elongation (%) 4d -- 2-4 10-40
Hardness (HV) -- 340 210-260
Note: Weld metal tensile properties are much higher than those of as-cast IN-657, mainly because pre-ageing takes place during
multipass welding. IN-657 responds similarly at high temperature and differences between the two are effectively eliminated
during service.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC(OCV:70V)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 85 110
max. A 95 120 160

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 11.4 12.0
Pieces/carton 450 261 195

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 2 2.5 8 0.1 0.1 23 0.6

www.metrode.com DS C-90-NIMROD 657 | Rev. 01-03/16 277


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Section D : NICKEL BASE ALLOYS HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NICKEL BASE CONSUMABLES


As a whole, nickel-base consumables have a very wide range of applications. They can be roughly divided into those with compositions
matching specific parent materials, usually for corrosion resistance, and those with compositions unique to weld metal specifications
some of which have specialised uses and others more general purpose applications.

Electrode characteristics vary according to the intended application and the constraints dictated by particular alloys.
Most types have basic flux coverings, those with the suffix KS being suitable for positional welding of fixed pipework. Rutile flux
systems are compatible with some of the high molybdenum corrosion-resistant alloys. A low level of impurities is desirable in all cases
to minimise sensitivity to hot cracking and microfissuring.

The most important general purpose group are the 'Inconel' types, very loosely based on heat-resistant alloy 600 with 15%Cr-75%Ni-
8%Fe. Compared with alloy 600, all these weld metals have significant additions of manganese and niobium which give resistance to
hot cracking and raise hot strength. Nimrod 182/182KS have the highest manganese to maximise resistance to hot cracking, whereas
in Nimrod AB/AKS manganese is partially replaced by molybdenum which has the additional effect of improving creep resistance. In
many applications these two types can be used interchangeably, particularly in dissimilar metal welds between nickel base and most
steels or other ferrous alloys. Useful service properties range from cryogenic up to elevated temperatures of 1000C plus. Related to
these is the more specialised heat resisting type Nimrod 132KS used primarily for welding 600 and similar materials in cast or wrought
form.
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Nimrod 625/625KS electrodes and 62-50 wires are designed to match alloy 625 which was originally developed for heat-resisting
applications. However, parent material and consumables of this alloy have gained more widespread use for many applications
exploiting its excellent pitting and crevice corrosion resistance and high strength at all service temperatures.

Electrode types Nimrod C276KS, C22KS and Nimax B2L and complimentary solid wires match the current specifications for corrosion-
resistant parent alloys C276, C22 and B2 respectively. Also related to this group is the higher alloy Nimrod 59KS, matching alloy 59.
Their uses include overmatching welds for various superaustenitic stainless steels.

The precursor to alloy C276 was alloy C which is represented by rutile electrodes Nimrod C and the high efficiency type Nimax C. Their
general corrosion resistance is useful for overlays and high work-hardening rate and thermal fatigue resistance for build-up and repair
of hot-work dies.

Nickel, nickel-copper (Monel) and cupronickel consumables are well established for use in high integrity fabrication welds between
their respective parent alloys. For surfacing steels or dissimilar welds it should be noted that tolerance to iron dilution decreases with
increasing copper content and the pure nickel type is therefore used as a buffer layer.

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


Nimrod 182KS ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
MMA Nimrod 182 ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
D-10 182
Nimax 182 ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb ERNiCr-3 SNi6082
MMA Nimrod AKS ENiCrFe-2 E Ni 6133
D-11 AB
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb ERNiCr-3 S Ni 6082
D-12 132 MMA Nimrod 132KS ENiCrFe-1 E Ni6062
Nimrod 625 ENiCrMo-3 E Ni 6625
MMA
Nimrod 625KS ENiCrMo-3 E Ni 6625
D-20 625
TIG/MIG/SAW 62-50 ERNiCrMo-3 SNi6625
FCW Supercore 625P ENiCrMo3T1-4 T Ni 6625 P M/C 2

278 www.metrode.com DS D-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


MMA Nimrod C276KS ENiCrMo-4 E Ni6276
D-30 C276
TIG/MIG/SAW HAS C276 ERNiCrMo-4 SNi6276
MMA Nimrod 59KS ENiCrMo-13 E Ni6059
D-31 59
TIG/MIG HAS 59 ERNiCrMo-13 SNi6059
MMA Nimrod C22KS ENiCrMo-10 SNi6022
D-32 C22
TIG/MIG HAS C22 ERNiCrMo-10 E Ni6117
D-33 9% Nickel FCW SUPERCORE 620P - -
MMA Nimrod 617KS ENiCrCoMo-1 E Ni6117
D-40 617
TIG/MIG 61-70 ERNiCrCoMo-1 SNi2061
MMA Nimrod 690KS ENiCrFe-7 E Ni 6152
D-41 690
TIG/MIG ER690 ERNiCrFe-7 S Ni6052
MMA Nimrod 200Ti ENi-1 E Ni2061
D-50 Nickel
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti ERNi-1 SNi6617
MMA Nimrod 190 ENiCu-7 E Ni4060
D-60 Monel
TIG/MIG/SAW 65NiCu ERNiCu-7 SNi4060
MMA Cupromet N30 ECuNi -
D-70 Cupronickel TIG/MIG 70CuNi ERCuNi BS: C18
TIG 90CuNi - BS C16
D-80 B2 MMA Nimax B2L ENiMo-7 E Ni1066
MMA EPRI P87 - -
D-87 Dissimilar
TIG EPRI P87 - -

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


E-45 C MMA Nimax C (ENiCrMo-5) DIN: E23-UM-200CKT

www.metrode.com DS D-01 | Rev. 01-03/16 279


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NICKEL BASE 182 CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Inconel type consumables with manganese and High nickel austenite with some carbides.
niobium additions.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


Nickel alloys such as Inconel 600, Nimonic 75. Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be
Nickel base alloys to themselves and to mild, low dependent on the base material being welded.
alloy and stainless steels. High temperature transition For most nickel-base materials, no preheat is
joints. Cryogenic 3% and 5% Ni steels. required.

APPLICATIONS
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
These weld metals have no directly equivalent
parent material, although the composition is related The AB alloys (data sheet D-11) cover similar
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

to Inconel 600. Mn and Nb are added to give high applications.


resistance to hot cracking, tolerance to dilution by
many combinations of nickel-base and ferrous alloys,
with stable properties over a wide range of service
temperatures from 269C to above 900C. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Applications include heat-resisting nickel-base alloys
Process Product Specification
to themselves for use in furnace equipment up to
about 900C. Other applications include: Nimrod 182KS AWS ENiCrFe-3
Mixed welds between most nickel-base alloys, MMA Nimrod 182 AWS ENiCrFe-3
including Monel 400 and stainless, low alloy or CMn Nimax 182 AWS ENiCrFe-3
steels without need to preheat. TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3
Transition welds between creep-resisting ferritic and
SAW flux NiCr BS EN SA FB2
austenitic steels, such as 2CrMo and 316H for long term
service at elevated temperature in petrochemical and
power generation plants.
Low temperature applications such as 3% or 5% Ni
steels used for cryogenic vessels and pipework in
service at or below 100C.
Stress relief may be carried out if required.

280 www.metrode.com DS D-10 | Rev. 01-03/16


NIMROD 182KS
ALL-POSITIONAL INCONEL TYPE MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic flux system designed to produce optimum
operability and radiographically sound weld metal.
Nimrod 182KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-3
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6182
APPROVALS TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti Co * Ta *
min. -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- -- -- --
max. 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0 0.12 0.30
Typical 0.05 7 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 ~ 65 1.5 <8 0.1 0.1 < 0.05 0.05
* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 550 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360 385
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 27 37
Reduction of area (%) -- 38
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C -- 100
Hardness (HV) -- 190

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 70 100 130
max. A 80 110 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.3 15.0 15.0
Pieces/carton 705 450 300 198

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1

www.metrode.com DS D-10-NIMROD 182KS | Rev. 01-03/16 281


NIMROD 182
INCONEL T YPE MMA ELECTRODE FOR DOWNHAND WELDING AND SURFACING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic slag system designed to produce optimum
operability and weld metal soundness for downhand/HV welding.
Optimised for DC+ operability primarily for surfacing and cladding applications.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-3 (3.2mm will not necessarily satisfy 3G usability criteria)
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6182

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti Co * Ta *
min. -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- -- -- --
max. 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0 0.12 0.30
Typical 0.05 6 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 ~ 65 1.5 <8 0.1 0.1 < 0.05 0.05
* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

As-welded Min. Typical


Tensile strength (MPa) 550 660
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360 420
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 27 37
Reduction of area (%) -- 38
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C -- 100
Hardness (HV) -- 190

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 100 130
max. A 110 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 330
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 14.1
Pieces/carton 375 249 165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1

282 www.metrode.com DS D-10-NIMROD 182 | Rev. 01-03/16


NIMAX 182
HIGH RECOVERY MMA ELECTRODE FOR CL ADDING & SURFACING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode high efficiency metal powder type with basic flux covering on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.
Nimax 182 is a high efficiency version of Nimrod 182KS, with versatile features for fabrication, repair and maintenance.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-3 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6182

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti
min. -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- --
max. 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0
Typical 0.06 6 0.4 0.008 0.01 15 ~ 69 1.5 7 0.05 0.07

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded Min. Typical

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Tensile strength (MPa) 550 660
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360 390
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 27 38
Reduction of area (%) -- 40
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C -- > 80
Hardness (HV) -- 190

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 40 70 90 130 160
max. A 60 115 155 210 260

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350 350 330
kg/carton 11.7 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
Pieces/carton 750 468 291 192 129

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1

www.metrode.com DS D-10-NIMAX 182 | Rev. 01-03/16 283


20.70.Nb
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys, ferritic and austenitic
stainless steels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCr-3 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6082
UNS N06082
APPROVALS TV (TIG)
Also known generically as filler metal 82 (FM82)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Cu Ti Fe
min. -- 2.5 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --
max. 0.05 3.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 22.0 bal 3.0 0.50 0.7 3.0
Typical 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 73 2.5 0.01 0.4 1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 640
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360


Elongation (%) 4d 40
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C > 100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon Pulsed 1.2 180A, 26V
SAW NiCr flux DC+ 1.6 300A, 26V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- -- 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
1 6 15 56 < 0.1 < 0.5 0.9

284 www.metrode.com DS D-10-20.70.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16


NiCr FLUX
SUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Sub-arc flux Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3).
The high basicity ensures low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content
ensures a low silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking.
NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is preferred.
Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB2

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Ti
20.70.Nb wire 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 bal 2.5 1 0.4
deposit 0.01 3 0.2 0.006 0.006 20.5 bal 2.3 1 0.08

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


With 20.70.Nb wire / as welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 640

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360
Elongation (%) 4d 40

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h.

www.metrode.com DS D-10-NiCr FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16 285


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-11 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NICKEL BASE AB CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Inconel type consumables similar to the 182 but with In the as-welded condition this nickel base weld
lower Mn and a Mo addition. metal consists of austenite with a few carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING GUIDELINES


Inconel 600, Incoloy 800, Incoloy DS, Nilo, Brightray Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be
and other nickel base or high nickel alloys to them- dependent on the base material being welded.
selves and to mild, low alloy, and stainless steels. For most nickel base materials no preheat or
Cryogenic 3-5%Ni steels.
PWHT is required.

APPLICATIONS
The weld metal deposited by these consumables has RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
no directly equivalent parent material, although its The 182 alloys (data sheet D-10) cover similar
composition is related to Inconel 600 (0.05C-75Ni-
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

applications.
16Cr-8Fe). Mo and Nb are added to give high
resistance to hot cracking, tolerance to dilution by
many combinations of nickel base and ferrous alloys,
and stable properties over a wide range of service
temperatures from 269C to above 900C. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
The presence of Mo improves elevated temperature Process Product Specification
properties above about 600C, compared to the 182 MMA Nimrod AKS AWS ENiCrFe-2
alloys (data sheet D-10).
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3
These consumables are used for welding Inconel
600, Incoloy 800/800H and similar heat resisting or SAW flux NiCr BS EN SA FB2
high nickel alloys to themselves for use in furnace
equipment and petrochemical plants up to about
900C.

In addition they are suitable for dissimilar combinations


of the above alloys and others such as Monel 400,
Incoloy 825 to stainless, low alloy CMn steels without
the need to preheat. Stress relief may be carried out if
necessary, and transition welds for high temperature
service have good structural stability.
They can also be used for low temperature applications
such as 3%Ni or 5%Ni steels used for cryogenic vessels
and pipework in service at or below 100C.

286 www.metrode.com DS D-11 | Rev. 01-03/16


NIMROD AKS
ALL-POSITIONAL INCONEL TYPE MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux system on a nearly matching core wire designed to give radiographically sound weld metal.
It is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-2
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6133

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu Co * Ta *
min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 13.0 62 1.5 -- 1.0 -- -- --
max. 0.10 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.02 17.0 Bal 3.0 12.0 2.5 0.50 0.12 0.30
Typical 0.05 2.8 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 69 2 8 1.5 0.05 0.05 0.05
* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded Min. Typical

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Tensile strength (MPa) 550 700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360 420
Elongation (%) 4d 30 42
5d 27 39
Reduction of area (%) -- 50
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C -- 110
Hardness (HV) -- 200/215

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 70 100 130
max. A 80 110 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.6 14.4 13.5
Pieces/carton 762 450 300 186

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 10 5 0.2 0.1 15 1

www.metrode.com DS D-11-NIMROD AKS | Rev. 01-03/16 287


20.70.Nb
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys, ferritic and austenitic
stainless steels.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCr-3 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6082
UNS N06082
APPROVALS TV (TIG)
Also known generically as filler metal 82 (FM82)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Cu Ti Fe
min. -- 2.5 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --
max. 0.05 3.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 22.0 bal 3.0 0.50 0.7 3.0
Typical 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 73 2.5 0.01 0.4 1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Typical values as welded Typical


Tensile strength (MPa) 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360
Elongation (%) 4d 40
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C > 100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon** DC+ *** 1.2 180A, 26V
SAW NiCr flux DC+ 1.6 300A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.
*** Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
1 6 15 56 < 0.1 < 0.5 0.9

288 www.metrode.com DS D-11-0.70.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16


NiCr FLUX
SUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Sub-arc flux Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3).
The high basicity ensures low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content
ensures a low silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking.
NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is preferred.
Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB2

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Ti
20.70.Nb wire 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 bal 2.5 1 0.4
deposit 0.01 3 0.2 0.006 0.006 20.5 bal 2.3 1 0.08

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Elongation (%) 4d 40

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h.

www.metrode.com DS D-11-NiCr FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16 289


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-12 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NIMROD 132KS (ENiCrFe-1)


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a
matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the


ASME 5G/6G positions. RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Recovery about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with The 182 (data sheet D-10) and AB alloys (data sheet D-11) are
respect to whole electrode. very similar; and the 20.70.Nb solid wire would be used in
conjunction with Nimrod 132KS.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-1 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
BS EN 14172 E Ni 6062 C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
Min. 0.03 1.0 -- -- -- 14.0 62.0 0.25 1.5 6.0
DIN 1736 EL-NiCr15FeNb (2.4805) Max. 0.08 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.030 17.0 Bal 0.50 3.5 11.0
ASME IX QUALIFICATION Typical 0.05 3 0.4 0.01 0.01 16.5 70 0.3 2.6 6.5
Cu<0.50%.
QW432 F-No 43 Minimum Mo and Fe applies to DIN only.
Residual Co<0.12% and Ta<0.30% when requested.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Alloy 600 and similar:


Tensile strength (MPa) 550 645
UNS N06600 Inconel 600 (Special Metals) 0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360 390
BS NA14 Nicrofer 7216 (Krupp VDM) Elongation (%) 4d 30 38
DIN 2.4816 (NiCr15Fe) Nicrofer 7216H (Krupp VDM) 5d 27 35
AFNOR NC15Fe Pyromet 600 (Carpenter) Reduction of area (%) -- 38
ASTM A494 CY40 (cast) RA600 (rolled Alloys) Impact ISO-V(J) - 196C -- 100
Other alloys:
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Alloy 330 Nimonic 75 (Special Metals)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Alloy 601 (to about 900C)
min. A 60 70 100 130
APPLICATIONS max. A 80 110 155 210
Nimrod 132KS deposits an Inconel type weld metal similar in PACKAGING DATA
composition to the 182 types (data sheet D-10) but with lower Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
manganese. The electrode is used mainly for welding alloy 600, Length (mm) 300 300 350 350
the nearest equivalent base material, with service applications kg/carton 12.0 12.9 15.0 15.0
up to about 1000C. The lower Mn level is preferred by some Pieces/carton 909 474 300 198
authorities, as Mn raises thermal expansion coefficient and high
levels may reduce oxidation resistance at the upper service STORAGE
temperatures. Additions of both Mn and Nb are sufficient to
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
suppress hot cracking and provide good hot strength.
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
The good oxidation and excellent nitriding and carburisation
much longer than an 8h working shift.
resistance of alloy 600 is exploited for heat treatment
For electrodes that have been exposed:
equipment and annealing muffles. Resistance to dry chlorine up
Redry 200-250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
to about 550C is important in plants for PVC synthesis, and
Maximum 350C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
it has many applications in the chemical, petrochemical, food
processing and nuclear industries. Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven
or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
MICROSTRUCTURE
High alloy austenite with some carbides. FUME DATA
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
WELDING GUIDELINES 2 12 11 5 0.1 15 1

No preheat or PWHT required. Fume composition, wt % typical:

290 www.metrode.com DS D-12 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-20 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NICKEL BASE 625 CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Consumables matching the nickel base 625 alloy with In the as-welded condition this nickel base weld
typical composition of Ni-21%Cr-9%Mo-3.5%Nb. metal consists of solid-solution strengthened
austenite with carbides.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
MATCHING ALLOY 625
WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM / ASME DIN BS
UNS N06625 2.4856 NA21 No preheat required and maximum interpass of
A494 CW-6MC (cast)
250C. When welding superaustenitic alloys the
interpass temperature should be controlled to a
Proprietary maximum of 100C.
Inconel 625 (Inco)
Nicrofer 6020hMo (VDM)
Nicrofer 6022hMo (VDM)
OTHER ALLOYS RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
High Nickel Alloys: Superaustenitic alloys: For welding superaustenitic stainless steels C276
Inconel 601 (Inco) UNS S31254 (D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Incoloy 800H (Inco) 254SMO (Avesta) suitable.
Incoloy 825 (Inco) 904L
And equivalents Similar alloys
Cryogenic: Dissimilar:
9%Ni steels Combinations of above PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
APPLICATIONS
Nimrod 625 AWS ENiCrMo-3
These consumables are designed to match the MMA
composition and properties of alloy 625. Originally Nimrod 625KS AWS ENiCrMo-3
developed to give high temperature strength and TIG/MIG 62-50 AWS ERNiCrMo-3
structural stability, alloy 625 is also widely used for its 62-50 AWS ERNiCrMo-3
resistance to general corrosion, pitting, crevice and SAW
stress corrosion cracking in severe chloride media. NiCr BS EN SA FB2
These properties are conferred by high levels of FCW Supercore 625P AWS ENiCrMo3T1-1/4
chromium, molybdenum and niobium, which also raise
strength to the highest amongst standard nickel-base
alloys. Useful properties from 269C to above 1000C
are achieved.
In addition to matching alloy 625, suitable for welding
heat resisting alloys including Inconel 601 (except
severe sulphidising conditions), Incoloy 800/800H
(preferred to Nimrod AKS above about 900C), or
combinations of these with other alloys for furnace
equipment, petrochemical and power generation
plants. Some other applications include:
Overmatching corrosion-resistant welds in alloy 825,
Hastelloys G and G3, alloy 28, 904L, 6%Mo super-
austenitic stainless 254SMo, and also overlays on
pumps, valves and shafts, often in offshore and marine
environments where high pitting resistance (PRE = 50)
and tolerance to weld metal dilution are essential.
Welds in high strength ferrous alloys including
cryogenic 9% nickel steels and for reclamation of
dies where rapid work-hardening and toughness are
required.

www.metrode.com DS D-20 | Rev. 01-03/16 291


NIMROD 625
DOWNHAND MMA ELECTRODE FOR SURFACING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed to combine easy operation with the deposition of high quality weld metal and a finished bead of good
appearance. The electrode has a basic-rutile flux system and is made on a nickel core wire.
Nimrod 625 operates on AC or DC+ and is designed primarily for the downhand/flat or H-V positions.
Optimised for surfacing and overlays, for joining Nimrod 625KS is preferred.
Recovery is about 170% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-3 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6625
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 20.0 55 3.15 -- 8.0 --
Max. 0.10 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.020 23.0 -- 4.15 2.5 10.0 0.50
Typical 0.04 0.8 0.7 0.005 0.008 21.5 64 3.4 < 1.5 9 0.05
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. * Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 800
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 420 480


Elongation (%) 4d 30 34
5d 27 32
Reduction of area (%) -- 30
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C -- > 28
Hardness (HV) as welded -- 250
work-hardened -- 450
* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled
grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa. .

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V)


Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 90 130 160
max. A 155 210 260
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 13.8 13.5 16.8
Pieces/carton 243 156 93
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 9 6 1 0.1 20 0.8

292 www.metrode.com DS D-20-NIMROD 625 | Rev. 01-03/16


NIMROD 625KS
BASIC MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 625
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux system made on a 625 core wire. The electrode is designed to combine easy operation with the
deposition of high quality, radiographically sound weld metal and a finished bead of good appearance.
Nimrod 625KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-3 QW432 F-No 43
EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6625
APPROVALS TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu
Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 20.0 55 3.15 -- 8.0 --
Max. 0.10 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.020 23.0 -- 4.15 2.5 10.0 0.50
Typical 0.04 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.005 22 63 3.2 < 1.5 9.3 0.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. * Typical +160C
Tensile strength (MPa) 760 800 725

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


0.2% proof strength (MPa) 420 500 440
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 33
5d 27 38 31
Reduction of area (%) -- 40 32
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C -- 60 --
Hardness (HV) as welded -- 250 --
work-hardened -- 450 --
* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled
grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa. .

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 70 100 130
max. A 80 110 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.1 12.6 15.0 15.0
Pieces/carton 744 447 300 189
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 9 6 1 0.1 20 0.8

www.metrode.com DS D-20-NIMROD 625KS | Rev. 01-03/16 293


62-50
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCrMo-3 QW432 F-No 43
EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6625
APPROVALS TV (TIG)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Al Ti Fe
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 60.0 8.0 3.15 -- -- -- --
Max. 0.05 0.50 0.50 0.015 0.015 23.0 bal 10.0 4.15 0.50 0.40 0.40 1.0
Typical 0.015 0.02 0.05 0.004 0.004 22 65 9 3.5 0.05 0.2 0.2 0.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG SAW + NiCr TIG +165C
Tensile strength (MPa) 745 695 710
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 430 440
Elongation (%) 4d 42 50 42
5d 40 47 40
Reduction of area (%) 100 -- --
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Impact ISO-V(J) -196C 80 100 --


205/225 235/255 --
Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 250
Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled grades.
Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG* Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon or ArHe Pulsed 1.2 130A, 29V (mean)
SAW NiCr flux DC+ 1.6 300A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool To order 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
1 1 17 50 9 < 0.5 1

294 www.metrode.com DS D-20-N62-50 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 625P
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with a nickel alloy sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 625P is designed for all-positional welding and combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld
bead appearance.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.34M ENiCrMo3T1-1/4 QW432 F-No 43
EN ISO 12153 T Ni 6625 P M/C 2
APPROVALS ABS, DNV, LRS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Ti Fe
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 58.0 8.0 3.15 -- -- --
Max. 0.10 0.50 0.50 0.015 0.02 23.0 -- 10.0 4.15 0.50 0.40 5.0
Typical 0.02 0.3 0.2 0.005 0.005 21 66 8.5 3.4 0.02 0.2 1.0

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 770
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 420 480
Elongation (%) 4d 25 46

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


5d 22 42
Reduction of area (%) -- 42
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 95
-196C -- 80
Lateral expansion (mm) -196C -- 1.00
CTOD (mm) -170C -- 0.50
Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 230/230

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 (downhand) 150 250A, 25 32V 180A, 29V 15 20mm
1.2 (positional) 150 180A, 25 28V 160A, 26V 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 2 10 5 5 0.1 5 1.0

www.metrode.com DS D-20-SUPERCORE 625P | Rev. 02-04/17 295


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-30 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY C276


ALLOY TYPE
Alloy C276 is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel MICROSTRUCTURE
base alloy. In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists
of austenite with some carbides.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought cast
ASTM/UNS UNS N10276 A494 CW-12MW WELDING GUIDELINES
A743/A744 CW-12M Preheat is not required, interpass temperature
DIN 2.4819 (NiMo16Cr15W) 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr) should preferably be kept below 100C and heat
input restricted to 1.5kJ/mm.
Proprietary Hastelloy Alloy C-276 (Haynes International
alloys: Inc)

Inco Alloy C-276 (Special Metals)


Nicrofer 5716hMoW (VDM) RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
APPLICATIONS Alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also NiCrMo
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

The weld deposit composition matches parent alloy alloys but with higher Cr for improved corrosion
C276 with Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Carbon and resistance.
silicon are controlled as close as possible to the very
low levels of the wrought alloy to minimise carbide
and intermetallic phase precipitates which can reduce
as-welded corrosion resistance. Cast versions of the
alloy typically have higher carbon and silicon (like the PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
original wrought Hastelloy alloy C, now obsolete), but Process Product Specification
repair welds are usually solution treated for optimum
MMA Nimrod C276KS AWS ENiCrMo-4
corrosion resistance.
Alloy C276 has high resistance to corrosion in a wide TIG/MIG HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4
range of acids and salts under oxidising and especially HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4
reducing conditions. These include hydrochloric and SAW
NiCr flux BS EN SA FB2
hydrofluoric acids, hypochlorites, chlorides and wet
chlorine gas, sulphuric, phosphoric and many organic
acids. Exceptional resistance to crevice corrosion
and pitting in seawater and chloride-induced stress-
corrosion cracking (superior to alloy 625). High
temperature stability is limited by intermetallic phase
formation.
In addition to fabrication welds in alloy C276, these
consumables have good tolerance to dilution by
most ferrous and high nickel alloys, and are suitable
for surfacing and dissimilar welds which exploit
the corrosion resistance, strength and toughness.
Excellent properties to below -196C allow its use for
welding 5-9%Ni cryogenic installations.
Applications include pumps, valves, pipework and
vessels for use in aggressive environments in
chemical process plants; also in equipment for flue gas
desulphurisation and critical equipment in offshore oil
and gas production.

296 www.metrode.com DS D-30 | Rev. 01-03/16


NIMROD C276KS
ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY C276

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic flux coating on matching nickel-chromium-molybdenum core wire to provide clean and homoge-
nous weld metal. Nimrod C276KS has exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework
qualified in the ASME 6G (inclined overhead) position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-4 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6276

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Fe V Cu Co
min. -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 50.0 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --
max. 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.35 0.50 2.5
Typical 0.02 0.3 0.20 0.01 0.01 15.0 58.0 16.0 4.0 5.0 0.1 0.05 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Tensile strength (MPa) 700 780
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 520
Elongation (%) 4d 25 30
5d 25 28
Impact ISO-V(J) -50C -- 65
-196C -- 55
Hardness* (HV) -- 240
* Work hardens to about 450HV.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 80 110 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 15.0
Pieces/carton 789 435 294

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS D-30-NIMROD C276KS | Rev. 01-03/16 297


HAS C276
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG/MIG/SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCrMo-4 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6276
UNS N10276

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Fe V Cu Co
min. -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 bal 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --
max. 0.02 1.0 0.08 0.015 0.020 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.3 0.50 2.50
Typical 0.005 0.5 0.05 0.005 0.01 16 58 16 3.5 6 0.2 0.05 0.50

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded Min. TIG SAW
Tensile strength (MPa) 700 740 710
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 500 470
Elongation (%) 4d -- 46 38
5d 30 43 36
Reduction of area (%) -- 50 48
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 160A, 28V (mean)
SAW Nicr Flux
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- 2.5kg tube To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 12.5kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool (to order) -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
14 3 10 28 11 1 1.8

298 www.metrode.com DS D-30-HAS C276 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-31 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY 59


ALLOY TYPE
Some authorities do not allow or have
Ni-23%Cr-16%Mo alloy commonly known as alloy 59. discontinued use of 625 type consumables for
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED such applications, where deleterious Nb-rich
precipitates may form in diluted or partially mixed
ALLOY 59 AND SIMILAR:
regions around the fusion boundary. Alloy C276 is
ASTM/UNS
possibly a more economic alternative depending
N06059
on the required properties in this situation.
DIN
2.4605 (NiCr23Mo16Al) Applications of alloy 59 in aggressively
Proprietary corrosive media include scrubbers for flue gas
Nicrofer 5923hMo (Krupp VDM).
Inconel Alloy 686 (Special Metals) +W.
desulphurisation (FGD), digesters and papermaking
Hastelloy Alloy C-2000 (Haynes International Inc) +Cu. equipment, chemical process plants, corrosion
ALLOY C22 AND SIMILAR: resistant overlays and in severe offshore and
ASTM/UNS petrochemical environments.
N06022
A494 Grade CX2MW (cast)

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


MICROSTRUCTURE
DIN
2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W)
Solid-solution strengthened high nickel austenite,
2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15) with some microsegregation typical of as-
2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast) deposited weld metal.
Proprietary
Hastelloy Alloy C-22 (Haynes International Inc)
WELDING GUIDELINES
Nicrofer 5621hMoW (Krupp VDM)
SUPERAUSTENITICS INCLUDING: No preheat required, heat input <1kJ/mm and
interpass temperature 100C maximum are
ASTM/UNS
S32654, S31254, S34565
desirable to minimise precipitates which may
reduce corrosion resistance and ductility of the
Proprietary
weld metal.
654SMO (Avesta Polarit)
Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel)
Also dissimilar joints between any combination of the
above and dissimilar joints between them and superduplex RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
stainless steels. The alloy C22 is related and covers many of the
APPLICATIONS same applications and base materials.
The weld deposit composition of 59%Ni-23%Cr-
16%Mo is designed to match the nickel base corrosion PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
resistant alloy commonly known as alloy 59. The
Process Product Specification
high level of Mo is similar to alloys C276 and C4 but
performance in a wide range of more oxidising media is MMA Nimrod 59KS AWS ENiCrMo-13
significantly enhanced by increasing Cr to 23% in alloy TIG/MIG HAS 59 AWS ERNiCrMo-13
59. Total alloying exceeds the level typically present in
alloy C22; it is therefore considered suitable for welding
this group of alloys.
Alloy 59 consumables also provide strong, tough Nb-
free weld metal for dissimilar welds in superaustenitic
and superduplex stainless steels or combinations of
these with nickel base alloys.

www.metrode.com DS D-31 | Rev. 01-03/16 299


NIMROD 59KS
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 59

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic flux covering on high purity NiCrMo core wire to give clean homogenous weld metal.
Very low levels of C and Si minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition. The special flux
coating provides exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G
positions. The electrode is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-13
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6059

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Fe Cu
min. -- -- -- -- -- 22.0 57.0 15.0 -- --
max. 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.010 0.015 24.0 bal 16.5 1.5 0.50
Typical 0.01 0.5 0.15 0.006 0.01 23 60 15.5 1 0.01
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 750
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 520
Elongation (%) 4d 30 32
5d 25 30
Reduction of area (%) -- 30
Impact ISO-V(J) -50C -- 50

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 80 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 13.5 15.0
Pieces/carton 714 480 297

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 10 5 6 0.2 16 1

300 www.metrode.com DS D-31-NIMROD 59KS | Rev. 01-03/16


HAS 59
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCrMo-13 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 18274 SNi6059

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Fe Co Al
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 22.0 56.0 15.0 -- -- 0.1
Max. 0.010 0.5 0.10 0.005 0.015 24.0 Bal 16.5 1.5 0.3 0.4
Typical 0.003 0.2 0.03 0.003 0.003 23 60 15.6 0.4 0.1 0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 730
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 510

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Elongation (%) 4d 34
5d 32
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 140
Hardness HV 240

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 160A, 28V (mean)
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- To order 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15 kg spool 15 kg spool -- -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
1 1 17 50 11 <0.5 1

www.metrode.com DS D-31-HAS 59 | Rev. 01-03/16 301


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-32 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY C22


ALLOY TYPE
Nickel base 22%Cr-13.5%Mo-3%W, alloy C22. MICROSTRUCTURE
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite,
with some microsegregation typical of as-
MATCHING ALLOY C22:
deposited weld metal.
ASTM
A494 CX2MW (cast)
UNS N06022
DIN WELDING GUIDELINES
2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W) Preheat not normally required, interpass
2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15) temperature restricted to 100C and heat inputs
2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast)
below 1kJ/mm are desirable.
Proprietary
Hastelloy Alloy C-22 (Haynes International Inc)
Nicrofer 5621hMoW (VDM)
Inconel 622 (Special Metals)
OTHER ALLOYS: RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Alloy C4 Alloy 59 is similar but with slightly higher Cr and


ASTM UNS N06455 Mo for similar or more severe applications see
DIN 2.4610 (NiMo16Cr16Ti)
data sheet D-31.
Hastelloy Alloy C-4 (Haynes International Inc)
Superaustenitics
UNS S31254, S31266, S32654, S34565.
N08367, N08925, N08926.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
1.4529, 1.4565, 1.4575, 1.4652.
254SMO and 654SMO (Outokumpu). Process Product Specification
Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel).
MMA Nimrod C22KS AWS ENiCrMo-10
APPLICATIONS TIG/MIG HAS C22 AWS ERNiCrMo-10
The weld deposit composition of Ni-22Cr-13.5Mo-3W
is designed to match the nickel base alloy commonly
known as alloy C22. The high level of molybdenum is
similar to alloys C276 and C4 but performance in a wide
range of more oxidising media is significantly enhanced
in alloy C22 by increasing chromium to 22%.

Alloy C22 also provides a tough Nb-free weld metal for


dissimilar welds in superaustenitic and superduplex
stainless steels or combinations of these with nickel
base alloys. Some authorities do not allow or have
discontinued using alloy 625 consumables for such
applications, where deleterious Nb-rich precipitates
may form in diluted or partially mixed regions around
the fusion boundary.

Applications of alloy C22 in aggressively corrosive


media include scrubbers for flue gas desulphurisation
(FGD), digesters and papermaking equipment, chemical
process plants, corrosion resistant overlays and in severe
offshore and petrochemical environments.

302 www.metrode.com DS D-32 | Rev. 01-03/16


NIMROD C22KS
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY C22

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic flux covered electrode with exceptional operability optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework
qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions. It is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.
Special basic flux covering on matching high purity nickel alloy core wire to give clean and homogenous weld metal. Very low
levels of carbon and silicon minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition.
Recovery is approx 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-10
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6022

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V Co Cu Fe
min. -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 49.0 12.5 2.5 -- -- -- 2.0
max. 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 22.5 -- 14.5 3.5 0.35 2.5 0.50 6.0
Typical 0.01 0.5 0.15 0.008 0.008 21 58 14 3 0.05 0.05 0.05 4

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 760
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 510
Elongation (%) 4d 25 36
5d 22 35
Reduction of area (%) -- 33
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C -- 45
Hardness, cap/mid (HV) -- 245/275
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 80 120 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 15.6
Pieces/carton 780 486 306

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): <60%RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 10 5 6 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS D-32-NIMROD C22KS | Rev. 01-03/16 303


HAS C22
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCrMo-10 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6022

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V Co Cu Fe
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 49.0 12.5 2.5 -- -- -- 2.0
Max. 0.01 0.50 0.08 0.010 0.02 22.5 -- 14.5 3.5 0.3 2.5 0.50 6.0
Typical 0.003 0.2 0.03 0.002 0.01 21 56 13.5 3 0.15 1.5 0.1 4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 740
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 500
Elongation (%) 4d 44
5d 42
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C 130
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Hardness (HV) 220

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 160A, 28V (mean)
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG To order To order -- -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
14 1 17 30 10 <0.5 1.7

304 www.metrode.com DS D-32-HAS C22 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-33 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

9% NICKEL STEEL CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
NiCrMo-6 type nickel base consumables for welding
9% Nickel steels. In the as-welded condition the weld metal
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED consists of high alloy nickel base solid-solution
strengthened austenite with some carbides.
9% NICKEL STEELS, INCLUDING:
ASTM UNS
A353 / A353M K81340
A553 / A553M Type I K71340 WELDING GUIDELINES
A553 / A553M Type II
No preheat required and maximum interpass of
BS
250C.
1501 510 and 510N, 1502 and 1503 509-690
DIN
1.5662 X8Ni9 (wrought) and G-X8Ni9 (cast)
5% AND 3.5% NICKEL STEELS, INCLUDING:
ASTM UNS RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
A645 K41583 For welding 9% Ni steels of LNG storage tanks,

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


A352 LC4 (cast) Metrode also manufactures an all positional 625
A333 Grade 3 type flux cored wire, Supercore 625P. Please refer
A202 Grade E
to data sheet D-20 for details.
DIN
1.5680 X12Ni (12Ni19)
1.5637 10Ni14 (3.5%Ni), 1.5637 12Ni14 (3.5%Ni)
For other consumables for welding 9% Ni steels,
625 (D-20) and C276 (D-30) can also be considered.
APPLICATIONS
Metrode Supercore 620P all-positional flux cored wire is
specifically designed for welding 9% Ni steels used in the
fabrication of cryogenic containment plant demanding good
properties down to -196C. The typical application is the PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
welding of 9% Ni steels for LNG storage tanks.
Supercore 620P deposits a controlled carbon and solid Process Product Specification
solution strengthened alloy with high strength and
toughness in the as-welded condition. To satisfy procedural Nyloid 2* AWS ENiCrMo-6
MMA
and property requirements in aimed applications, Supercore Nyloid 4* AWS ENiCrMo-6
620P meets the following criteria:
- All-positional operation, including full-automated 3G butt FCW Supercore 620P (AWS ENiCrMo6T1-4)
weld of 9%Ni steels for LNG storage tanks.
- Good welding operability with 80%Ar-20%CO2 mix gas; For * : Lincoln group products which have been wide-
less demanding welding positions, useful performance can ly used in the construction of 9% Ni LNG storage
also be achieved with 100% CO2 shield. tanks (project reference list available).
- Operates on power source polarity of DC+. For reference, please refer to Lincoln Electric
- High deposition efficiency.
- Proof stress of weld metal exceeds 400MPa (typically Europe Welding Consumable Product Catalogue..
>420MPa) with UTS above 700MPa.
- Nickel-base alloy weld metal with excellent impact toughness
at -196C independent from procedure.
- Similar thermal expansion coefficient to 9% Ni steels.

Supercore 620P can also be used for welding 5% Ni and 3.5%


Ni steels with satisfactory weld metal mechanical properties
including excellent cryogenic impact toughness.

This wire is equally suitable for welding other low alloy


and hardenable steels, including applications where PWHT
is required, and for dissimilar welds between these and
austenitic steels or high nickel alloys.
www.metrode.com DS D-33 | Rev. 01-03/16 305
SUPERCORE 620P
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with a nickel alloy sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 620P is specifically designed for all-positional welding of 9% Ni steels.
It combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.34M -- QW432 F-No 43

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb W Fe Cu
Min. -- 2.0 -- -- -- 12.0 58.0 5.0 0.5 1.0 -- --
Max. 0.08 4.0 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 -- 8.0 2.0 2.0 10.0 0.50
Typical 0.04 3.0 0.4 0.008 0.008 16.0 66 6.0 1.5 1.5 4.0 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 690 710
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 430 450
Elongation (%) 4d 25 40
5d -- 38
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Reduction of area (%) -- 40


+ 20C -- 90
Impact ISO-V(J) -100C -- 80
-196C 47 75
Lateral expansion (mm) -196C 0.38 >1.20
Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 190/200

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 (downhand) 150 250A, 25 32V 180A, 29V 15 20mm
1.2 (positional) 150 180A, 25 28V 160A, 26V 15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 10 5 5 <0.5 5 1.0

306 www.metrode.com DS D-33-SUPERCORE 620P | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-40 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOY 617


ALLOY TYPE APPLICATIONS
Nickel base alloy of nominally Ni-24%Cr-12%Co-9%Mo Nimrod 617KS is primarily intended for high temperature
designed for high temperature service. applications up to about 1100C. It provides good
microstructural stability, high creep strength and excellent
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED resistance to oxidation and carburisation. In a variety of
MATCHING ALLOY 617: aqueous media, the alloy also has useful resistance to
general corrosion, pitting and stress-corrosion cracking.
ASTM
UNS NO6617 The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions
DIN including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G
2.4663 (NiCr23Co12Mo) positions.
Proprietary
Inconel alloy 617 (Special Metals) In addition to welding the parent alloy 617, some authorities
Nicrofer 5520Co (Krupp VDM) specify it in preference to other nickel-base filler metals
for welding alloys 800H and 800HT for service above
OTHER ALLOYS: 760C. It is also suitable for the heat-resistant alloy 601
Alloys 800H and 800HT (usually above 900C) and dissimilar welds including high
ASTM UNS N08810, N08811 carbon heat resistant cast alloys and any combination of
BS NA15H those mentioned.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


DIN 1.4876 (X10NiCrAlTi 32 20)
Incoloy 800H and 800HT (Special Metals) Applications include combustion, pyrolysis, heat treatment
Nicrofer 3220H (Krupp VDM) and furnace components, flare tips, ducting and gas turbine
Alloy 601 & other oxidation resistant alloys parts.
ASTM UNS N06601
DIN 2.4851 MICROSTRUCTURE
Inconel alloy 601 (Special Metals)
High nickel alloy austenite with carbides.
Nicrofer 6023 (Krupp VDM)
ASTM UNS N06333
WELDING GUIDELINES
RA333 (Rolled Alloys)
High Carbon Austenitic Alloy Normally no preheat required, interpass
Cast HK40, HP40Nb, etc temperature generally limited to 150C maximum.
Also dissimilar welds between above.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Nimrod 617KS AWS ENiCrCoMo-1
TIG/MIG 61-70 AWS ERNiCrCoMo-1

www.metrode.com DS D-40 | Rev. 01-03/16 307


NIMROD 617KS
617 MMA ELECTRODE FOR HIGH TEMPER ATURE APPLICATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special basic flux on matching nickel alloy core wire. The chromium range of the weld metal is higher than the parent material to
maintain oxidation resistance at a lower aluminium level.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrCoMo-1
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6117

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co Mo Nb Cu Fe Al Ti
min. 0.05 0.3 -- -- -- 21.0 45.0 9.0 8.0 -- -- -- -- --
max. 0.15 2.5 0.75 0.015 0.020 26.0 bal 15.0 10.0 1.0 0.50 5.0 1.5 0.6
Typical 0.07 1.0 0.4 0.003 <0.01 24 52 12 9 <0.5 0.05 1 0.15 0.2
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 700 760
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 520
Elongation (%) 4d 25 43
5d 25 40
Reduction of area (%) -- 40
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 70
Hardness, cap/mid (HV) -- 230/245

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 80 110 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 15.0
Pieces/carton 738 459 273

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Co Cr6 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 9 2.5 6 1 0.2 20 0.8

308 www.metrode.com DS D-40-NIMROD 617KS | Rev. 01-03/16


61-70
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG and MIG welding alloy 617.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCrCoMo-1 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6617

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co Mo Cu Fe Al Ti
Min. 0.05 -- -- -- -- 20.0 44.0 10.0 8.0 -- -- 0.80 --
Max. 0.15 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 24.0 bal 15.0 10.0 0.5 3.0 1.50 0.60
Typical 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.002 <0.01 22 55 12 9 <0.2 0.5 1 0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded Min. TIG typical MIG typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 700 750 710
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 500 450
Elongation (%) 4d 25 43 42
5d 30 41 40
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C -- 230 >100

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 200/225

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon ** DC+ *** 1.2 220A, 30V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.
*** Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Co OES (mg/m3)
1 1 17 45 9 11 0.9

www.metrode.com DS D-40-61-70 | Rev. 01-03/16 309


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-41 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

ALLOY 690
ALLOY TYPE
Ni-30%Cr-10%Fe alloy commonly known as alloy 690. MICROSTRUCTURE
High alloy nickel base austenite.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
B163, B166-8 WELDING GUIDELINES
DIN
2.4642 (NiCr29Fe) Preheat and PWHT is not generally required.
UNS
N06690
Proprietary
Inconel 690 (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 6030 (Krupp VDM) RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
There are no directly related alloys.
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

APPLICATIONS
The consumables are designed to match alloy 690, which
is finding increasing use in place of alloy 600 for high
temperature corrosion applications, especially in the
nuclear industry. The high chromium content provides PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
good elevated temperature corrosion resistance in Process Product Specification
oxidising and sulphidising atmospheres.
MMA Nimrod 690KS AWS ENiCrFe-7
In addition to joining matching base materials, the TIG/MIG ER690 AWS ERNiCrFe-7
consumables can also be used for surfacing applications
on CMn and low alloy steels.

Applications include nuclear engineering; sulphuric, nitric


and hydrofluoric acid processing equipment

310 www.metrode.com DS D-41 | Rev. 01-03/16


NIMROD 690KS
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 690

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Nickel base MMA electrode designed for welding matching base materials, and for surfacing CMn and low alloy steels.
Special basic flux coating on a nickel alloy core wire optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME
5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-7
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6152

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Ti Al Cu Co
min. -- 3.0 -- -- -- 28.0 50.0 1.2 8.0 -- -- -- -- --
max. 0.045 5.0 0.65 0.008 0.02 31.5 bal 2.2 12.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.10
Typical 0.04 3.6 0.3 0.005 0.007 29 55 1.6 8.5 0.1 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.02
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded PWHT 610C/40h

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Min. Typical RT +360C
Tensile strength (MPa) 552 660 661 532
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360 430 414 325
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 42 45
5d 27 38 38 42
Reduction of area (%) -- 45 60 46
Impact ISO, KCV (J) - 50C -- >50 -- --
Impact energy, KCU (J/cm) + 20C -- -- 84 --

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 70 100
max. A 80 110 155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.9 15.0
Pieces/carton 672 408 294
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 10 8 0.2 0.1 16 0.6

www.metrode.com DS D-41-NIMROD 690KS | Rev. 01-03/16 311


ER690
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG WELDING OF ALLOY 690

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCrFe-7 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni6052

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Ti Al Cu Al+Ti
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 28.0 54.0 -- 7.0 -- -- -- -- --
Max. 0.04 1.0 0.50 0.015 0.020 31.5 -- 0.10 11.0 0.50 1.0 1.10 0.30 1.5
Typical 0.03 0.7 0.2 0.005 0.010 29 60 0.03 8.5 0.05 0.6 0.6 0.05 1.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded As welded PWHT 610C/40h
typical, RT typical, +360C typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 720 520 --
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 430 320 --
Elongation (%) 4d 43 40 --
5d 40 -- --
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Reduction of area (%) 60 50 --


Impact ISO, KCV (J) - 50C 200 -- 145
Impact energy, KCU (J/cm) + 20C 160 -- 130

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.9 2.4
TIG 0.7 or 5kg spool 2.5kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
10 3 20 50 <1 <1 0.9

312 www.metrode.com DS D-41-ER690 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-50 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

PURE NICKEL CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Low carbon pure nickel weld metal with titanium
de-oxidation. MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED consists of almost pure nickel austenite. It is
strongly ferromagnetic at room temperature.
ASTM-ASME
UNS N02200
UNS N02201
BS WELDING GUIDELINES
NA11
NA12 Pure nickel weld metals are sluggish and can lead
to irregular weld beads which may require inter-
DIN
run dressing.
2.4066
2.4068
2.4061

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Proprietary alloys
Nickel 200 and 201 (Special Metals) PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Nickel 99.6 and 99.2 (VDM)
Process Product Specification
MMA Nimrod 200Ti AWS ENi-1
APPLICATIONS TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1

These consumables give low carbon pure nickel


with the addition of titanium for refinement and de-
oxidation. They are used for joining pure nickel to
itself, for buffer layers, and for cladding joint faces and
flanges. The solid wire is also useful for welding cast
iron to give soft low strength deposit.

Applications include tanks and vessels, process


pipework and heat exchangers, in chemical plant for salt
production, chlorination and evaporation of caustic soda.
Also used for handling corrosive alkalis and halides.

DS D-50 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 313
NIMROD 200Ti
ALL-POSITIONAL PURE NICKEL MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching core wire.
Smaller diameters offer excellent all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENi-1
QW432 F-No 41
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 2061

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Fe Cu Nb
min. -- -- -- -- -- 92.0 1.0 -- -- -- --
max. 0.10 0.7 1.2 0.015 0.02 bal 4.0 1.0 0.7 0.2 0.5
Typical 0.04 0.5 0.6 0.005 0.005 97 1.5 0.1 0.3 0.1 <0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

As welded Min. Typical


Tensile strength (MPa) 410 450
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 200 295
Elongation (%) 4d 20 22
5d 18 20
Reduction of area % -- 40
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C -- 160
Hardness (HV) -- 160

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 70 90
max. A 80 110 145

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.3 13.5 14.4
Pieces/carton 720 414 300

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
<1 1 10 0.2 10 5

314 www.metrode.com DS D-50-NIMROD 200Ti | Rev. 01-03/16


NICKEL 2Ti
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M ERNi-1 ASME IX QUALIFICATION
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 2061 QW432 F-No 41
UNS N02061
Also known generically as filler metal 61 (FM61)
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 93.0 2.0 -- -- --
Max. 0.15 1.0 0.7 0.015 0.020 bal 3.5 1.5 0.2 1.0
Typical <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded Min. TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 410 585
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 200 335
Elongation (%) 4d -- 35
5d 25 31
Reduction of area (%) -- 65

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Hardness, cap/mid (HV) -- 155/185

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 150A, 29V (mean)
* Ar + 1-5%H2 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7

DS D-50-NICKEL 2Ti | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 315
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-60 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NICKEL-COPPER ALLOY 400


ALLOY TYPE
Nickel-copper alloy based on alloy 400 with raised MICROSTRUCTURE
levels of manganese and titanium to suppress hot Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly
cracking and porosity. ferromagnetic near room temperature.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM-ASME BS DIN
UNS N04400 NA13 2.4360 WELDING GUIDELINES
UNS N04405 NA1 (cast) 2.4361 No preheat required, maximum interpass
UNS N05500 2.4365 (cast) temperature 150C and no PWHT required.
A494 M-35-1 (cast)
A494 M-35-2 (cast)

Proprietary
Monel alloy 400, R405, K500 (Special Metals)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Nicorros (VDM) Alloy 400 parent material is noted for its
good resistance to both hydrofluoric acid and
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

APPLICATIONS hydrogen fluoride vapour. However, weld metal


Nimrod 190 deposits 65%Ni-30%Cu weld metal based compositions within standard specification
on Monel alloy 400 with raised levels of manganese limits have inferior resistance to these media.
and titanium to suppress hot cracking and porosity. It A fully optimised composition for this specific
is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and application is not currently available. Contact
strength attainable in weld metal of this type.
Metrode for guidance.
For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to
itself and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as
pure nickel and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are
satisfactory, but cannot match the strength of this PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
precipitation-hardened alloy. Castings of alloy 400 Process Product Specification
with up to about 1.5%Si are welded with Nimrod 190,
but higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2 and ASTM MMA Nimrod 190 AWS ENiCu-7
A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because of HAZ TIG/MIG/SAW 65NiCu AWS ERNiCu-7
cracking.

For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other alloys


or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr (3-
6%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring)
in weld metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct
welds to mild or low alloy steels are satisfactory with
dilution control, although ENiCrFe-X (ERNiCr-3 wire)
is preferable and necessary for stainless and higher
chromium alloys (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).
Alternatively, the steel or alloy can be buttered with
pure nickel (see data sheet D-50) and this procedure is
also useful when surfacing with alloy 400 consumables.

Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal


conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater,
inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids,
hydrogen fluoride and alkalis. Applications include
heat exchangers, piping, vessels and evaporators in the
offshore, marine, chemical, petrochemical and power
engineering industries.
316 www.metrode.com DS D-60 | Rev. 01-03/16
NIMROD 190
NICKEL-COPPER MMA ELECTRODE FOR MONEL ALLOY 400

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special basic carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching 400 core wire to give low levels of residuals.
Deoxidation system designed to ensure sound deposits.
The raised levels of manganese and titanium help suppress hot cracking and porosity.
Analysis is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and strength attainable in weld metal of this type.
The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suitable for fixed pipework welds demanding qualification in the ASME 6G position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCu-7
QW432 F-No 42
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 4060

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si * S P Ni Cu Ti Fe Al
min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 62.0 27.0 -- 0.5 --
max. 0.15 4.0 1.5 0.015 0.02 69.0 34.0 1.0 2.5 0.5
Typical 0.08 3.5 1.2 0.005 0.01 63 30 0.9 1 0.03
* DIN maximum 1.0% Si

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 480 520
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 200 320
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40
5d 27 35
Reduction of area (%) -- 40
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C -- 110
Hardness (HV) -- 160-180

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 70 90 120
max. A 80 110 145 190
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 15.0 15.0
Pieces/carton 612 417 294 189

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 7 4 16 8 1.2

www.metrode.com DS D-60-NIMROD 190 | Rev. 01-03/16 317


65NiCu
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG & SAW TO MATCH MONEL ALLOYS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNiCu-7 QW432 F-No 42
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 4060
Also known generically as filler metal 60 (FM60)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Cu Ti Fe Al
Min. -- 3.0 -- -- -- 62.0 28.0 1.5 -- --
Max. 0.15 4.0 1.2 0.015 0.020 69.0 32.0 3.0 2.5 1.2
Typical 0.03 3.2 0.2 0.005 0.005 64 29 2.2 <1 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded Min. TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 460 525
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 200 280
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Elongation (%) 4d -- 41
5d 25 38
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C -- 120

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 150A, 29V (mean)
SAW NiCu DC+ 2.4 300A, 28V
* Ar + 1-5%H2 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg reel

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7

318 www.metrode.com DS D-60-65NiCu | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-70 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CUPRONICKEL ALLOYS
ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
70/30 and 90/10 copper-nickel alloys.
Solid solution, single phase alloy.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
70/30 90/10 WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM/UNS C71500 C70600
Preheating not normally required, maximum
C96400 (cast) C96200 (cast)
interpass temperature 150C and no PWHT.
DIN 2.0882 2.0872
Contamination of the weld zone with foreign
2.0883
material, particularly any source of lead, tin or zinc
BS CN106 CN102
(eg. Gun metals) must be scrupulously avoided to
CN107
prevent weld metal cracking.
CN108
CDA CA715 CA706
Proprietary Kunifer 30 (IMI) Kunifer 10 (IMI)
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Cunifer 30 Cunifer 10
(Krupp VDM) (Krupp VDM) No closely related alloys but the alloy 400 (D-60) or
The Cupromet N30 and 70CuNi can be used for weld- pure nickel (D-50) consumables may be required as
ing the 70/30 and 90/10 base materials; the 90CuNi is a buffer layer for cladding applications.
only suitable for the 90/10 alloys.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Cupromet N30 AWS ECuNi
APPLICATIONS TIG/MIG 70CuNi AWS ERCuNi
These consumables deposit a copper-nickel weld TIG 90CuNi BS C16
metal; the MMA electrode and 70CuNi solid wire are
both nominally 67%Cu and 30%Ni, whereas the 90CuNi
solid wire is nominally 86%Cu and 10.5%Ni. The 70/30
consumables are suitable for welding 70/30, 80/20 and
90/10 base materials. The 70/30 consumables match
the 70/30 base materials for strength and colour and
overmatch the 90/10 alloys for strength.

The consumables are suitable for surfacing and


cladding provided the need for an appropriate
buttering layer is addressed, normally either alloy 400
(D-60) or pure nickel (D-50).

Applications include offshore construction,


desalination plant, evaporators, condensers etc, in salt
and sea water processing systems.

www.metrode.com DS D-70 | Rev. 01-03/16 319


CUPROMET N30
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR CUPRONICKEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on matching 70/30 core wire with a special basic flux system giving very low residuals (S, P, Pb, Sn, Zn etc) and
hence maximum crack resistance. Suitable for all-positional welding.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.6M ECuNi QW432 F-No 34

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


Cu Mn Si S P Ni Fe Ti Pb
min. bal 1.00 -- -- -- 29.0 0.40 -- --
max. -- 2.50 0.50 0.015 0.020 33.0 0.75 0.50 0.02
Typical 67 1.8 0.2 0.005 0.010 30 0.6 0.15 0.002

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Tensile strength (MPa) 350 400


0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 260
Elongation (%) 4d 20 38
5d -- 36
Reduction of area (%) -- 60
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C -- 120
Hardness, mid (HV) -- 130

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 15.0 15.0
Pieces/carton 684 450 297 198

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
<1 2 3 16 15 1.2

320 www.metrode.com DS D-70-CUPROMET N30 | Rev. 01-03/16


70CuNi
SOLID 70/30 CUPRONICKEL WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.7M ERCuNi QW432 F-No 34
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 7158 / CuNi30Mn1FeTi
Also known generically as filler metal 67 (FM67)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Ti Pb C
Min. 0.5 -- -- -- bal 29.0 0.40 0.20 -- --
Max. 1.0 0.25 0.01 0.02 -- 32.0 0.7 0.50 0.02 0.04
Typical 0.8 0.01 0.005 0.003 67 31 0.5 0.3 0.001 0.03

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 365
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 200

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Elongation (%) 5d 40
Hardness (HV) 105

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2 DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 160A, 28V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
<1 5 <0.1 22 <0.1 72 0.3

www.metrode.com DS D-70-70CuNi | Rev. 01-03/16 321


90CuNi
SOLID 90/10 CUPRONICKEL WIRE FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 7061 / CuNi10 QW432 F-No 34

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Ti Pb C
min. 0.5 -- -- -- bal 9.0 0.5 0.1 -- --
max. 1.5 0.2 0.02 0.02 -- 11.0 2.0 0.5 0.02 0.05
Typical 0.8 0.02 0.001 0.002 86 10.5 1.2 0.3 0.001 0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 365
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 200
Elongation (%) 5d 40
Hardness cap/mid (HV) 105
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2 DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
2 5 <0.1 8 <0.1 80 0.3

322 www.metrode.com DS D-70-90CuNi | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-80 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NICKEL-MOLYBDENUM ALLOY B2
ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
Ni-28%Mo consumables to match alloy B2. Solid solution alloy, high nickel austenite with some
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld
metal (homogenised by solution treatment around
wrought cast 1150C and rapidly cooled for casting repairs).
ASTM/UNS B333, B335, B619, B626 A494: N-7M
UNS N10001 (alloy B) A743: N-12M
WELDING GUIDELINES
UNS N10665 (alloy B2) A744: N-12M
DIN 2.4617 2.4685, 2.4882 No preheat and maximum interpass of 150C for
wrought alloys.
BS 3146: ANC 15 For castings of low ductility a preheat-interpass of
Proprietary Hastelloy alloy B-2 (Haynes) NB (Paralloy) up to 200-300C may be required on sections above
Nimofer 6928 (VDM) Langalloy B (Meighs) 15mm. In this case a post-weld solution treatment
AR5 (LaBour/Darwins) must be applied to restore satisfactory weld area
Similar alloys: properties.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


UNS N10675, Hastelloy Alloy B-3 (Haynes).
UNS N10629, DIN 2.4600, Nimofer 6629 (VDM), alloy B-4. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

APPLICATIONS Alloy B-2 was introduced to suppress the


These consumables deposit nickel-molybdenum formation of carbides and silicon-rich intermetallic
weld metal with very low carbon and silicon levels phases which occur in the original alloy B during
appropriate for alloy B-2, although it is equally processing and welding. However, experience
suitable for the original alloy B, now obsolete in has revealed that elimination of Fe promoted
wrought form. In addition, specially controlled levels sensitivity to another intermetallic, beta phase
of iron and chromium ensure good as-welded ductility Ni4Mo. This can be limited significantly by
in multipass deposits. controlled Fe (and Cr) additions within the B-2
specification, and this modification is extended
These modifications bring the composition close in the new alloys B-3 (1.5%Fe, 1.5%Cr) and B-4
to the more recent alloys B-3 and B-4 which have (3%Fe, 1.3%Cr). Intermetallics reduce ductility and
better microstructural stability and weldability than corrosion resistance.
alloy B-2. There are no electrode specifications for If PWHT is required to restore maximum corrosion
these alloys at present, and these consumables are resistance of casting repairs, castings should be
therefore offered as an acceptable candidate within solution treated at about 1150C followed by a
current specification limits. These alloys are designed
rapid cool.
to resist hydrochloric acid at all concentrations and
temperatures up to boiling point under non-oxidising
conditions. They are also resistant to hydrogen
chloride gas, sulphuric and acetic acids under certain PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
conditions. The newer alloys B-3 and B-4 with Process Product Specification
additional Fe and Cr have improved SCC resistance
MMA Nimax B2L AWS ENiMo-7
in chloride media. Contamination of acid media with
oxidising ferric or cupric salts must be avoided. Alloys
with much higher chromium (C-4 or C-276 etc.) are
superior under oxidising conditions.

Applications include pumps, valves and process


equipment operating in aggressive environments in
chemical plant.
www.metrode.com DS D-80 | Rev. 01-03/16 323
NIMAX B2L
HIGH MOLYBDENUM NICKEL BASE MMA ELECTRODE TO MATCH ALLOY B-2

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on pure nickel core wire with a special basic flux coating to give low levels of impurities.
Sizes above 3.2mm are not suitable for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.11M ENiMo-7 QW432 F-No 4 4
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 1066

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu Fe Co V
min. -- -- -- -- -- 0.3 64.5 26 -- -- 1.0 -- --
max. 0.02 1.75 0.2 0.015 0.02 1.0 bal 30 1.0 0.50 2.0 1.0 0.4
Typical 0.018 1.3 0.1 0.005 0.01 0.7 68 28 0.1 0.01 1.5 0.04 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Min. Typical
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Tensile strength (MPa) 760 775


0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 525
4d 25 31
Elongation (%)
5d 22 30
Reduction of area (%) -- 25
Hardness (HV) -- 260
ASTM A494 castings require elongation >6% (N-12MV) or >20% (N-7M) after solution treatment.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 90 130
max. A 115 155 210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 14.1
Pieces/carton 447 300 183

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 2 10 0.2 15 0.2 16 5

324 www.metrode.com DS D-80-NIMAX B2L | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet D-87 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

EPRI P87
MICROSTRUCTURE
High alloy austenite.
ALLOY TYPE
EPRI P87 is a Ni-Fe weld metal covered by U.S.Patent
7,562,807 Weld Filler For Welding Dissimilar Alloy Steels WELDING GUIDELINES
and Method Using Same, July 21, 2009.
Preheat and PWHT requirements will be
determined by the base material being welded. For
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED example P91 is normally preheated to 200C and
PWHT at 760C for 2 hours (or time appropriate to
Designed for dissimilar joints between austenitic stain-
material thickness). Alternatively if P91 is subjected
less steels (eg. 304H) and creep resisting CrMo (eg. P91).
to a full N+T the heat treatment would typically be
Suitable for as-welded, PWHT or N+T joints in CrMo 1060C/1 hour + 760C/2 hours.
steels.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


APPLICATIONS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
EPRI P87 consumables are designed for welding high The alloy is balanced to provide excellent resistance
temperature creep resisting CrMo steels, including to carbide formation at the fusion boundary.
P91. The consumables can be used for dissimilar
The thermal expansion coefficient is also closer to
applications between CrMo creep resisting steels and
austenitic stainless steels. The EPRI P87 consumables the base material than with standard nickel base
are also suitable for joining CrMo steels to themselves. weld metals.

The EPRI P87 weld metal is also proposed for N+T


joints in P91. The weld metal will allow joints to be
buttered in the workshop and then subjected to a full PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
N+T heat treatment; joints on the buttered faces can Process Product Specification
then be completed in the field without the need for MMA EPRI P87 --
PWHT.
TIG/MIG EPRI P87 --
The all-weld metal strength at ambient temperature
may not meet that of P91 but transverse tests
have shown strengths above the P91 base material
requirement, and elevated temperature strength
exceeds the minimum base material requirement.

www.metrode.com DS D-87 | Rev. 01-03/16 325


EPRI P87
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR HIGH TEMPER ATURE APPLICATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a nickel-iron alloy core wire.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


No current national standards but covered by U.S Patent 7,562,807. QW432 F-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
Typical 0.1 1.5 0.3 0.008 0.008 9 Bal 2 1 38

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Ambient Hot strength 593C
Typical values
as-welded as-welded N+T
Tensile strength (MPa) 575 530 440
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 375 340 225


Elongation (%) 4d 28 21 25
Reduction of area (%) 30 24 33
Impact ISO (J) +20C 80 -- --

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 70 90
max. A 80 110 150

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 14.7
Pieces/carton 684 420 264

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200-250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2

326 www.metrode.com DS D-87-EPRI P87E | Rev. 01-03/16


EPRI P87
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


No current national standards but covered by U.S Patent 7,562,807. QW432 F-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
Typical 0.1 1.5 0.3 0.008 0.008 9 Bal 2 1 38

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa) 560
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360
Elongation (%) 4d 32
Impact ISO (J) 150

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.9 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 12.5kg spool -- --

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2

www.metrode.com DS D-87-EPRI P87 | Rev. 01-03/16 327


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Section E : REPAIR & MAINTENANCE HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

This section includes a diverse range of consumables for many repair and maintenance applications, including cast iron, dissimilar
welding and hardfacing. There is also a selection of non-ferrous solid wires for copper base alloys. The final selection of products
covers mild steel TIG wires and some specialist mild steel electrodes.

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CAST IRONS

The welding of cast irons has been notoriously called a 'black-art'. Individual castings of equivalent types can vary in response to
welding, and so do the details of procedure considered critical by experienced practitioners. Most castings are produced to net shape,
so welding is usually for repair and maintenance rather than fabrication. Structural load-bearing use is typically compressive, not
critically tensile.

The two commonest types of cast iron have around 3%C and 2%Si. Flake graphite grey iron varies in quality and impurity content,
with relatively low strength and ductility. Spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular or ductile iron is treated with magnesium, has fewer
impurities, superior mechanical properties, and more reliable weldability.

Electrodes based on pure nickel and nickel-iron alloys are most widely used. Electrode flux coverings are of basic type plus graphite
to give a weld deposit deoxidised and saturated with carbon. This mimics some of the characteristics of cast iron but is non-
hardenable and easily machined. Recommended welding techniques are given on relevant data sheets.

Another group, high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist types) are also produced in flake and SG grades. Electrodes of the NiFe type are
used because matching weld metal is too hard. Preheat of 300-350C is required for the flake graphite grades, but for the SG grades
buttering at low temperatures is preferred to avoid HAZ hot cracking.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Martensitic cast iron (Ni-Hard types) and the various white irons are generally considered too crack-sensitive or brittle to be welded
satisfactorily.

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


MMA CI Soft Flow Ni ENi-CI E C Ni-CI 1
E-10 Ni Cast Iron
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti ERNi-1 S Ni 20 6 1
CI Special Cast NiFe ENiFe-CI E C NiFe-CI 1
MMA
E-11 NiFe Cast Iron CI Met NiFe ENiFe-CI E C NiFe-CI 1
MIG 55NiFe - S C NiFe-1

328 www.metrode.com DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


DISSIMILAR WELDING CONSUMABLES

Transition welds between dissimilar materials are often necessary, requiring weld metal compatible with dilution by these materials
to provide satisfactory service properties. Weld metal dissimilar to the base material may also enable a safer or simplified welding
procedure to be used, such as in armour welding. Dissimilar weld metal is almost always applied when buttering, cladding or
surfacing. The metallurgy of dissimilar metal welds is a large and complex subject, considering the variety of possible combinations
of industrial alloys and service conditions as a whole.

The popular stainless types in this section are restricted to service at near ambient temperatures between most ferrous materials,
from mild steel up to stainless steels, but excluding high nickel and non-ferrous alloys. Note that 309L and 309Mo types in Section B
(data sheets B-50 and B-51) are also relevant to these applications.

Compositions do not match any commercial steels, but are designed to resist cracking and remain ductile and tough when diluted by
base materials as indicated on the data sheets. The Schaeffler diagram is useful to assess the risk of dilution cracking, except for 307
types which have high manganese rather than increasing ferrite content to prevent hot cracking. Generally, if dilution gives fully
austenitic weld metal this increases the risk of hot cracking, whilst the presence of martensite reduces bend ductility and increases
the risk of cold cracking. Low dilution buttering procedures can help in difficult cases.

Little or no preheat is required to avoid HAZ cold cracking in hardenable 'difficult to weld' steels because almost no hydrogen diffuses
from austenitic weld metal into the HAZ. The limited toughness of hardened untempered HAZ and fusion zones in high carbon alloy
steels should be considered in relation to impact or shock loads, although increasing preheat helps to moderate peak HAZ hardness
and promote some tempering.

Post-weld-heat-treatment (PWHT) is deliberately avoided unless a tempered HAZ is essential to reduce hardness. Depending on
material combination, PWHT can reduce weld ductility and promote fusion zone carbide embrittlement, with overall stress-relief
limited by dissimilar thermal expansions. Nickel-base weld metal minimises these limitations, and should also be used when high
temperature or cryogenic service is involved (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


MMA Armet 1 E308Mo-16 E 20 10 3 R
Armour
E-20 Supercore 20.9.3 E308MoT0-1/4 T 20 10 3 R C/M 3
plate FCW
Supercore 20.9.3P E308MoT1-1/4 T 20 10 3 P C/M 2
Metmax 307R E307-26 E 18 9 Mn Mo R

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


MMA
E-21 307 19.9.6Mn (E307-16) (E18 8 Mn R)
MIG 19.9.6Mn (ER307) 18 8 Mn
MMA 29.9 Super R (E312-17) E 29 9 R
E-22 312
TIG/SAW 312S94 ER312 29 9

COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY WIRES

The non-ferrous alloys in the following section are primarily used for joining equivalent base materials, although many are also used
for surfacing. There are no MMA electrodes in this section; the gas shielded solid wire TIG/MIG processes are preferred for high
integrity work. Note the cupronickel consumables are in section D, details can be found on data sheet D-70.

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


E-30 Copper TIG/MIG 100Cu ERCu S Cu 1898/CuSn1
E-31 Copper Silicon TIG 97CuSi ERCuSi-A S Cu 6560/CuSiMn 1
E-33 Bronze TIG 92CuSn (ERCuSn-C) S Cu 5210/CuSn8P
E-36 Al Bronze TIG/MIG 90CuAl ERCuAl-A2 S Cu 6180/CuAl10Fe
E-37 Ni Al Bronze TIG/MIG 80CuNiAl ERCuNiAl S Cu 6328/CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2

www.metrode.com DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16 329


CONSUMABLES FOR SURFACING AND HARDFACING

Hardfacing is just one aspect of surfacing in general. In principle, almost any electrode with the desired properties can be chosen to
modify the working surface of a base metal for improved service life or performance.
Electrodes in this section are types recognised for their value to combat many forms of destructive wear found in different working
environments. Flexibility of electrode design allows overlay compositions unique to this process, or similar to base materials for tool
and component repairs.

The most suitable type for a given application can lead to conflicting choices. Often this is based (perhaps with good reason) on
previous experience, or even the simple judgement of 'harder is better'. This is rarely strictly true because actual performance usually
involves a combination of factors. These include response of the particular weld composition and microstructure to size and density
of abrasive (when present), impact, corrosion, friction and heat. Weld metal cracking, the need for buffer layers and alloy cost are also
relevant. Brief details are given to help assess some of these questions.

Martensitic types offer the lowest cost-hardness ratio. These transformable steels air-harden roughly in proportion to carbon and
alloy level. Higher alloys include high speed and hot-work tool steels which may be heat treated if used for tool repairs. If critical,
cracking in martensitic types is easily controlled with preheat. Lower hardness types are used for extensive build-up or intermediate
layers.

Chromium carbide types resist extreme grinding abrasion, increasing with volume and type of carbides in the high alloy matrix. With
almost no ductility or response to heat treatment, build-up is limited by stress cracking, although this may not be detrimental to
service performance.

Cobalt base types are costly but excel at high temperatures in combination with aggressive wear or corrosion. Increasing preheat with
hardness and weld thickness is needed for the alloy order 6, 12 and 1, to control stress cracking but none for the more ductile alloy 8,
which also resists thermal shock and work-hardens strongly.

'Hadfield' non-stainless austenitic 13%Mn steels, show unique resistance to gouging and impact or coarse particle abrasion. Others
such as type 307 (data sheet E-21) could be classed as work-hardening types for ambient temperatures.

Buffer or build-up layers are usually intermediate in alloying between base and capping layers. Hardness of a martensitic type will be
reduced if deposited on a stainless buffer (data sheets B-50, B-51, E-20, E-21 and E-22), but would be ideal beneath chromium carbide
and work-hardening types (and generally optional for cobalt base).
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


E-45 C MMA Nimax C (ENiCrMo-5) ENi2
MMA Methard 350 - (EFe1)
E-50 350
FCW Hardcore 350 - TFe1
Methard 650 - (EFe2)
MMA
E-51 650 Methard 650R - (EFe2)
FCW Hardcore 650 - TFe2
E-53 Tool steel MMA Methard 750TS EFe5-B EFe4
Methard 850 - EFe14
MMA
Methard 950 - EFe14
E-55 850/950
Hardcore 850 - TFe15
FCW
Hardcore 950 - TFe15
E-58 1050 MMA Methard 1050 - EFe16
E-60 13%Mn MMA Workhard 13Mn EFeMn-B EFe9
E-65 Cobalt MMA Cobstel 6 ECoCr-A (ECo2)
E-66 Cobalt MMA Cobstel 8 ECoCr-E ECo1

330 www.metrode.com DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


SPECIALIST RANGE OF MILD STEEL CONSUMABLES

The mild steel TIG wires and flux cored wire are used for general purpose mild steel fabrication, the other consumables in this section
have specialised applications. Ultramild is an E6018 type depositing soft and ductile low hydrogen weld metal mainly for buffer layers.
Nilsil is a modified E6013 type giving very low silicon weld metal for welding galvanising baths.

EN / EN ISO
DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications
Classifications
ER70S-2 ER70S-2 A15
TIG ER70S-3 ER70S-3 (A17)
E-70 Mild steel
ER70S-6 ER70S-6 A18
FCW Metcore DWA50 E71T-1 T 422 PM1
E-71 Low strength mild steel MMA Ultramild E6018 -
E-72 Low silicon MMA Nilsil - -

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

www.metrode.com DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16 331


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

PURE NICKEL FOR CAST IRON


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Pure nickel type for welding cast iron. Welding is often carried out without preheat but
heavy multipass deposits or highly restrained joints
may require preheat up to 150C.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by
ASTM A159, A319, A126, A48 careful gouging and/or grinding using limited
BS 1452 Grey iron amounts of heat to avoid propagating cracks. The
area to be welded should be cleaned as far as
APPLICATIONS practicable from sand, oil, grease, paint or rust.
Pure nickel consumables are used for welding and repair Preheating can help to remove impregnated oil on
of standard grades of grey cast irons and malleable used castings which are being repaired.
cast irons to give low strength deposits which can be
readily machined even in thin layers. The resistance If welding is carried out without preheat it is
to hardening of diluted weld metal can be useful for desirable to minimise the width of the HAZ by using
buttering prior to filling with more economic NiFe a low heat input and low interpass temperature. A
consumables (data sheet E-11). skip welding technique can be beneficial in helping
to achieve this.
They are also suitable for joining these cast irons to
steels, monels, copper etc where high strength is not For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds
required. preheat up to150C may be necessary. Light peening
to reduce contraction stresses can also be beneficial
Typical components are general engineering castings, but care should be taken not to exhaust the ductility
including machine bases, engine blocks, gear housings of the weld metal.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

etc operating under low stresses.


Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair
cavity, prior to filling can also be desirable whether a
preheat is used or not.
MICROSTRUCTURE
MMA electrode deposits austenitic nickel with finely On completion of welding the workpiece should be
distributed graphite; the solid wire deposits almost
allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.
pure nickel refined with Ti.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The NiFe alloy (data sheet E-11) is also used for welding
cast iron and covers many similar applications.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA CI Soft Flow Ni AWS ENi-CI
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1

332 www.metrode.com DS E-10 | Rev. 01-03/16


CI SOFT FLOW Ni
PURE NICKEL MMA ELECTRODE FOR CAST IRON

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on pure nickel core wire. Good refining action provides
maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. Sound welds can be produced even with oil impregnated and
contaminated surfaces. The stable arc characteristics also provide uniform low penetration and minimum dilution. The smallest
diameters can be used in all positions including vertical down.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.15M ENi-CI
QW432 F-No 1
BS EN 1071 E C Ni-CI 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PG/3Gd PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Al
min. -- -- -- -- -- -- 92 -- --
max. 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 2.5 bal 5.0 1.0
Typical 0.5 2 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.1 96 2 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 275
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 190
Elongation (%) 5-10
Hardness (HV) 140-160

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


Mechanical properties will depend upon amount of dilution, and variations in welding procedure and run sequence.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0*
min. A 60 70 90 120
max. A 80 110 150 190

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0*
Length (mm) 300 350 400 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 19.5 19.2
Pieces/carton 804 393 358 241
* 5.0mm diameter made to order, minimum order quantity.

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 150C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
0.5 1 10 <0.5 12 <0.5 5

www.metrode.com DS E-10-CI SOFT FLOW Ni | Rev. 01-03/16 333


NICKEL 2Ti
SOLID PURE NICKEL WIRE FOR CAST IRON
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding. This is the same wire that is used for alloy 200 pure nickel base materials (data sheet D-50) but
it is also useful for welding cast irons as a match for the CI Soft Flow Ni electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.14M ERNi-1 Also known generically QW432 F-No 41
BS EN ISO 18274 Ni 2061 as filler metal 61 (FM61)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 92.0 2.0 -- -- --
Max. 0.15 1.0 0.7 0.015 0.03 bal 3.5 1.5 0.25 1.0
Typical <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 585
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 335
Elongation (%) 4d 35
5d 31
Reduction of area % 65
Hardness cap/mid (HV) 155/185

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

MIG Ar or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 150A, 29V (mean)

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool - - -

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7

334 www.metrode.com DS E-10-NICKEL 2Ti | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-11 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NICKEL-IRON FOR CAST IRON


ALLOY TYPE
Nominally Fe-55% Ni alloy for the repair and For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds
joining of cast iron. preheat in the range 150-250C may be necessary.
Light peening to reduce contraction stresses can
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED also be beneficial but care should be taken not to
exhaust the ductility of the weld metal.
ASTM A602, A47, A338, A220
Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair
BS 2789 SG irons
cavity, prior to filling can also be desirable whether a
6681 Ductile irons preheat is used or not.
On completion of welding the workpiece should be
allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.
APPLICATIONS
The NiFe alloy is suitable for welding all grades of cast
iron but particularly for spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
or ductile irons and some alloy cast irons. It provides The NiFe weld metals produce higher strength than
compatible strength, ductility and toughness, coupled the pure nickel cast iron types and are therefore
with good machinability. preferable for dissimilar joints, nodular irons
The NiFe consumables can also be used on some of the and higher strength cast irons. The NiFe types
high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist). The flake graphite are also less sensitive to hot cracking caused by
grades are welded with a preheat of 300-350C but the pick-up of impurities such as phosphorus which
SG grades are best buttered using low heat input, and are often present in castings. The low matrix
low temperature techniques to avoid HAZ hot cracking. contraction coefficient of NiFe is also enhanced in
Note the martensitic Ni-Hard cast irons and white irons the higher carbon electrode deposits by expansion
are generally considered to be unweldable because they accompanying graphite precipitation and results in

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


are too crack-sensitive. lower stresses in heavy repairs; the possibility of cold
The NiFe consumables are also suitable for welding cracking is therefore reduced.
transition joints between cast iron and cast steels, and
cast iron and mild/low alloy steels.
Typical components are machine bases, pump bodies,
engine blocks, gears and transmission housings. RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The pure nickel types (data sheet E-10) are also
WELDING GUIDELINES used for welding cast iron.
Welding is often carried out without preheat but
heavy multipass deposits or highly restrained joints
may require preheat 150-250C.
Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
careful gouging and/or grinding using limited Process Product Specification
amounts of heat to avoid propagating cracks. The
CI Special Cast NiFe AWS ENiFe-CI
area to be welded should be cleaned as far as MMA
practicable from sand, oil, grease, paint or rust. CI-Met NiFe AWS ENiFe-CI
Preheating can help to remove impregnated oil on MIG 55NiFe BS NA47
used castings which are being repaired.
If welding is carried out without preheat it is
desirable to minimise the width of the HAZ by using
a low heat input and low interpass temperature. A
skip welding technique can be beneficial in helping
to achieve this.

www.metrode.com DS E-11 | Rev. 01-03/16 335


CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe
NIFE MMA ELECTRODE FOR MOST GR ADES OF CAST IRON

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on a 55%Ni alloy core wire. Good refining action provides
maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.15M ENiFe-CI
QW432 F-No
BS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Fe Ni Al Cu
min. -- -- -- -- -- bal 45.0 -- --
max. 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 bal 60.0 1.0 2.5
Typical 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.010 0.005 42 55 <0.1 <0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 400
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 230
Elongation (%) 10-12
Hardness (HV) 170-200

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0


min. A 60 70 90
max. A 80 110 150

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 400
kg/carton 13.5 13.2 15.0
Pieces/carton 618 510 297

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 150C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150 C, 3 cycles, 10h total
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
3.5 1 2 <0.2 <0.5 12 <0.5 5

336 www.metrode.com DS E-11-CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe | Rev. 01-03/16


CI-MET NiFe
NIFE MMA ELECTRODE ON BI-METALLIC CORE WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on bi-metallic Fe clad Ni core wire. Good refining action
provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. The bi-metallic core wire minimises the risks of over-
heating normally associated with NiFe MMA electrodes and produces excellent operability.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.15M ENiFe-CI
QW432 F-No
BS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Fe Ni Al Cu
min. -- -- -- -- -- bal 45.0 -- --
max. 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 bal 60.0 1.0 2.5
Typical 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.010 <0.01 42 55 <0.1 <0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 400
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 230
Elongation (%) 10-12
Hardness (HV) 170-200

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 80 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 400
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 18.0
Pieces/carton 790 447 360

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 150C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150 C, 3 cycles, 10h total
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
3.5 1 2 <0.2 <0.5 12 <0.5 5

www.metrode.com DS E-11-CI-MET NiFe| Rev. 01-03/16 337


55NiFe
SOLID MIG WIRE FOR WELDING CAST IRONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 1071 S C NiFe-1 QW432 F-No

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Ni Fe Cu Co
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 52.0 bal -- --
Max. 0.15 1.0 0.5 0.02 0.03 60.0 bal 0.5 2.0
Typical 0.05 0.7 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 58 40 0.01 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded MIG (Ar-5%CO2)
Tensile strength (MPa) 400
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 230
Elongation (%) 24
Hardness (HV) 150

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
MIG Ar / Ar + 1-2%O2 / Ar + 2-25%CO2 / 100%CO2 DC+ 1.2 200A, 28V

PACKAGING DATA
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Diameter (mm) 1.2


MIG 15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition, wt %:
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
35 2 <0.1 30 <0.5 1.7

338 www.metrode.com DS E-11-55NiFe | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-20 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

ARMOUR WELDING CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
20%Cr-10%Ni-2.5%Mo weld metal composition Preheat not generally required for CMn and low
designed for welding armour plate. alloy steels with up to 0.3%C. However 50-200C is
recommended progressively with increasing base
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED material thickness, hardenability and restraint.
Armour plate: MVEE 816 (MoD)
Armox 816 (Swedish Steel) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Compass B555 (Sleeman) Because of the high ferrite level (20 FN) and moderate
13%Mn (Hadfield steel): Abro M (Creusot) carbon content (0.06%), these consumables are not
Red Diamond 14 suitable for cryogenic applications or structural service
(Spartan Redheugh) at temperatures exceeding about 300C. Some loss
< 0.4%C hardenable steel: BS970 709M40 (En19), of ductility will occur if weldments are post weld heat
treated. They should not be confused with low carbon
817M40 (En24), 826M40 (En 26),
austenitic and duplex stainless alloys specifically
897M39 (EN40C) etc designed for corrosion resistance. However, AWS A5.4
Wear-resistant steels: Hardox 400 & 500 (Swedish Steel) and A5.22 include the related E308MoL which may be
ARQ360, A-R-COL (Corus) used for ASTM CF3M castings when a higher ferrite
Creusabro 4000, Abro 360 and 500 (Creusot) type than 316L is required for improved stress-corrosion
ABR 500 (Taysteel) resistance.
Red Diamond 20, 21, 22 (Spartan Redheugh) These consumables are used successfully for steels
which are judged difficult to weld on the basis of their
ASTM: CF8M
carbon equivalent (CE). For example, armour plate and
Also for dissimilar combinations between the above and to En26 have CE ~ 1, potentially up to 1.36 maximum for
standard stainless steels and CMn steels
classical armour with nominal 0.3%C-2%Cr-0.5%Ni-
APPLICATIONS 0.4%Mo. Some proprietary armour steels are leaner,
with CE 1 max. The greatly hardened HAZ of these steels

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


These consumables are well-established and approved is only partially tempered in a multipass weldment,
for armour welding. They deposit a modified austenitic resulting in high sensitivity to hydrogen (cold) cracking.
stainless weld metal with moderately high ferrite content, By using a specially balanced austenitic consumable
giving strong, tough and crack-resistant welds in many this problem is avoided, because very little hydrogen
other hardenable steels, often without the need for can diffuse from the weld into the HAZ. It is still helpful
preheat. Applications include tanks, other military and to apply some preheat since this will encourage self-
security vehicles, general engineering components. tempering and reduce peak HAZ hardness. However,
They are also useful for welding many wear and abrasion- the presence of a hardened HAZ should be considered in
resisting steels, to avoid the need for hydrogen control relation to service conditions
procedures, particularly for heavier sections and the harder
types. In addition, the high work-hardening rate gives
these welds good resistance to impact wear and scuffing. RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
This feature can also be exploited for overlays combined There is no equivalent solid wire but the 307 types (data
with corrosion and wet abrasion resistance. sheet E-21) provide the best alternative if required. For
Although the resistance to gouging abrasion of 13%Mn dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-51), 307
Hadfield steel is unique and arises from its extreme (E-21) and 29.9 types (E-22) may also be suitable
work-hardenability, these consumables have a long and
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
successful history for the build-up and reclamation of
this steel. It is an economic ductile buffer layer prior to Process Product Specification
hardfacing with high alloy weld metals such as chromium MMA Armet 1 AWS E308Mo-16
carbide types.
Supercore 20.9.3 AWS E308MoT0-1/4
FCW
Supercore 20.9.3.P AWS E308MoT1-1/4
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with ferrite 10 25FN, typically about 20FN

www.metrode.com DS E-20 | Rev. 01-03/16 339


ARMET 1
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING ARMOUR PLATE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile MMA electrode made on austenitic stainless steel core wire. High moisture resistance, designed and manufactured with
low hydrogen technology to give weld metal with low potential hydrogen content.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M (E308Mo-16)*
QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 20 10 3 R 32
QW442 A-No 8
APPROVALS: MoD MVEE 1050 Class 1A and 1B
*Mn: 2.0 3.0 for AWS standard

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
min. 0.03 0.5 -- -- -- 18.5 9.0 2.0 -- 10
max. 0.08 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 12.0 3.0 0.75 25
Typical 0.06 1.1 0.7 0.010 0.025 20 9.5 2.5 0.1 15
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 670-780
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 > 520
Elongation (%) 4d 35 > 40
5d 30 > 30
Reduction of area % -- > 25
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
> 55
-50C -- > 45
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Hardness (HV) -- 220 *


* Increases to about 400 450HV on work hardening

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 70 100 150
max. A 90 120 170 230
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 661 408 261 228

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C..

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 1 4 < 0.2 16 1.2

340 www.metrode.com DS E-20-ARMET 1 | Rev. 01-03/16


SUPERCORE 20.9.3, 20.9.3P
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR WELDING ARMOUR PLATE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 20.9.3 combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 20.9.3P is
designed for all-positional welding. including fixed pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
Supercore 20.9.3 Supercore 20.9.3.P
QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E308MoT0-1/4 E308MoT1-1/4
QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 20 10 3 R C/M 3 T 20 10 3 P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308Mo-FM0 TS308Mo-FM1
APPROVALS: MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 19.5 9.0 2.0 -- 10
max. 0.08 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.035 21.0 11.0 3.0 0.3 25
Typical 0.06 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.03 20 9.5 2.8 0.05 17

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620 720
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 520
Elongation (%) 4d 30 35
5d 30 33
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
60
Hardness cap/mid -50C -- 50
HV -- 230 *
* Increases to about 400 450HV on work hardening

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25 l/min. Proprietary gas mixtures may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. The wire
is suitable for use on 100%CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below, with Ar-20%CO2 (when using CO2, voltages need to be increased by 2-3V)
Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range Typical Stickout
1.2 130A-25V to 250A-32V 180A-29V 15-20mm
1.2P 120 250A, 20 32V 160A, 26V 15 20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: Supercore 20.9.3 - 15.0kg (1.2/1.6mm), Supercore 20.9.3.P - 12.5kg
(1.2mm).
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite. Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the
wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. Where
possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 F OES (mg/m3)
Ar+20%CO2 14 11 1 8 4 5 1.2
CO2 17 10 1 9.5 1 5 5

www.metrode.com DS E-20-SUPERCORE 20.9.3, 20.9.3P | Rev. 01-03/16 341


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-21 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

307 FOR DISSIMILAR WELDS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Strong tough austenitic weld metal composition Consists of austenite with approximately 5FN.
for dissimilar joints and buffer layers.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
Dissimilar combinations of CMn, stainless,
Preheat not generally required unless welding thick
hardenable, wear-resistant and armour steels. Also
sections, except that HAZ properties of higher carbon
suitable for 13%Mn manganese (Hadfield) steel. hardenable steels should be taken into consideration in
relation to service conditions.
APPLICATIONS
Mixed welding applications including the welding of mild, When welding 13%Mn (Hadfield) steels in order to
stainless, hardenable, and armour steels to themselves minimise embrittlement and cracking the work piece
or each other with or without preheat. Tolerance to must be kept cool. This means that the following
dilution (resistance to hot cracking) is provided by the high controls should be applied: no preheat, maximum
manganese content, unlike armour welding and 309 types interpass controlled to 150C maximum, low heat input,
which depend on a high ferrite level. In some cases, they small weld beads and cool with water if necessary.
may offer an alternative to high nickel weld metal in joints
between cast iron and stainless steels. Weldments subject
to PWHT retain ductility with satisfactory toughness down
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
to -50C. Reasonable scaling resistance up to 850C.
For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-
Can be used as buffer layers to weld or reclaim 13% Mn 51), armour welding consumables (E-20) and 29.9
(Hadfield) steel used in rock crushing plant and earth types (E-22) may also be suitable.
moving equipment. Buffer layer work hardens and can be
used as a base for Workhard 13Mn or Methard 650 or 850.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Has also been found satisfactory as buffer layer on cast iron PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
prior to hardsurfacing. Process Product Specification
Use as surfacing consumable which work hardens from 200
MetMax 307R AWS E307-26
MMA
to 400 HV, suitable for repair of alloy rails, crossing parts, 19.9.6Mn EN ISO E 18 8 Mn R
frogs etc. without need for preheat, however, the work- MIG 19.9.6Mn EN ISO G 18 8 Mn
hardening rate is lower than 13% Mn steel and overlays of
more than 1 layer may suffer unacceptable collapse under
heavy rolling loads. In this case they may be used as a
buffer under Workhard 13Mn.

342 www.metrode.com DS E-21 | Rev. 01-03/16


METMAX 307R
RUTILE HIGH RECOVERY MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile high recovery, metal powder, electrode made on high purity steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound
porosity free deposits.
Recovery is about 150% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E307-26
QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 9 Mn Mo R 5 2
QW442 A-No
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. 0.04 3.3 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 0.5 --
max. 0.14 4.75 0.9 0.025 0.035 21.5 10.7 1.5 0.75
Typical 0.1 4.0 0.6 0.010 0.015 19 9.5 0.8 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded min. typical PWHT 600C/2h
Tensile strength (MPa) 590 660 --
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 475 --
Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 --
5d 25 36 --
Reduction of area % -- 45 --
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
85 --
-50C -- 70 47
Hardness HV -- 210 * --

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


* Increases to about 400 450HV on work hardening

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 90 130 160
max. A 115 155 210 260

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.2 15.0
Pieces/carton 429 234 153 102
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C..

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
19 11 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1

www.metrode.com DS E-21-METMAX 307R | Rev. 01-03/16 343


19.9.6Mn
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound porosity free
deposits.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M (E307-16) Nearest classification
BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 8 Mn R 3 2 F-No 5 (This is nearest
QW432 because the electrode does
not strictly conform to AWS)
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
min. -- 4.5 -- -- -- 17.0 7.0 --
max. 0.20 7.0 0.80 0.025 0.035 20.0 10.0 0.75
Typical 0.12 5.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 18 9 0.4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 500 680
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 480
Elongation (%) 5d 25 35
Reduction of area % -- 40
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
80
Hardness HV -- 210 *
* Increases to about 400 450HV on work hardening
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 60 75 100
max. A 90 120 155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 15.0
Pieces/carton 621 372 261

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C..

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
18 15 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1

344 www.metrode.com DS E-21-19.9.6Mn | Rev. 01-03/16


19.9.6Mn
SOLID WIRE FOR MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M Similar to ER307 QW432 F-No 6
(AWS ranges: 3.3-4.75%Mn, 19.5-22.0%Cr and 0.5-1.5%Mo) (This is nearest because the
BS EN ISO 14343-A G 18 8 Mn electrode does not strictly
conform to AWS)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. -- 5.0 -- -- -- 17.0 7.0 -- --
Max. 0.20 8.0 1.2 0.025 0.03 20.0 10.0 0.5 0.5
Typical 0.08 6 0.8 0.01 0.015 19 8.5 0.2 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded MIG: Ar + 5%CO2 SAW
Tensile strength (MPa) 500 605 625
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 414 445
Elongation (%) 4d -- 42 41
5d 25 40 40
Reduction of area % -- 52
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C --
105 140
-50C -- 65
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 185/210

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
MIG Ar+5%CO2 * DC+ 1.2 220A, 26V
* Other proprietary shielding gases also suitable eg. Ar+2%O2, Ar-He mixtures etc

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition, wt %:
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 26 12 3.5 <0.5 <01 3.8

www.metrode.com DS E-21-19.9.6Mn | Rev. 01-03/16 345


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-22 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

29.9 FOR DISSIMILAR WELDS


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite-ferrite weld metal composition of nominally Duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with about
29%Cr-9%Ni for dissimilar joints and difficult to weld 40% ferrite.
steels.
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Procedure will depend on base material. Preheat not
Medium and high carbon hardenable steels, tool steels normally required for small components and buffer
and free-cutting steels. layers, although desirable for thicker high carbon steels
Eg. BS970 part 21: 080M40 (En8), 070M55 (En9), 709M40 to avoid possible HAZ quench cracking and to control
(En19) etc. peak hardness, 100-250C.

APPLICATIONS
Use for welding medium and high carbon hardenable ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
steels, of known or unknown specifications, for example Although 29.9 alloys have good resistance to high
tool steels, shafts, gear teeth, free-cutting steels, dissimilar temperature oxidation, duplex high ferrite weld metal is
alloy combinations, buffer layers, overlays etc. subject to 475C embrittlement above about 300C and
sigma embrittlement at higher temperatures. This alloy
Combination of high alloy and high ferrite content (40- is therefore not used where high temperature structural
50FN) gives extreme tolerance to dilution on a wide range service or PWHT is involved.
of hardenable and alloy steels with minimum or no preheat.
It has also been found useful for welding free-cutting steels
or those with a low Mn:S ratio (especially < 20 or so), where
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

other weld metals may fail to prevent hot cracking due to


liquation at the fusion boundary. For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (data sheet
B-50), 309Mo (data sheet B-51), armour welding
Weld deposit work-hardens and gives good wear and consumables (data sheet E-20) and 307 types (data
friction resistance. sheet E-21) may also be suitable.

Useful for resistance to corrosion and to high temperature


scaling up to about 1000C, but not recommended for
structural applications above 300C or for welds to be post- PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
weld heat treated, owing to embrittlement.
Process Product Specification
Not recommended for filling up heavy joints nor for MMA 29.9 Super R (AWS E312-17)
sub-zero applications or where high notch toughness TIG/SAW 312S94 AWS ER312
is required. In these cases, it is generally best to use the SS300 BS EN SA AF2 AC
electrode for buttering only (preheat if appropriate), then Flux
fill with a more ductile austenitic type (no preheat needed) SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
according to required properties.

346 www.metrode.com DS E-22 | Rev. 01-03/16


29.9 SUPER R
ACID RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with acid rutile flux on matching 312 stainless steel core wire.
Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.4M (E312-17) nearest classification F-No 5 (This is nearest because
BS EN ISO 3581 E 29 9 R 3 2 QW432 the electrode does not strictly
conform to AWS)
QW442 A-No

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. -- -- -- -- -- 28.0 8.0 -- --
max. 0.15 1.5 1.2 0.025 0.035 31.0 10.5 0.5 0.75
Typical 0.1 0.8 1 0.01 0.02 29 9.5 0.1 0.1
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded min. typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 660 830
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 700
Elongation (%) 4d 22 * 26
5d 15 25
Reduction of area % -- 30
Hardness HV -- 280
*Minimum elongation required by AWS not always obtained.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


A high tensile strength with moderate ductility is typical for multipass all-weld test specimens but these properties may be altered
under conditions of high dilution from base material for which this electrode is intended. Dilution typically raises ductility.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 60 75 100 130
max. A 90 120 155 210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 13.2 13.5
Pieces/carton 642 435 246 168

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 4 1 8 0.2 17 0.6

www.metrode.com DS E-22-29.9 SUPER R | Rev. 01-03/16 347


312S94
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.9M ER312 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 29 9 QW442 A-No
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS312

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 28.0 8.0 -- --
max. 0.15 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 32.0 10.5 0.3 0.3
Typical 0.1 1.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 30 9.3 0.1 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


TIG MIG
Typical values as welded
Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 2%O2
Tensile strength (MPa) 790 813 789
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 640 628 638
Elongation (%) 4d 21 25 10
5d 19 24 10
Reduction of area % 35 31 10
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 50 -- 27
Hardness HV 275 270 300

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

TIG Ar * DC- 2.4 120A, 14V


MIG Ar + 2-5%CO2 ** DC+ 1.2 220A, 26V
SAW SS300 *** DC+ 2.4 350A, 30V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Ar CO2 gases were found to produce better ductility than Ar 2%O2 (see properties above).
*** SSB also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG - 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube To order
SAW - 25kg spool 25kg spool -

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 9 22 <1 <1 2.3

348 www.metrode.com DS E-22-312S94 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-30 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

100Cu PURE COPPER


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
Cu Mn Si Sn Pb Al P
Deoxidised pure copper. min 98.0 -- -- -- -- -- --
max bal 0.50 0.50 1.0 0.02 0.01 0.15
typ 99 0.3 0.3 0.6 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M ERCu TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 1898 / CuSn1 Diameter
Shielding Current Parameters
(mm)
TIG He * DC- 2.4 250A, 15V **
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
MIG Ar, He or Ar-He DC+ 1.2 300A, 28V **
QW432 F-No 31
* Ar can also be used but He produces deeper penetration,
permits higher travel speeds and allows preheat to be
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED reduced.
Oxygen free copper ** Higher currents will be required as material thickness
BS grade C103, UNS C10200, ISO Cu-OF / Cu-OFS. increases, parameters given are suitable for material of about
6mm thickness.

APPLICATIONS
PACKAGING DATA
100Cu produces a deoxidised pure copper deposit for Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
maximum thermal and electrical conductivity.
Applications include plate for chemical plant and TIG - 2.5kg spool 2.5kg spool
moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for MIG 15kg spool - -
electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers.
STORAGE

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,
MICROSTRUCTURE
>18C.
Single phase (fcc).

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


WELDING GUIDELINES The copper silicon wire (data sheet E-31) is also used for
Apart from very thin material (<3mm thick) a preheat welding copper when a more highly deoxidised filler is
will be required. The required preheat will range from required.
about 100C at 6mm thick up to about 400/500C for
material 15mm thick. FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical as welded TIG <1 2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 82 0.2
Tensile strength (MPa) 200
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 70
Elongation 4d (%) 20
Hardness (HV) 60

www.metrode.com DS E-30 | Rev. 01-03/16 349


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-31 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

97CuSi SILICON BRONZE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
Cu Mn Si Sn Pb Al Fe Zn P
Pure copper deoxidised with 3% silicon.
min bal 0.5 2.8 -- -- -- -- -- --
max bal 1.5 4.0 0.2 0.02 0.01 0.50 0.4 0.05

SPECIFICATIONS typ 96 0.9 3 0.1 0.002 <0.01 0.04 <0.1 <0.01


AWS A5.7M ERCuSi-A
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6560 / CuSi3Mn1 ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 320
ASME IX QUALIFICATION 0.2% proof strength (MPa) 105
Elongation 4d (%) 34
QW432 F-No 32
Hardness (HV) 85

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


General purpose including phosphorus deoxidised Diameter
Shielding Parameters
Current
copper, silicon bronze, nickel silver and some brasses. (mm)
TIG Ar or He DC-* 2.4 200A, 15V
**AC with argon provides optimum arc cleaning action

APPLICATIONS
97CuSi silicon bronze has a wider range of general PACKAGING DATA
purpose applications than 100Cu, including overlaying Diameter (mm) 2.4
of steels and cast irons. TIG 2.5kg tube
Applications include plate for chemical plant and
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for


electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers.
STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,
>18C.
MICROSTRUCTURE
Single phase (fcc).).
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The pure copper wire (data sheet E-30) is used for
welding copper when optimum thermal or electrical
WELDING GUIDELINES conductivity is required.
Preheat is not required when welding silicon bronze
and interpass temperature should be kept below
100C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
If welding copper then preheat of about 100C will
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
be required for 6mm material increasing up to about
400/500C for 15mm thick material. <1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3
.

350 www.metrode.com DS E-31 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-33 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

92CuSn TIN BRONZE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
Tin bronze alloy wire for welding similar tin bronze Cu Sn Pb Al P Zn Fe Ni
(phosphor bronze) alloys. min bal 7.5 -- -- 0.01 -- -- --
max bal 8.5 0.02 0.01 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.2
typ 92 7.8 0.01 <0.01 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M (ERCuSn-C) ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical as welded TIG
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 5210 / CuSn8P
Tensile strength (MPa) 344
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 154
ASME IX QUALIFICATION Elongation 5d (%) 58
Hardness (HV) 86
QW432 F-No 33

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Diameter
Up to 10%Sn+0.5%P. BS PB101- Shielding Current Parameters
(mm)
Tin bronze
103, UNS C50100-C52400 TIG Ar DC- 2.4 250A, 15V
BS LG3, LG4, LPB1,
Gunmetals (but >5%Pb leaded types difficult). PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6
Bell metal Cu + 20-25%Sn.
TIG 2.5kg tube
Brass Cu + 40%Zn, manganese bronze

STORAGE
APPLICATIONS Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


92 CuSn tin bronze alloy wire is used for welding a >18C.
range of copper base alloys to themselves and to CMn
steels or cast irons, and also for the repair and joining
of castings.
It is also suitable, if low dilution is achieved, for weld
surfacing to give a bearing surface and/or corrosion FUME DATA
resistant overlay on steel components, shafts etc.
Stainless steels should be avoided because chromium Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
pick-up causes embrittlement. Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
<1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3

MICROSTRUCTURE
A multi phase copper base structure with complex
eutectoids.

WELDING GUIDELINES
The tin bronze weld metal tends to be sluggish
because of its wide melting range. Preheating to
about 200C can help improve fluidity when welding
thick sections. To avoid hot cracking it is desirable to
keep the interpass temperature below 200C

www.metrode.com DS E-33 | Rev. 01-03/16 351


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-36 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

90CuAl ALUMINIUM BRONZE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
Cu Al Fe Zn Si Pb
9% Al bronze for welding similar 5-11% Al alloys min -- 8.5 0.5 -- -- --
max bal 11.0 1.5 0.02 0.10 0.02
SPECIFICATIONS typ 90 9 1.0 <0.01 0.02 0.004
AWS A5.7M ERCuAl-A2
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6180 / CuAl10Fe
ASME IX QUALIFICATION ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
QW432 F-No 36 Typical as welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 550-615
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED 0.2% proof strength (MPa) 250-350
UNS C61400, BS CA101-103, Elongation 4d (%) 21
Aluminium bronze:
BS 1400 AB1 (cast), Alloy D. Reduction of area (%) 25
Beryllium copper: Cu+ 0.5-2%Be; closest strength.
Brass: CuZn.
Aluminium brass: eg. Yorkalbro Cu-22%Zn-2%Al. TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Manganese bronze: Cu + 20-45%Zn + 1-3%Mn. Diameter
Shielding Current Parameters
(mm)
Silicon bronze: Cu + 1-3.5%Si,
(also see data sheet E-31). TIG Ar AC 2.4 250A, 15V
235A, 25V
APPLICATIONS MIG Ar, He or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2
(mean)
For welding 5-11% Al bronzes plus other copper alloys
as listed above. For brasses the weld colour is similar
and the presence of aluminium in the filler helps to PACKAGING DATA
suppress zinc volatilisation during welding. Diameter
1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
(mm)
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

It can also be used to overlay CMn steels and cast irons


to give wear and corrosion resistant bearing surfaces, TIG - 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
or to join these to most copper base alloys. MIG 15kg spool - - -
Applications include corrosion resistant and spark
resistant pumps, castings, machinery parts, heat
exchangers for offshore, marine and mining equipment. STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,
MICROSTRUCTURE >18C.
In the as-welded condition consists of a duplex +
microstructure.
WELDING GUIDELINES FUME DATA
For aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
and maximum interpass temperature should be Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
200C. 3 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3
When welding brass a preheat of 100-300C should
be used on thicker sections, the lower preheat Beryllium has a very low OEL (0.002mg/m3) so special precautions
may be required when welding beryllium coppers.
temperatures being used for the high-zinc brasses.
Although this wire is suitable for many dissimilar
combinations of copper and ferrous alloys, care is
necessary to minimise dilution by high chromium
alloys such as stainless steels. The limited tolerance
to chromium pick-up may cause embrittlement and
cracking especially if bend tests are applied. In this
situation low heat input buttering is beneficial.
352 www.metrode.com DS E-36 | Rev. 01-03/16
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-37 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

80CuNiAl NICKEL ALUMINIUM BRONZE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
Cu-9%Al-5%Ni bronze for welding similar nickel aluminium Cu Al Ni Fe Mn Si Zn Pb
bronze alloys. min bal 8.50 4.0 3.0 0.60 -- -- --
max bal 9.50 5.5 5.0 3.50 0.10 0.10 0.02
typ 82 9.3 4.2 3.3 0.8 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M ERCuNiAl
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6328 / CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2 ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical As welded TIG
Tensile strength (MPa) 740
ASME IX QUALIFICATION 0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400
Elongation 4d (%) 19
QW432 F-No 37
Reduction of area (%) 23
Hardness (HV) 220
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
C63200, C63000 (CA630), C95800
ASTM (cast), C95500 (cast), C95520 TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
(cast). Diameter
Shielding Current Parameters
BS CA104, CA105, AB2 (cast), Alloy E. (mm)
2.0966 (CuAl10Ni), 2.0978 TIG Ar AC 2.4 250A, 15V
DIN (CuAl11Ni), 2.0970 (G-CuAl10Ni), MIG Ar, He or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2
235A, 25V
2.0980 (G-CuAl11Ni) (mean)
MoD DGS 1043 Grade 2.

APPLICATIONS

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


PACKAGING DATA
80CuNiAl wire deposits nickel aluminium bronze
and is suitable for welding wrought and cast parent Diameter (mm) 1.2 2.4
materials of similar composition. These alloys have TIG - 2.5kg tube
high strength and resistance to stress corrosion, MIG 15kg spool -
cavitation erosion, corrosion fatigue, and attack by
acids and chlorides.
Applications include corrosion resistant and spark
resistant pumps, ship propellers, heat exchangers for STORAGE
offshore, marine and mining equipment. Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,
>18C.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition consists of a duplex +
microstructure.
FUME DATA
WELDING GUIDELINES Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
For aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
and maximum interpass temperature should be
6 4 <0.1 3 <0.1 75 0.3
150C.
Resistance to hot cracking in thick sections with high
restraint is said to be inferior to plain aluminium
bronze. An alternative is to fill with higher ductility
aluminium bronze (data sheet E-36) and cap with
80CuNiAl.

www.metrode.com DS E-37 | Rev. 01-03/16 353


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-45 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

ALLOY C
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Alloy C is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite
base alloy. with some carbides and microsegregation typical
of as-deposited weld metal.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM A494 CW-12MW - A743/A744 CW-12M
Preheat is not generally required but may be
DIN 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr)
necessary for higher carbon hardenable steels. For
Also used for surfacing and overlays
best corrosion resistance interpass temperature
should be kept below 150C and heat input restricted
APPLICATIONS to 1.5kJ/mm.
The weld deposit composition matches cast alloy C with
Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Wrought forms of this
alloy (C276) have low C and Si, see data sheet D-30. Cast RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
versions of the alloy typically have higher carbon and Alloy C276 (D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-
silicon (like the original wrought alloy C which is now 32) are also NiCrMo.
obsolete) but repair welds are usually solution treated
for optimum corrosion resistance.
A controlled level of carbon raises strength and PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
response to work-hardening. These properties extend
Process Product Specification
to elevated temperatures, and with good resistance
to impact and thermal fatigue the weld metal finds MMA Nimax C AWS ENiCrMo-5A
extensive use for surfacing or build-up of hot-work
forging dies, especially where large volumes of weld
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

metal must be deposited economically. It is also used as


a buffer layer prior to surfacing with more exotic nickel
or cobalt base alloys.
Although these consumables are not intended for
aggressive chemical plant applications this alloy has
intrinsically high resistance to general corrosion,
pitting attack and stress corrosion in high chloride
environments such as seawater. It is useful for
corrosion resistant overlays especially when combined
with erosion or cavitation. These properties are also
exploited for site repairs without preheat on high
strength martensitic stainless steels used for hydro
turbines.

354 www.metrode.com DS E-45 | Rev. 01-03/16


NIMAX C
HIGH RECOVERY ALLOY C ELECTRODE PRIMARILY USED FOR SURFACING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special metal powder rutile- basic flux coating on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.
Recovery is about 150% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5. 13M ENiCrMo-5A QW432 F-No 7 1
BS EN 14700 E Ni2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Fe V Cu Co
Typical 0.05 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 16 56 16.5 3.6 5.5 0.1 0.05 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded Typical Typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 495 680
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 275 540
Elongation 4d (%) 4 10-25
Hardness (HV) -- 240
Work hardens to about 450HV.
* Minimum properties are for ASTM A494 CW-12MW castings which are solution treated at 1120C + WQ.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


Diameter (mm) 5.0
min. A 160
max. A 260

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 5.0*
Length (mm) 450
kg/carton 18.0
Pieces/carton 102

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1

www.metrode.com DS E-45-NIMAX C | Rev. 01-03/16 355


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-50 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

350 HARDFACING CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Martensitic hardfacing alloy producing a deposit In the as-deposited condition the microstructure
of nominally 350HV hardness. consists of martensite with some carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
These consumables are used for surfacing not joining. Preheat is not normally required but 100-200C
They can be used for surfacing many materials may be required with thick and/or complex sections
including structural steels (BS 4360), general purpose particularly with low alloy base materials or where
cast steels (BS 3100) and rail steels (BS 11). there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.

APPLICATIONS
These consumables deposit weld metal with a hardness PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
in the range 380-410HV; actual hardness depends
on base metal composition and number of layers Process Product Specification
deposited. MMA Methard 350 (BS EN EFe1)
The deposit gives a wear resistant crack-free deposit FCW Hardcore 350 BS EN TFe1
suitable for conditions of moderate abrasion and
friction coupled with resistance to heavy impact
Items suitable for surfacing include slideways,
trackwheels, rails, roller guides, couplings, brake drums
and shoes, rope winches, caterpillar tracks, and clutch
plates and cones.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

356 www.metrode.com DS E-50 | Rev. 01-03/16


METHARD 350
350HV HARDNESS MMA ELECTRODE FOR SURFACING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA surfacing electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux made on low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 E Fe1 (Nearest classification) QW432 F-No

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PG/3Gd PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr Mo
Typical 0.3 0.2 0.2 3 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:
Vickers (HV) 380-410
Rockwell (HRC) 39-42
Brinell (HB) 360-390
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 80 100 140
max. A 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 450 450 450
kg/carton 18.6 18.9 18.0
Pieces/carton 471 234 147

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)
16 5 1 18 1

www.metrode.com DS E-50-METHARD 350 | Rev. 01-03/16 357


HARDCORE 350
SELF-SHIELDED FLUX CORED WIRE FOR SURFACING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
A self-shielded flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The lime-fluorspar flux fill eliminates the
need for an external shielding gas. Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 T Fe1 QW432 F-No

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr Mo Al
Typical 0.25 2 0.1 1 0.2 1.7

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:
Vickers (HV) 300-400
Rockwell (HRC) 30-36
Brinell (HB) 280-400
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


No shielding gas is required.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Current: DC+ve ranges as below:


Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range stickout
1.2 150-250A, 20-26V 40-50mm
1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm
2.8 300-500A, 27-35V 40-50mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 8 <0.5 1 <1 8 5

358 www.metrode.com DS E-50-HARDCORE 350 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-51 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

650 HARDFACING CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Martensitic alloy for hardfacing producing a Preheat is not normally required but 100-200C
deposit of nominally 650HV hardness. may be required with thick and/or complex sections
particularly with low alloy base materials or where
there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.
For substantial build-ups on plain carbon or CMn
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED steels 350 types (data sheet E-50) should be used
as a buffer layer to reduce the risk of cracking or
These consumables are not used for joining they are spalling.
used for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They
can be used for hardfacing many materials including
structural steel (BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high
strength cast steel (BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Hadfield ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
13%Mn steel. The combination of a 307 type (data sheet E-21)
buffer with two or more layers of 650 has proved
to be particularly successful for excavation and
crushing equipment in cement plants in areas
where the high stress abrasion resistance of
APPLICATIONS 13%Mn steel is inadequate.
These consumables give a hardfacing deposit with
a hardness in the range 53-59 HRC dependent upon
parent material dilution and the number of layers.
It is particularly suitable for resistance to abrasion but
will withstand a reasonable amount of impact damage RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


and battering. The 350 surfacing consumables (data sheet E-50)
Typical applications are bulldozer blades, excavator are used for less abrasion resistant applications
teeth, crusher jaws, buckets, scrapers and swing where better impact resistance is required. The
hammers in conditions of severe abrasion from soil, chromium carbide types (data sheet E-55) are
sand and crushed minerals, coupled with the risk of used for more severe abrasion applications.
impact from large rocks and compacted materials.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MICROSTRUCTURE Methard 650 (BS EN EFe2)
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure MMA
Methard 650R (BS EN EFe2)
consists of martensite with some carbides
FCW Hardcore 650 BS EN TFe2

www.metrode.com DS E-51 | Rev. 01-03/16 359


METHARD 650
MMA HARDFACING ELECTRODE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder flux on a low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 E Fe2 (Nearest classification) QW432 F-No

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr Mo V
Typical 0.7 0.6 0.4 8 0.6 0.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate: 1 layer 3 layers
Vickers (HV) 600-700 700-760
Rockwell (HRC) 55-60 60-63
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 45V MIN)


MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0


min. A 80 100 140
max. A 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 450 450 450
kg/carton 18.6 18.6 19.5
Pieces/carton 387 246 171

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 6 2.5 0.1 0.5 18 2

360 www.metrode.com DS E-51-METHARD 650 | Rev. 01-03/16


METHARD 650R
HIGH RECOVERY MMA HARDFACING ELECTRODE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile high recovery metal powder flux made on pure low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 160% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 E Fe2 (Nearest classification) QW432 F-No

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr Mo V
Typical 0.4 0.3 0.8 8 1 0.6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate: 1 layer 3 layers 1 layer on high carbon steel
Vickers (HV) 560-600 620-680 580-640
Rockwell (HRC) 53-55 56-59 54-57
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.
The weld metal will retain its hardness up to about 450C but then softens markedly at temperatures in the range 550-700C.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 45V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 70 80 100 140
max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.0 13.2 15.0
Pieces/carton 396 255 162 102

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 6 2.5 0.1 0.5 18 2

www.metrode.com DS E-51-METHARD 650R | Rev. 01-03/16 361


HARDCORE 650
SELF-SHIELDED FLUX CORED WIRE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas.Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 T Fe2 QW432 F-No

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr Mo Al
Typical 0.8 2 0.8 2.5 0.2 1.7

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical all-weld metal hardness:
Vickers (HV) 600-700
Rockwell (HRC) 55-60
Brinell (HB) 620-680
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


No shielding gas is required.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range stickout
1.2 150-250A, 20-26V 40-50mm
1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 7 <0.5 1.5 <0.5 12 5

362 www.metrode.com DS E-51-HARDCORE 650 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-53 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

METHARD 750TS 750HV HARDFACING CONSUMABLE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux made C Mn Si S P Cr Mo W V
on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed min 0.5 -- -- -- -- 3.0 5.0 1.0 0.8
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth max 0.9 0.6 0.8 0.03 0.03 5.0 9.5 2.5 1.3
operation. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core
typ 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 4 8 1.7 1.1
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
AWS A5.13 EFe5-B Typical hardness: HRC HV
As welded 62 750
BS EN 14700 E Fe4
Annealed (800C + FC) <25 <270
ASME IX QUALIFICATION Tempered (550C/2 + AC) 60-65 700-850
QW432 F-No 71
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
Various tool steels.
Used for surfacing mild or low alloy steel blanks.
PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
APPLICATIONS
This electrode gives a Mo alloyed high speed tool TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 60V MIN)
steel deposit with hot hardness (up to 600C), good Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
toughness and crack resistance (similar to AISI M1). min. A 70 90 130
Used for the reclamation, repair and modification of max. A 115 155 210
high speed cutting and machining tools in either the
as-welded, tempered or rehardened condition. New PACKAGING DATA
tools can be manufactured by overlaying mild or Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
alloyed steel blanks, annealing to facilitate machining, Length (mm) 350 380 380

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


quenching and tempering to required hardness. kg/carton 11.7 12.6 13.2
Applications include cutting and piercing tools, dies and Pieces/carton 420 246 177
drills, punches and knives, ingot tongs etc.
MICROSTRUCTURE STORAGE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
of partially tempered martensite with carbides and unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
some retained austenite, which is reduced if double For electrodes that have been exposed:
tempered. Redry 200300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
WELDING GUIDELINES Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
It is possible to weld without preheat provided the opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
electrodes are properly dried but preheats on the
range 100-200C will be necessary in thick or complex
sections and when welding hardenable steels FUME DATA
For machining the weld metal can be annealed Fume composition, wt % typical:
(800C + furnace cool) otherwise grinding is Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
necessary. Rehardening is carried out by preheating
slowly to 800C then raising to 1200C for 5 minutes 20 6 2 2 0.5 20 2.5
followed by air or oil quenching (brittle condition);
final temper can then be carried out to achieve
required hardness.
As-welded properties can be improved by tempering
or double tempering. During heat treatment
precautions should be taken against decarburisation.
www.metrode.com DS E-53-METHARD 750TS | Rev. 01-03/16 363
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-55 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

CHROMIUM CARBIDE HARDFACING


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Use with a stringer bead technique or a wide weave
Chromium carbide hardfacing.
for maximum coverage. Thermal contraction
stresses will normally cause some cold cracking
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED (stress-relief checking). Preheating to 200-450C and
These consumables are not used for joining they are slow cooling can minimise surface cracking but not
used for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They eliminate it.
can be used for hardfacing many materials including Build-ups should be restricted to two layers or a
structural steel (BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high maximum of three (8mm maximum build-up). For
strength cast steel (BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Hadfield large build-ups on low alloy steels, or any hardfacing
13%Mn steel (with appropriate buffer layer). on 13%Mn Hadfield steel, a buffer layer of 307 (data
sheet E-21) should be used.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
APPLICATIONS Deposits are non-machinable or heat-treatable
These consumables produce high carbon, high but can be ground. With the MMA electrodes a
chromium, chromium carbide deposits with high weave/wash technique produces a very smooth
hardness and resistance to extreme abrasion. They also glass like surface which is highly resistant to fine
exhibit high temperature stability with good oxidation hard powder abrasion.
resistance up to about 1000C (although hot hardness Hardness figures are quoted for all the products
above about 450C is inferior to cobalt types); also have but these only provide a guide to expected
moderate corrosion resistance. performance, because of the complex nature of
Used for earth moving and dredging equipment, steel the chromium carbide weld deposit. Chromium
works equipment, sinter plants, cement works, sizing carbide types have greater resistance to high
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

screens, augers, rolling mill guides, pump impellers, stress abrasion than martensitic types of
augers and feed screws; which are handling abrasive equivalent hardness.
sands and sludges under conditions of extreme abrasion
but limited impact RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
For lower abrasion resistance but better impact
properties the 650 hardfacing types (data sheet
E-51) are used. The cobalt hardfacing types (data
MICROSTRUCTURE
sheet E-65) have superior hot hardness.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure
consists of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk
hardness 500-600HV) and chromium/complex PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
carbides (approximate hardness 1500HV).
Process Product Specification
Methard 850 BS EN EFe14
MMA
Methard 950 BS EN EFe14
Hardcore 850 BS EN TFe15
FCW
Hardcore 950 BS EN TFe15

364 www.metrode.com DS E-55 | Rev. 01-03/16


METHARD 850
MMA ELECTRODE PRODUCING A CHROMIUM CARBIDE DEPOSIT

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 E Fe14 QW432 F-No

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
Typical 3 0.8 1 25 2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness on mild steel: 1 layer 2 layers 3 layers
Vickers (HV) 450-500 600-700 650-750
Rockwell (HRC) 45-50 55-60 58-62
Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
min. A 110 150
max. A 160 220

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 13.2
Pieces/carton 264 153

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4

www.metrode.com DS E-55-METHARD 850 | Rev. 01-03/16 365


METHARD 950
MMA ELECTRODE PRODUCING A CHROMIUM CARBIDE DEPOSIT

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 E Fe14 QW432 F-No

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
Typical 4 1.2 1 34 3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness on mild steel: 1 layer 2 layers 3 layers
Vickers (HV) 475-575 675-750 700-850
Rockwell (HRC) 48-54 56-62 60-66
Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
min. A 110 150 190
max. A 160 220 280

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.3 13.8 15.9
Pieces/carton 258 159 108

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4

366 www.metrode.com DS E-55-METHARD 950 | Rev. 01-03/16


HARDCORE 850
SELF-SHIELDED HARDFACING FLUX CORED WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced which is non-machinable. Metal
recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 T Fe15 QW432 F-No

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr
Typical 4.8 2.7 1.7 22

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical all-weld metal hardness on mild steel:
55-59 HRC
Actual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
Maximum deposit thickness 8mm.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


No shielding gas is required.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range stickout
1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
35 7 1 13 5 <1 12 1

www.metrode.com DS E-55-METHARD 850 | Rev. 01-03/16 367


HARDCORE 950
SELF-SHIELDED HARDFACING FLUX CORED WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced which is non-machinable. Metal
recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


BS EN 14700 T Fe15 QW432 F-No

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si Cr
Typical 5 3 1.5 27

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical all-weld metal hardness:
57-60 HRC
Actual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
Maximum deposit thickness 8mm (2-3 layers).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


No shielding gas is required.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range stickout
1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
35 7 1 13 5 <1 12 1

368 www.metrode.com DS E-55-METHARD 950 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-58 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

METHARD 1050 FOR HARDFACING


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with rutile metal powder type flux made C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed typ 4.5 0.2 1 28 12
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth
operation. Recovery is about 200% with respect to core
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode. ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical hardness: HRC HV
As welded 62-66 750-850
SPECIFICATIONS These values are for guidance only actual hardness is
BS EN 14700 E Fe16 dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate
and welding conditions.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Surfacing of mild and low alloy steels.
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
APPLICATIONS
This electrode gives a high alloy complex chromium
carbide deposit to produce very high hardness, resistance
PA/1G PB/2F
to extreme abrasion and thermal stability up to 600C,
coupled with reasonable corrosion resistance. The deposit
is not machinable but can be ground if necessary. OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Used for equipment in contact with hot metal, slag and hot Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
gases at temperatures in excess of 600C. For applications min. A 110 150
requiring high resistance to thermal shock one of the max. A 160 220
cobalt based Cobstel types should be considered. For
ambient temperature applications Methard 850 or 950 (E-
55) are more economic alternatives.
PACKAGING DATA

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


Used for surfacing slag crushers, ore processors, furnace
guides, rollers and moulds, in the steel, ceramic, cement, Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350
pottery and glass industries.
kg/carton 12.6 12.6
Pieces/carton 183 114
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists
of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk hardness 500-600HV)
STORAGE
and a large proportion of chromium and complex alloy
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
carbides (1500-2000HV).
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
WELDING GUIDELINES For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Preheat to 200-450C and slow cool to minimise
Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
surface cracking. Use a stringer bead or wide weave Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
for maximum coverage. opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C
Build-up is normally limited to 2 layers (maximum 3).
Surface crazing or cracking (checking) is normal but
can be minimised by preheating and slow cooling.
FUME DATA
For large build-ups or any surfacing on 13%Mn steels
Fume composition, wt % typical:
use a buffer layer of a 307 type (data sheet E-21).
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4

www.metrode.com DS E-58 | Rev. 01-03/16 369


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-60 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

WORKHARD 13MN
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux made on C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
low carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed min 0.5 11.0 0.3 -- -- -- 0.6
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth max 0.9 16.0 1.3 0.03 0.03 0.5 1.4
operation. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core typ 0.8 13 0.6 0.01 0.02 0.2 1
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFICATIONS Typical hardness: As deposited Work Hardened
AWS A5.13 EFeMn-B Brinell (HB) 170-220 380-550
BS EN 14700 E Fe9 Vickers (HV) 180-230 400-580
Rockwell 87-96 HRB 41-54 HRC
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 71 WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
13%Mn Hadfield steel. Used for surfacing other steels
using a suitable buffer layer PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G

APPLICATIONS
Workhard 13Mn electrode deposits a fairly soft ductile OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
weld metal which rapidly work hardens under heavy Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
impact and battering to become wear and abrasion min. A 80 100 140
resistant. The parent steel, developed by Hadfield in max. A 140 180 240
1883, is the oldest alloy steel and its resistance to gouging
abrasion is exceptional and unique.
Used for the reclamation, surfacing and joining of 13%Mn
PACKAGING DATA
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

steel. Applications include dredger, bucket and grab tips;


hammers and rolls in crushing plants; various equipment Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.0
in quarries and other mineral extraction industries. Also Length (mm) 380 450 450
used for rail track points, crossings and frogs; and prison kg/carton 15.0 16.5 16.8
bars. Pieces/carton 357 219 147

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists STORAGE
of a soft manganese alloy austenite which rapidly work 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
hardens under impact loading. unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
WELDING GUIDELINES Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
C and Mo are carefully controlled to minimise the Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
risk of carbide embrittlement but the weld metal Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
and particularly base material are susceptible to opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
embrittlement when exposed to temperatures in the
range 370-590C. To minimise embrittlement and
cracking the weld and work piece must be kept cool
FUME DATA
(below 150C). Use no preheat, low heat inputs, small
Fume composition, wt % typical:
weld beads and cool with water, swabs or air blasts if
Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)
necessary.
A buffer layer, such as MetMax 307R, should be used prior 19 23 0.1 10 2.2
to surfacing mild or alloy steels with WorkHard 13Mn.
MetMax 307R should also be used as a buffer to avoid the
need for large multi-pass deposits of WorkHard 13Mn.

370 www.metrode.com DS E-60-WORKHARD 13Mn | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-65 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

COBSTEL 6 (ECoCr-A)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special cobalt C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co
alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound min 0.7 -- -- 25.0 -- -- 3.0 -- bal
porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation and max 1.4 2.0 2.0 32.0 3.0 1.0 6.0 5.0 bal
low dilution. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core typ 1.2 0.2 0.8 28 2 <0.5 4.5 3 60
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFICATIONS Temperature, C
AWS A5.13 ECoCr-A Typical as-welded hardness :
+20 +400 +600 +800 +900
BS EN 14700 E Co2 (Nearest classification) Vickers (HV) 350-440 320 280 230 200
Rockwell 35-45 32 28 22 -
Although the hardness reduces steadily with temperature oxidation
resistance is good to in excess of 1000C.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 71 WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels;
and also for nickel base alloys. PA/1G PB/2F
Can also be used for the repair of UNS R30006, Stellite 6
(Deloro Stellite). OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC+/- VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2
APPLICATIONS min. A 70 90
This is the most widely used cobalt base type and max. A 115 155
combines good abrasion resistance with resistance to
corrosion, erosion and thermal shock. It also has excellent PACKAGING DATA

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


resistance to galling, sliding friction and compression at
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2
all temperatures. Length (mm) 300 350
It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot shear kg/carton 13.5 13.8
blades, punches and dies, ingot tong ends and equipment Pieces/carton 594 333
for handling hot steel. Used for cat cracker slide valves in
petrochemical industry. Also finds applications in a very
wide range of industries including steel, cement, marine STORAGE
and power generation. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
MICROSTRUCTURE unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of For electrodes that have been exposed:
a cobalt based austenite with a number of carbides and Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
other complex phases. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
WELDING GUIDELINES
For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used,
but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable.
Preheat in the range 100-300C or higher with slow FUME DATA
cooling may be required to avoid the risk of cracking in Fume composition, wt % typical:
multi-run deposits and/or highly restrained conditions. Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)
Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be 1 3 <1 11 18.5 1 9 0.5
finished by grinding where necessary.

www.metrode.com DS E-65-COBSTEL 6 | Rev. 01-03/16 371


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-66 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

COBSTEL 8 (ECOCR-E)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special cobalt C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co
alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound min 0.15 -- -- 24.0 2.0 4.5 -- -- bal
porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation and max 0.40 1.5 1.0 29.0 4.0 6.5 0.50 5.0 bal
low dilution. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core typ 0.3 0.2 0.6 26 3 5.5 <0.1 3 60
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFICATIONS Temperature, C
Typical as-welded hardness :
AWS A5.13 ECoCr-E +20 +400 +600 +800 +900
BS EN 14700 E Co1 Vickers (HV) 320 210 170 110 100
UNS W73021 Rockwell 30 - - - -
The as-deposited room temperature hardness can be increased to
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED 450HV (44HRC) by work hardening.
Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels;
and also for nickel base alloys. WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
Can also be used for the repair of similar base materials
(UNS R30021, Stellite 21 - Deloro Stellite, and BS 3146 ANC
14 castings) although it is optimised for surfacing not
joining. PA/1G PB/2F

APPLICATIONS OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC+/- VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


This low carbon cobalt base type combines good high Diameter (mm) 3.2
temperature strength with high ductility. The improved min. A 90
ductility provides better resistance to weld cracking than max. A 155
the high carbon types. It has high resistance to corrosion,
oxidation and sulphidation; good resistance to cavitation-
PACKAGING DATA
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

erosion and resists thermal shock better than high carbon


types. Galling resistance is inferior to high carbon types Diameter (mm) 3.2
but bed-in properties are better. Length (mm) 350
It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot shear kg/carton 13.5
blades, hot work dies, ingot tong ends and equipment for Pieces/carton 384
handling hot steel. Used for cat cracker slide valves in
petrochemical industry. Also finds applications in a very
wide range of industries including steel, cement, marine STORAGE
and power generation. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
MICROSTRUCTURE Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
a cobalt based austenite with a number of carbides and Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
other complex phases. opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

WELDING GUIDELINES
For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used, FUME DATA
but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable. Fume composition, wt % typical:
Preheat not required, but advisable for first layer when Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)
deposited on hardenable alloy steels. Interpass control 1 4 1 10 19 1 9 0.5
to ~200C maximum is advisable to minimise possible
hot cracking in heavy multipass deposits.
Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be
finished by grinding where necessary.

372 www.metrode.com DS E-66 COBSTEL 8 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-70 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

MILD AND CMn STEELS


ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Consumables for welding mild and CMn steels of
340-510MPa tensile strength. Preheat and PWHT would often not be required
but actual requirements will depend on grade and
thickness of base material being welded.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
API 5L grades A, B, X42, X52, X60
ASTM/ASME A36; A106 grades A, B &C; A139; A210
grades A1 & C; A234 grade WPB; A334 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The 1%Ni consumables (data sheet A-40) are used
grade 1, A216 grade WCA, WCB, WCC
for applications requiring better low temperature
BS EN 10025 grades S235 & S275
impact properties.
BS 1449 pt 1 grades 1-15 & 34/20-43/25;
3059, 3601 & 3602 grades 320 & 360;
4360 grades 43 & 50; 1501 grades 151
& 161
DIN St37; St44; St50; St52
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
ER70S-2 AWS ER70S-2
TIG ER70S-3 AWS ER70S-3
APPLICATIONS ER70S-6 AWS ER70S-6
Used for a diverse range of applications in general FCW Metcore DWA 50 AWS E71T-1M

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


engineering and fabrication, pipework and pressure
vessel fabrication. The flux cored wire also finds
widespread use in ship and bridge building.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Predominantly ferrite

www.metrode.com DS E-70 | Rev. 01-03/16 373


ER70S-2
MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This wire has extra deoxidation (Al, Ti & Zr) and is often referred to as triple deoxi-
dised. This is claimed to have advantages for rimming or semi-killed steels and rusty or contaminated plate. Owing to the high
levels of deoxidants some precipitation may occur in multipass welds, particularly following PWHT. Also suitable for subsequent
vitreous enamelling, where the low carbon and the Ti+Zr suppress blistering of the enamel during stoving.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.18M ER70S-2 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 636-A (W 2Ti) nearest classification QW442 A-No 1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cu Al Ti Zr Ni Cr Mo V
Min. -- 0.90 0.40 -- -- -- 0.05 0.05 0.02 -- -- -- --
Max. 0.07 1.40 0.70 0.025 0.025 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.12 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
Typical 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.08 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical as welded min typical
Tensile strenght (MPa) 480 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 550
Elongation (%) 4d 22 23
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C 27 30*
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 220/240
* Single values may be lower, particularly after PWHT**
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 150A, 15V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.6 3.2
TIG 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube

STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5

374 www.metrode.com DS E-70-ER70S-2 | Rev. 02-08/16


ER70S-3
MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Solid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This is a higher carbon double deoxidised wire with Mn and Si which produces reliable
impact properties.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.18M ER70S-3 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 636-A W 42 5 W2Si QW442 A-No 1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Cr Mo V
Min. 0.06 0.90 0.45 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Max. 0.15 1.40 0.70 0.025 0.025 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
Typical 0.1 1.1 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical as welded min typical
Tensile strenght (MPa) 480 540
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 460
Elongation (%) 4d 22 34
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C 27 180
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 170/200

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Voltage

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 150A, 15V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4
TIG to order to order

STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5

www.metrode.com DS E-70-ER70S-3 | Rev. 01-03/16 375


ER70S-6
MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This is a good general purpose filler wire, double deoxidised with higher levels of Mn
and Si, providing reliable impact properties.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.18M ER70S-6 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 636-A W 42 5 W3Si1 QW442 A-No 1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Cr Mo V
Min. 0.06 1.40 0.80 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Max. 0.12 1.60 1.15 0.025 0.035 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
Typical 0.08 1.5 0.85 0.015 0.01 0.15 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical as welded min typical
Tensile strenght (MPa) 480 575
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 445
Elongation (%) 4d 22 34
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C 27 180
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 175/220

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Voltage


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 150A, 15V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube

STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5

376 www.metrode.com DS E-70-ER70S-6 | Rev. 02-08/16


METCORE DWA 50
ALL-POSITIONAL CMn RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding positions, including
positional pipework. The wire is designed for standard mild and CMn steels. Suitable for single-sided welds on ceramic backing
systems. Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g. Metal recovery 90% with respect
to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION


AWS A5.20M E71T-1M QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.36M E71T1-M21A0-CS1-H4 QW442 A-No 1
BS EN ISO 17632-A T 422 PM1 H5
BS EN ISO 17632-B T492T1-1MA-H5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V
min. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
max. 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.04 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08
Typical 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.01 < 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
As welded (PWHT with caution) Min*
as-welded 600C/4h
Tensile strength (MPa) 510-650 580 575
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 420 510 485
Elongation (%) 4d 22 29 32
5d 18 25 30
Reduction of area % -- 70 --
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C -- 150 140
-20C 27 90 45

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


Hardness (HV) -- 200 --
*As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-1M as-welded. Since toughness may be reduced by PWHT, batch testing (to order) is advised to
confirm specific requirements.

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
36 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 2 5

www.metrode.com DS E-70-METCORE DWA 50 | Rev. 01-03/16 377


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-71 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

ULTRAMILD
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
Special low strength MMA electrode made with a basic low C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb V
hydrogen coating on pure iron core wire. Moisture resistant min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
coating gives weld metal hydrogen content <5ml/100g. max 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.015 0.020 0.10 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with typ 0.02 0.4 0.3 0.010 0.010 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01
respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
SPECIFICATIONS Tensile strength (MPa) 430 460
AWS A5.1M E6018 H4 0.2% proof strength (MPa) 330 370
4d 22 33
Elongation (%)
ASME IX QUALIFICATION 5d -- 29
+20 -- 200
QW432 F-No 71 Impact ISO-V(J) -20C -- 100
QW442 A-No 1 -30C 27 45
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 160/150
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Mild and CMn steels.
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
APPLICATIONS
Ultramild gives a soft, ductile low strength weld metal
designed to absorb high shrinkage strains and minimise
the build-up of residual stresses. It is a basic low hydrogen PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
electrode with the lowest levels of alloying, microalloying
and deoxidation compatible with satisfactory radiographic OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
quality, resulting in ductile weld metal of about 300MPa yield Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
strength. min. A 70 80 100
Applications include repair of fabrication-induced cracks in max. A 110 140 180
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

CMn and low alloy steels, buttering layers to avoid lamellar


tearing in areas of high restraint, restrained root runs under
adverse conditions of low ambient temperature (-20C) and PACKAGING DATA
minimal or no preheat, and welding of steel conductor rails Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
requiring high electrical conductivity. Length (mm) 380 380 450
MICROSTRUCTURE kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0
In the as-welded and PWHT conditions, the microstructure Pieces/carton 663 408 264
consists of low strength ferrite. STORAGE
WELDING GUIDELINES 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
Preheating requirements will be dependent on the grade unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen
and thickness of the base material. <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Redry 250-300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-
Although Ultramild has tensile properties which match 2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h
those of the commonly used low strength grades of total.
structural and pressure vessel steels, it would not normally Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven
be chosen for the complete welding of highly stressed or or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
pressure containment welds. It can, however be used to recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
advantage in the repair of such welds particularly in root for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
areas, buttering layers, and the filling of deep grooves where FUME DATA
the high restraint can be absorbed in the weld metal and Fume composition, wt % typical:
so minimise the risk of cracking. The bulk of the joint can
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
be completed using the usual higher strength consumable
without any loss in performance resulting from the use of 15 3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 17 5
Ultramild.

378 www.metrode.com DS E-71 | Rev. 01-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet E-72 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NILSIL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with a special rutile alumino-silicate flux on C Mn Si * S P
high purity mild steel core wire. In common with E6013 type min -- 0.2 -- -- --
electrodes, the as-deposited weld metal hydrogen may exceed max 0.10 0.8 0.10 0.03 0.03
a hydrogen potential of 15ml/100g. typ 0.05 0.5 0.06 0.01 0.02
Metal recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 65% Sizes larger than 3.2mm not recommended for positional
with respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFICATIONS As welded Typical
No relevant national specifications, nearest AWS A5.1 E6013 Tensile strength (MPa) 450
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 380
Elongation (%) 4d 30
ASME IX QUALIFICATION Reduction of area % 60
QW432 F-No
QW442 A-No
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Low silicon steels.
BS 2858. PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
Armco iron.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
APPLICATIONS Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Nilsil deposits mild steel weld metal with a very low silicon min. A 70 80 100 140
content of 0.10% maximum. It is designed specifically for the max. A 110 140 180 240
fabrication and repair of hot-dip zinc galvanising baths and * Analysed silicon will include a small proportion present as
lead pots. The steels used for these applications are usually non-metallic silicate inclusions. Alloyed silicon is therefore
either Armco iron, aluminium killed or rimming steel which are

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


lower than analysed.
almost silicon free.
A low silicon content is necessary to resist corrosion/erosion
by molten zinc at the operating temperature of 450-500C, PACKAGING DATA
particularly at the molten metal/air interface. Residual zinc Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
may also attack pots used for molten lead. Weld metals with Length (mm) 380 450 450
more than 0.10% silicon are particularly subject to attack kg/carton 18.0 21.0 21.0
and at 0.4% silicon a four-fold increase would be typical. Pieces/carton 543 342 225
Manganese in the weld metal is also held at the optimum of
about 0.5%.
Nilsil is also recommended for welding articles made from low
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
silicon galvanising steels intended for subsequent bright zinc
coating. Welds of a higher silicon content can give a dull and unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin satisfactory for
uneven surface. longer than 8h working shift.
For electrodes that are damp:
Redry 100-120C/1-2h. Maximum 150C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
MICROSTRUCTURE Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven or
Ferritic 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): <60% RH, >18C.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
In the process of hot-dip galvanising, a thin bonding layer of
Fe-Zn alloy is formed at the steel interface. Silicon content FUME DATA
of the steel has a controlling influence on the Fe-Zn reaction
Fume composition, wt % typical:
and coating quality. Modern zinc baths may have about
Fe Mn Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
0.1%Ni added to improve brightness of coatings on higher
silicon steels. 25 5 <0.2 <0.1 <2 5

www.metrode.com DS E-72 | Rev. 01-03/16 379


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Section F : FLUXES FOR SUBMERGED ARC WELDING HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

FLUXES FOR USE WITH LOW ALLOY CrMo, STAINLESS STEEL AND NICKEL BASE WIRES

This section includes submerged arc welding (SAW) fluxes for CrMo low alloy steels, austenitic stainless steels, duplex and superduplex
stainless steels and nickel base alloys. The data sheets in this section include data specific to the flux, further information on the
wires and strips can be found on the relevant alloy data sheet in Sections A, B, C, D & E.
An indication of the basicity of the fluxes is given using a basicity index (BI) the most common of which is the Boniszewski index which
is calculated from the molecular weight of each component using the following formula:

CaO + MgO + BaO + CaF2 + Na2O + K2O + 0.5(MnO + FeO)


SiO2 + 0.5(Al2O3 + TiO2 + ZrO2)

Flux consumption will vary slightly from one flux to another and also with welding parameters, the consumption increasing as the
voltage increases. As a general approximation about 1kg of flux is consumed for every kg of wire melted; for estimation purposes a
flux:wire ratio between 1 & 2 is normally used. The unfused flux can be recycled but the recycled flux should be limited to about 10%
of the blend to avoid the build-up of fines.
There is a European specification (BS EN ISO 14174) for the classification of fluxes and also a DIN specification both of which allow a
flux to be classified according to its characteristics. ASME/AWS does not have any standards for the classification of a flux they only
classify wire-flux combinations. The ASME/AWS standards currently only cover mild and low alloy steel wireflux combinations; there
are no ASME/AWS standards for stainless steel or nickel base wire-flux combinations.

AWS EN / EN ISO
DataSheet Product AWS Classifications
Classifications Classifications
F-11 LA436 General purpose flux for low alloy and Cr-Mo steels -- S A AB 1
F-14 LA490 High basicity flux for P91 and P92 -- S A FB 1
F-20 SSB Flux for duplex and superduplex stainless steel -- S A AF 2
F-22 SS300 Flux for general purpose stainless steel -- S A AF 2
F-30 NiCu Basic flux for alloy 400 -- S A CS 2
F-35 NiCr Basic low silica flux for nickel alloys -- S A FB 2
FLUX

380 www.metrode.com DS F-01 | Rev. 02-03/16


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet F-11 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

LA436 FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
Neutral, aluminate basic, agglomerated flux. The appropriate preheat or interpass temperature
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6. controls will be dependent on the material being
welded, guidelines can be found on the data sheet
for the appropriate wire. PWHT recommendations, if
required, will also be found on the appropriate wire data
sheet.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 S A AB 1 67 AC H5 TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
Suitable for single or tandem wire, with a current
carrying capacity of 700A.
Typical parameters for a 2.4mm wire are:
ASME IX QUALIFICATION 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed.
QW432 F-No QW442 A-No
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
resistant 25kg metal drums.
The base materials to be welded include ASTM A335 P11,
P22 and P36.
STORAGE
Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
APPLICATIONS >18C.
The LA436 flux is designed for welding low alloy and creep If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
resisting CrMo steels (eg. data sheets A-12, A-13 and A-23). period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C for
LA436 flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. LA436 1-2 hours.
shows a silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up
of ~0.4% with a 1%Mn wire (in accordance with BS EN ISO
14174). FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%


Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
1NiMo 0.06 1.9 0.5 <0.01 <0.02 -- 0.9 0.5
1CrMo 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 -- 0.5
FLUX

2CrMo 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 -- 1.0


9CrMo 0.07 0.5 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 9.0 0.1 0.9

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT
Wire 1NiMo 1CrMo 2CrMo
Tensile strength (MPa) 680 620 640
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 560 535 560
Elongation (%) 4d 30 25 24
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 140 >100 >100

www.metrode.com DS F7-11 - LA436 | Rev. 01-03/16 381


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet F-14 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

LA490 FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
Agglomerated fluoride basique flux for 9% chromium Guidelines will depend on the material being welded.
creep resisting steels. For further details see the appropriate alloy data sheet
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~3.0. Particle eg. for modified 9CrMo (P91) using 9CrMoV-N wire see
size is 0.22.0mm. Nominal composition of the flux is: data sheet A-17 and for P92 using 9CrWV wire see data
sheet A-20.
36%(CaO+MgO) + 27%(CaF2) + 30%(SiO2 +Al2O3)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


SPECIFICATIONS Current: DC+ or AC, 800A maximum.
BS EN ISO 14174 S A FB 1 55 AC H5
PACKAGING DATA
ASME IX QUALIFICATION Metrode LA490 flux is supplied in hermetic moisture
QW432 F-No QW442 A-No resistant "SaharaTM bag.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED STORAGE


Major application is for welding modified 9CrMo (P91 and P92) Preferred storage conditions for open packaging:
creep resisting steels (data sheet A-17 and A-20). <60%RH, >18C.
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 300-350C for
APPLICATIONS 1-2 hours.
The LA490 flux is metallurgically neutral with respect
to Mn and Si. It is a hydrogen controlled flux depositing
FUME DATA
low diffusible hydrogen content weld metal and hence is
suitable for thick section joints. Also suitable for tandem SAW fume is negligible.
and multi-wire welding systems.

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%


Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Others
9CrMoV-N 0.09 0.7 0.2 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.6 1.0 0.05 0.2V, 0.05 Nb
9CrMoV 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.3 1.0 0.05 0.2V, 0.04 Nb
FLUX

9CrWV 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.006 0.008 8.6 0.6 0.4 0.04 1.7W, 0.14V, 0.054Nb, 0.001B

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


760C/2h
Wire 9CrMoV-N 9CrMoV 9CrWV
Tensile strength (MPa) 720 700 710
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 610 570 580
Elongation (%) 4d 25 24 24
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C 60 60 45

382 www.metrode.com DS F-14 - LA490 | Rev. 03-02/17


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet F-20 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

SSB FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being
welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity Index welded but for most alloys that SSB flux is used with no
(according to Boniszewski) is ~2.2. Nominal composition of preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless steels
the flux is: the maximum recommended interpass temperature
40%(Al2O3+MnO) + 10%(SiO2+TiO2) + 50%(CaF2). is 250C but for duplex and superduplex this would
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss of normally be restricted to 100-150C maximum.
Mn and Cr.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Designed for DC+ only with wires up to 4mm diameter
SPECIFICATIONS and ~750A. However wires for the materials listed
BS EN ISO 14174 S A AF2 DC below would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a
maximum of ~600A; with ER329N and Zeron 100X the
wire diameter is further restricted as are the welding
parameters, see alloy data sheets for further infor-
ASME IX QUALIFICATION mation.
Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
QW432 F-No QW442 A-No 270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED PACKAGING DATA


Suitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data sheet Metrode SSB flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant
B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), 316L (data sheet B-32), duplex 20kg metal drums.
(data sheet B-60) and superduplex (data sheet B-61); see wire
data sheets for further information. STORAGE
Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
>18C.
APPLICATIONS If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
SSB flux is designed specifically for the butt welding of period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C for
stainless steels, where high integrity and good mechanical 1-3 hours.
properties are required
FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%


Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N Others
308S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -
347S96 0.03 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.2 10 - 0.1 - 0.5 Nb
316S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -
FLUX

309S92 0.03 1.5 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 12.5 - 0.1 - -


ER329N 0.02 1.3 0.5 0.01 0.02 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15 -
Zeron 100X 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.21 0.7 W
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Wire 308S92 347S96 316S92 309S92 ER329N Zeron 100X
Tensile strength (MPa) 570 630 570 600 790 890
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 470 450 475 630 700
Elongation (%) 4d 41 35 41 35 30 25
Impact ISO-V(J) -130C 50* - 45 - - -
-100C - 30 - - - -
-50C - - - 70 55 40
For -196C impact properties with austenitic stainless steel wires SS300 flux is preferred (see data sheet F-22) and batch testing
of the selected wire-flux combination is recommended.

www.metrode.com DS F-20 - SSB | Rev. 01-03/16 383


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet F-22 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

SS300 FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being welded
welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity but for most alloys that SS300 flux is used with no
Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6. preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless steels
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss of the maximum recommended interpass temperature is
Mn and Cr. 250C but this may be restricted to 100-150C maximum
for some applications.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Designed for DC/AC with wires up to 4mm diameter and
SPECIFICATIONS ~700A. However wires for the materials listed below
BS EN ISO 14174 S A AF2 64 AC would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a maximum of
~600A; see alloy data sheets for further information.
Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No QW442 A-No
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SS300 flux is supplied as standard in sealed
moisture resistant 25kg Sahara ReadyBagTM. It can
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED also be supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal
drums under special requirement.
Suitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data sheet
B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), and 316L (data sheet B-32); see
wire data sheets for further information. STORAGE
Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
>18C.
APPLICATIONS If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
SS300 flux is designed for the butt welding of stainless period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C for
steels, and also for surfacing/cladding applications 1-3 hours.
involving stainless steel wires.
FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.
TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%
Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N Others
308S92 0.02 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -
ER308LCF 0.02 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -
347S96 0.03 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.2 10 - 0.1 - 0.5 Nb
316S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -
ER316LCF 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -
FLUX

309S92 0.03 1.5 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 - 0.1 - -


ER329N 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.2 3.2 0.1 0.17 -
HAS C276 0.01 0.5 0.2 0.002 0.006 15.0 57.5 15.6 0.02 - 3.7 W

TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Wire 308S92 ER308LCF 347S96 316S92 ER316LCF 309S92 ER329N HAS C276
Tensile strength (MPa) 570 550 630 570 560 600 780 730
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 425 390 450 425 400 450 600 470
Elongation (%) 4d 40 41 35 40 41 35 29 43
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C - 45 - - 40 - - 80
-100C 50 - - 45 - - - -
-75C - - 30 - - - - -
-50C - - - - - 60 50 (>35) -

384 www.metrode.com DS F-22 - SS300 | Rev. 02-02/17


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet F-30 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NiCu FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MICROSTRUCTURE
Basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding and Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly ferromagnetic
strip cladding using 65NiCu wire (AWS ERNiCu-7). near room temperature.

Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is 0.6. Particle


size is 0.4 1.4mm. Nominal composition of the flux is:
50%(SiO2) + 30%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 12%(CaF2) + WELDING GUIDELINES
8%(Al2O3). No preheat required, maximum interpass temperature
150C and no PWHT required.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 S A CS 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


QW432 F-No QW442 A-No C Mn Si Cu Fe Ti Ni
Wire 0.07 3.8 0.4 29 0.15 2.0 bal
deposit 0.02 3.6 1.3 29 2.5 0.6 bal
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM DIN
UNS N04400 2.4360
UNS N04405 2.4361 ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
UNS N05500 2.4365 (cast) As welded typical
A494 M-35-1 (cast) Proprietary Tensile strength (MPa) 490
A494 M-35-2 (cast) Monel alloy 400, R405, 0.2% proof strength (MPa) 260
K500 (Special Metals) Elongation (%) 5d 45
BS Nicorros (VDM) Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C 100
NA13
NA1 (cast)
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
APPLICATIONS Current: DC+, DC- or AC. 800A maximum.
For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to itself
and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as pure nickel
and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are satisfactory, but PACKAGING DATA
cannot match the strength of this precipitation-hardened Metrode NiCu flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant
alloy. Castings of alloy 400 with up to about 1.5%Si are welded 20kg metal drums.
with Nimrod 190, but higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2
and ASTM A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because of HAZ
cracking. For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other STORAGE
alloys or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr (3- Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
6%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring) in weld
FLUX

metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct welds to mild or


>18C.
low alloy steels are satisfactory with dilution control, although If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
ERNiCr-3 wire is preferable and necessary for stainless and period, it should be redried in the range 300-400C for
higher chromium alloys (see data sheets D-10 and D-11). 1-2 hours.
Alternatively, the steel or alloy can be buttered with pure
nickel (see data sheet D-50) and this procedure is also useful
when surfacing with alloy 400 consumables. FUME DATA
Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal SAW fume is negligible.
conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater,
inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids, hydrogen
fluoride and alkalis. Applications include heat exchangers,
piping, vessels and evaporators in the offshore, marine,
chemical, petrochemical and power engineering industries.

www.metrode.com DS F-30 - NICU | Rev. 01-03/16 385


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet F-35 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

NiCr FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Highly basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding Current: DC+, Dc- or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
with a wide range of nickel base alloys (e.g. 20.70.Nb, 62-50 Normally used for single wires up to 3.2mm diameter
and HAS C276). and up to 450A. Smaller wires and lower currents are
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~4.5. Nominal normally used to minimise the risk of hot cracking,
composition of the flux is: particularly for joining applications.
5%(SiO2) + 50%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 10%(CaF2) +
Typical parameters for joining with 1.6mm wire are:
35%(Al2O3) 260A, 26V, 350mm/min travel speed.
SPECIFICATIONS PACKAGING DATA
BS EN ISO 14174 S A FB 2 Metrode NiCr flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant
20kg metal drums.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No QW442 A-No STORAGE
Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED >18C.
With appropriate wires nickel base alloy 625 (data sheet D-20),
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
alloy 600 (data sheet D-10) and alloy C-276 (data sheet D-30)
period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C for
can be welded; see wire data sheets for further details.
1-3 hours.

APPLICATIONS FUME DATA


SAW fume is negligible.
NiCr flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. The high basicity
ensures minimal loss of alloying elements, and the very low
silica content produces low silicon weld metal and minimises
the risk of hot cracking.

WELDING GUIDELINES
NiCr flux is generally used on alloys that require no
preheat, have a maximum interpass temperature of
150C and do not require PWHT. Further information
can be found on the data sheet for the respective alloy.

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%


FLUX

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe Ti W
20.70.Nb 0.01 3 0.2 0.01 0.01 20.5 bal - 2.3 1 0.1 -
62-50 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.01 0.01 21.5 bal 8.5 3.3 1 0.1 -
HAS C276 0.02 0.3 0.2 0.01 0.01 15.5 bal 15.0 - 5 - 3.7

TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Wire 20.70.Nb 62-50 HAS C276
Tensile strength (MPa) 640 715 740
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360 430 500
Elongation (%) 4d 40 50 38
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C 100 80 76

386 www.metrode.com DS F-35 - NiCr | Rev. 01-03/16


OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

FAMILY NAMES
Families of related consumables are identified with brand names which are briefly described below.
Armet Armour welding electrode
Chromet Chromium-molybdenum low alloy electrodes
Cobstel Cobalt-base stellite type electrodes
Cormet Chromium-molybdenum flux and metal cored wires
Cupromet Copper and cupronickel electrodes
Hardcore Hardfacing cored wires
KS Suffix for all-positional (generally basic) electrodes with emphasis on pipework
Methard Hardfacing electrodes
Metmax Stainless high recovery electrodes made on mild steel core wire
Nimax Nickel-base high recovery electrodes made on nickel core wire
Nimrod Nickel-base electrodes
Super R Stainless rutile electrodes (25.20 and 29.9 only)
Supercore Stainless, Nickel base and P91, P92 gas-shielded flux cored wires
Supercore P All-positional stainless gas-shielded flux cored wires
Supermet Stainless (acid) rutile electrodes
Supermig Stainless (high silicon) solid MIG wires
Thermet High temperature austenitic electrodes
Tufmet Low alloy electrodes for sub-zero toughness
Ultramet Stainless rutile all-positional electrodes
Ultramet B Stainless basic all-positional electrodes
Ultramet P Fully positional (including vertical down) pipe welding electrodes, suitable for root welding
Vertamet Stainless (acid) rutile vertical down electrodes
Workhard Hardfacing electrodes with ability to work-harden

SYMBOLS OF THE ELEMENTS

Al aluminium Cu copper N nitrogen Si silicon


Ar argon F fluorine Nb niobium Sn tin
As arsenic Fe iron Ni nickel Ta tantalum
B boron H2 hydrogen O2 oxygen Ti titanium
Bi bismuth He helium P phosphorus V vanadium
C carbon Mg magnesium Pb lead W tungsten
Cb columbium (niobium) Mn manganese S sulphur Zn zinc
Cr chromium Mo molybdenum Sb antimony Zr zirconium
OTHER INFORMATION

www.metrode.com 387
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

ABBREVIATIONS

A amps
AC alternating current
AFNOR l'Association Franaise de Normalisation (French Standards Association)
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM specifications form ASME Code II parts A and B)
AW as-welded
AWS American Welding Society (AWS specifications form ASME Code II part C)
BS British Standard
BS EN British Standard Euronorm (progressively superseding BS)
CTOD crack tip opening displacement (measurement of fracture toughness)
DC+/-ve direct current, electrode positive/negative
DIN Deutsche Institut fr Normung (German Standards Institute)
FCAW Flux Cored Arc Welding
FCW Flux Cored Wire
FN Ferrite Number (FN = % ferrite up to 8FN, 18FN = 15% ferrite)
GMAW Gas Metal Arc Welding (= MIG/MAG)
GTAW Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (= TIG)
HAZ heat affected zone
HB hardness, Brinell scale
HRC hardness, Rockwell C scale
HV hardness, Vickers scale (= VPN, Vickers Pyramid number); also horizontal-vertical welding position
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
J Joule (unit of energy in Charpy test or heat input, 1 watt-second)
kJ/mm kilojoules per mm: heat input = V x A x time (sec) divided by 1000 x ROL (mm)
ksi (=1000psi) kilopounds per square inch (1ksi = 6.895N/mm2)
LNG liquefied natural gas
LPG liquefied petroleum gas
MAG Metal Active Gas welding (= GMAW) MCW
MCW Metal Cored Wire
MIG Metal Inert Gas welding (= GMAW)
MMA Manual Metal Arc welding (stick electrodes = SMAW)
MPa (=N/mm2) megapascals (=Newtons per square mm ), (1N/mm2 = 0.145 ksi)
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers (USA)
OCV open circuit voltage for AC operation
PREN Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent Number (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N)
PREW Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 1.75%W + 16%N)
PWHT post weld heat treatment (usually equivalent to stress-relief)
RCC-M Design and Construction Rules for Mechanical Components of PWR Nuclear island
RH relative humidity, %
ROL run-out length, mm
SAW Submerged Arc Welding
SMAW Shielded Metal Arc Welding (stick electrodes = MMA)
TIG Tungsten Inert Gas (= GTAW)
TV
V volts
WH work hardened
WRC Welding Research Council
> greater than (prefix)
OTHER INFORMATION

< less than (prefix)


~ approximately (prefix)

388 www.metrode.com
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

WELDING POSITIONS
Some welding engineers prefer to use the standard AWS/ASME terminology for welding positions some use a general description some
use a mixture of both!
It is useful in describing welding procedures if we all understand each other. This chart shows the basic AWS/ASME (and BS EN) welding
positions, together with the outline descriptions. The AWS/ASME positions are described in ASME IX and the European terminology is used in
BS EN 287-1 and defined in ISO 6947.

ASME (BS EN) POSITIONS

FLAT HORIZONTAL VERTICAL OVERHEAD


FILLET WELD
GROOVE WELD

Pipe is rotated
FOR PIPES

while welding

PH / 5Gu Inclined HL-045 / 6Gu


PJ / 5Gd position 45 JL-045 / 6Gd

SYMBOLS USED ON DATA SHEETS FOR WELDING POSITIONS ASME (BS EN)
OTHER INFORMATION

PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PG/3Gd PE/4G


Downhand / Standing Horizontal Vertical up Vertical Overhead
gravity Fillet vertical down

www.metrode.com 389
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

CONSTITUTION DIAGRAMS
SCHAEFFLER DIAGRAM

WRC 1992
DIAGRAM
Ni equ. = %Ni + 35x%C + 20x%N + 0.25x%Cu
OTHER INFORMATION

The WRC-1992 diagram predicts ferrite content for a wide range of stainless weld metal compositions, including duplex and superduplex types.
Weld metals solidifying in the FA and F regions have best resistance to hot cracking; those in the fully austenitic region (A) are most sensitive.
When nitrogen content is unknown (and not intentionally added) assume 0.08%N for gas-shielded MIG/FCW, 0.12%N for self-shielded FCW,
and 0.06%N for all other purposes.

390 www.metrode.com
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

DELONG DIAGRAM

CONVERSIONS
APPROXIMATE ELECTRODE SIZE EQUIVALENTS APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
Diameter Length To convert into multiply by
mm inch inch SWG mm inch General
0.8 1/32 0.031 21 inch (in) millimetre (mm) 25.4
200 8
0.9 - 0.035 - millimetre (mm) inch (in) 0.0394
1.0 - 0.039 19 230 9 foot (ft) metre (m) 0.3048
1.2 3/64 0.047 18 metre (m) foot (ft) 3.281
1.6 1/16 0.063 16 250 10 pound (lb) kilogram (kg) 0.4536
2.0 5/64 0.078 14 kilogram (kg) pound (lb) 2.205
2.4 3/32 0.094 12 300 12 ton tonne 1.0161
2.5 - 0.098 - imp gallon litre (l) 4.546
3.0 - 0.118 11 350 14
cubic foot (cu ft) litre (l) 28.32
3.2 1/8 0.125 10 cubic foot/hour (cfh) litre/min (l/min) 0.472
4.0 5/32 0.156 8 380 15
litre/min (l/min) cubic foot/hour (cfh) 2.12
5.0 3/16 0.188 6 Stress
450 18
6.0 1/4 0.250 4 tonf/in2 N/mm2 (= MPa) 15.44
LENGTHS OF TIG WIRE PER KILOGRAM* kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2) N/mm2 (= MPa) 9.807
ksi (=1000 lbf/in2) N/mm2 (= MPa) 6.895
Diameter N/mm2 (= MPa) tonf/in2 0.0647
mm m/kg N/mm2 (= MPa) kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2) 0.102
0.8 260 N/mm2 (= MPa) ksi (=1000 lbf/in2) 0.145
N/mm2 (= MPa) hbar 0.1
1.0 158
Impact energy
1.2 114 ft lbf J 1.356
1.6 65 kgf m J 9.807
OTHER INFORMATION

kgf m ft lbf 7.233


2.0 40
J ft lbf 0.7376
2.4 29 J kgf m 0.102
3.2 16 ft lbf kgf m 0.1383
Temperature
4.0 10
C = 5/9 x (F 32)
* Based on ferrous alloys with a density of ~8g/cm3
Note: 2.2mm diameter Superoot 316L has ~30 lengths per kg F = (C x 9/5) + 32
K = C + 273

www.metrode.com 391
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

CONVER-
SIONS
APPROXIMATE HARDNESS CONVERSION (BASED ON ASTM E140)
Rockwell B Rockwell C Vickers Brinell Products of approximately equivalent hardness
55 - 100 100
60 - 107 107
65 - 116 116
70 - 125 125
75 - 137 137
80 - 150 150 CI Soft Flow Ni
85 - 165 165 Ultramild
90 - 185 185 CI Special Cast NiFe
95 - 210 210 308L, 316L, 307 (AW)
100 ~20 240 240 Nimrod/Nimax C (AW), P91/P92 (PWHT)
- 22 248 247 625 (AW)
- 25 266 253
- 28 286 271 Railrod, 29.9 Super R, duplex
- 30 302 286 Chromet 2 (AW), superduplex
- 35 345 327 410NiMo (AW)
- 40 392 371 Methard 350
- 45 446 421 Cobstel 6, 625 (WH), 307 (WH), P91/P92 (AW)
- 50 513 481
- 55 595 560 Methard 650
- 60 697 654 Methard 850
- 62 746 688 Methard 750TS
- 65 832 - Methard 950, Methard 1050
- 68 940 -

TWI HARDNESS CONVERSION FOR DUPLEX AND SUPERDUPLEX


60

TWI
50
E140

40

30
Rockwell C

20

10
HRC = 0.091 HV - 2.4
0
OTHER INFORMATION

200 250 300 350 400 450 500


Vickers Hardness

392 www.metrode.com
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

STRENGTH ENERGY TEMPERATURE WEIGHT


MPa ksi J ft.lbf C F kg lb
25 4 5 4 -269 -452 0.5 1.1
50 7 10 7 -196 -321 1.0 2.2
75 11 15 11 -175 -283 1.5 3.3
100 15 20 15 -150 -238 2.0 4.4
125 18 25 18 -125 -193 2.5 5.5
150 22 30 22 -110 -166 3.0 6.6
175 25 35 26 -100 -148 3.5 7.7
200 29 40 30 -75 -103 4.0 8.8
225 33 45 33 -60 -76 4.5 9.9
250 36 50 37 -50 -58 5.0 11.0
275 40 55 41 -40 -40 5.5 12.1
300 44 60 44 -30 -22 6.0 13.2
325 47 65 48 -20 -4 6.5 14.3
350 51 70 52 -10 14 7.0 15.4
375 54 75 55 0 32 7.5 16.5
400 58 80 59 10 50 8.0 17.6
425 62 85 63 20 68 8.5 18.7
450 65 90 66 30 86 9.0 19.8
475 69 95 70 40 104 9.5 20.9
500 73 100 74 50 122 10.0 22.1
525 76 105 77 75 167 10.5 23.2
550 80 110 81 100 212 11.0 24.3
575 83 115 85 125 257 11.5 25.4
600 87 120 89 150 302 12.0 26.5
625 91 125 92 175 347 12.5 27.6
650 94 130 96 200 392 13.0 28.7
675 98 135 100 225 437 13.5 29.8
700 102 140 103 250 482 14.0 30.9
725 105 145 107 275 527 14.5 32.0
750 109 150 111 300 572 15.0 33.1
775 112 155 114 325 617 15.5 34.2
800 116 160 118 350 662 16.0 35.3
825 120 165 122 400 752 16.5 36.4
850 123 170 125 450 842 17.0 37.5
875 127 175 129 500 932 17.5 38.6
900 131 180 133 550 1022 18.0 39.7
925 134 185 136 600 1112 18.5 40.8
950 138 190 140 650 1202 19.0 41.9
975 141 195 144 700 1292 19.5 43.0
1000 145 200 148 750 1382 20.0 44.1
1025 149 205 151 800 1472 20.5 45.2
1050 152 210 155 850 1562 21.0 46.3
1075 156 215 159 900 1652 21.5 47.4
1100 160 220 162 950 1742 22.0 48.5
1125 163 225 166 1000 1832 22.5 49.6
1150 167 230 170 1050 1922 23.0 50.7
1175 170 235 173 1100 2012 23.5 51.8
1200 174 240 177 1150 2102 24.0 52.9
1225 178 245 181 1200 2192 24.5 54.0
1250 181 250 184 1250 2282 25.0 55.1
OTHER INFORMATION

www.metrode.com 393
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

PACKAG-
ING AND STORAGE
The following shows the typical packaging used for the various processes with nominal dimensions taken from
national standards (eg. EN ISO 544 and AWS A5.02). If packaging is critical then this should be confirmed at the
time of order with our Customer Care Department.

MMA / SMAW Electrode


Standard MMA packaging is hermetically sealed metal tins with a ring-pull top; tin weights vary depending on
product and diameter. There are three tins to a cardboard carton.
The tins are hermetically sealed and meet the definition for hermetically sealed containers given in AWS A5.5. If
unopened, and appropriately stored, this packaging will maintain the electrodes in the as-packed condition for
an indefinite period of time.
Electrodes can be used directly from the tin without the need for rebaking. Once opened the tins can be closed
using the plastic lid supplied and should be stored at >18C and <60% relative humidity. Redrying requirements
are given on the data sheets for individual electrodes. MMA electrodes can, for selected products, also be
supplied in Sahara Ready Packs, an advanced vacuum packaging system.

TIG / GTAW Wire


Standard packaging for cut length TIG wire is 2.5kg or 5kg plastic tubes. Superoot flux cored TIG wire is packed
in a 1kg plastic tube.
TIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. Under normal
storage conditions TIG wires do not present any handling difficulties.

MIG / GMAW Wire


Standard packaging for MIG wire is 12.5kg or 15kg 300mm diameter spools, in a cardboard carton. Some wires are
also available on 0.7kg/1.0kg 100mm diameter mini-spools or 5kg 200mm diameter midi-spools.
Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.
MIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. MIG spools
should be properly handled and stored because any damage to spools can lead to feeding problems.

Flux Cored Wire


Standard packaging for flux cored wire is 15kg 300mm diameter spools, vacuum sealed in barrier foil and in
cardboard carton. Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.
As supplied wires are adequately protected from moisture pick-up but once opened part-used spools need to be
correctly stored. It is recommended that spools are removed from machines overnight and put in a controlled
store. If an opened spool is to be stored for any period of time it should be adequately protected (in a plastic
bag with desiccant) and held in a controlled store.

Submerged Arc Wire


Standard packaging for submerged arc wire is 25kg spools in a cardboard carton. Different spool types and
dimensions are shown on the next page.

Submerged Arc Flux


Standard packaging for flux is 20kg, 22.5kg or 25kg plastic bags in a sealed metal drum; or 25kg bags.
For most applications it is recommended that the flux be dried prior to use.
OTHER INFORMATION

394 www.metrode.com
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

PACKAG-
ING AND STORAGE

B300 (metal, requiring adaptor)

R435 (metal)

Type Code Nominal weight Outer diameter Inner diameter Outer width Bore diameter Pin hole
(kg) d1 d2 b d3 d4 e1
Plastic - mini S100 0.7/1.0 100 - 45 16.5 - -
Plastic midi S200 5 200 55 50.5 55 44.5
Plastic S300 12.5/15 300 - 103 50.5 10 44.5
Wire basket BS300 12.5/15 300 189 103 50.5 - -
Wire spool (adaptor) B300 12.5/15 300 180 100 - - -
OTHER INFORMATION

Submerged arc R435 20/25 435 300 90 - -


All measurements are in mm and are the nominal dimensions, for tolerances refer to international standards eg. AWS A5.02 or EN ISO 544

www.metrode.com 395
INDEX

INDEX 1 : PRODUCT DESIGNATION


PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGE PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGE
2507 B-62 203 CHROMET 1 A-12 12
2507 B-62 203 CHROMET 10MW A-18 51
100Cu E-30 349 CHROMET 12MV A-19 54
12Cr B-10 102 CHROMET 1L A-12 13
12CrMoV A-19 55 CHROMET 1V A-14 30
13.1.BMP B-10 101 CHROMET 1X A-12 14
13.4.Mo.L.B B-11 105 CHROMET 2 A-13 21
13.4.Mo.L.R B-11 104 CHROMET 23L A-21 62
13.RMP B-10 100 CHROMET 2L A-13 22
13CMV A-14 31 CHROMET 2X A-13 23
17.4.Cu.R B-12 110 CHROMET 5 A-15 34
17.8.2.RCF C-13 241 CHROMET 9 A-16 37
17-4PH B-12 112 CHROMET 91VNB A-17 44
19.9.6Mn E-21 344 CHROMET 92 A-20 57
1CrMo A-12 15 CHROMET 9-B9 A-17 43
1Ni A-40 73 CHROMET 9MV-N A-17 41
1NiCu.B A-70 90 CHROMET 9MVN+ A-17 42
1NiMo.B A-61 65 CHROMET WB2 A-25 69
20.18.6.Cu.R B-47 169 CI SOFT FLOW Ni E-10 333
20.25.4.Cu B-40 159 CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe E-11 336
20.70.Nb D-10, D-11 284, 288 CI-MET NiFe E-11 337
21.33.MnNb C-40 261 CMo A-10 10
2205XKS B-60 190 COBSTEL 6 E-65 371
25.20 SUPER R C-30 254 COBSTEL 8 E-66 372
2507XKS B-62 201 CORMET 1 A-12 19
25.20.LR B-45 166 CORMET 10MW A-18 52
25.35.4CNb C-50 268 CORMET 1V A-14 32
29.9.SUPER R E-22 347 CORMET 2 A-13 28
2CrMo A-13 24 CORMET 2L A-13 28
2CrWV A-21 63 CORMET M91 A-17 47
2Ni A-41 77 CUPROMET N30 D-70 320
308S92 B-30 118 E10018-D2 A-50 81
308S92(N) B-80 211 E11018-M A-60 85
308S96 C-10 228 E16.8.2-15 C-12 237
309S92 B-50 175 E320LR-15 B-41 161
309S92(N) B-83 219 E825L-15 B-42 163
309S94 C-21 250 E9018-D1 A-50 80
310S94 C-30 256 EPRI P87 D-87 326
312S94 E-22 348 ER110S-G A-60 87
316S92 B-32 131 ER16.8.2 C-12 238
316S92(N) B-81 215 ER308LCF B-37 149
316S96 C-13 244 ER309Mo B-51 180
318S96 B-34 141 ER316LCF B-38 154
347S96 B-31 124 ER316MnNF B-33 137
35.45.Nb C-60 271 ER317L B-35 144
55NiFe E-11 338 ER329N B-60 191
5CrMo A-15 35 ER347H C-11 233
61-70 D-40 309 ER410NiMo B-11 106
62-50 D-20 294 ER690 D-41 312
65NiCu D-60 318 ER70S-2 E-70 374
70CuNi D-70 321 ER70S-3 E-70 375
80CuNiAl E-37 353 ER70S-6 E-70 376
82-50 B-42 164 ER80S-B2 A-12 16
90CuAl E-36 352 ER80S-W A-70 91
90CuNi D-70 322 ER90S-B3 A-13 25
92CuSn E-33 351 FV520-1 B-12 109
97CuSi E-31 350 FV520-B B-12 111
INDEX

9CrMo A-16 38 HARDCORE 350 E-50 358


9CrMoV A-17 46 HARDCORE 650 E-51 362
9CrMoV-N A-17 45 HARDCORE 850 E-55 367
9CrWV A-20 58 HARDCORE 950 E-55 368
ARMET 1 E-20 340 HAS 59 D-31 301

396 www.metrode.com
INDEX

INDEX 1 : PRODUCT DESIGNATION


PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGE PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGE
HAS C22 D-32 304 SUPERCORE 308LP B-30 119
HAS C276 D-30 298 SUPERCORE 309L B-50 176
LA436 FLUX F-11 381 SUPERCORE 309LP B-50 176
LA490 FLUX F-14 382 SUPERCORE 309Mo B-51 181
METCORE DWA 50 E-70 377 SUPERCORE 309MoP B-51 181
METCORE DWA 55E A-40 74 SUPERCORE 316L B-32 132
METHARD 1050 E-58 369 SUPERCORE 316LCF B-38 155
METHARD 350 E-50 357 SUPERCORE 316LP B-32 132
METHARD 650 E-51 360 SUPERCORE 316NF B-33 138
METHARD 650R E-51 361 SUPERCORE 317LP B-35 145
METHARD 750TS E-53 363 SUPERCORE 347 B-31 125
METHARD 850 E-55 365 SUPERCORE 347HP C-11 234
METHARD 950 E-55 366 SUPERCORE 410NiMo B-11 107
METMAX 307R E-21 343 SUPERCORE 620P D-33 306
MnMo A-23 66 SUPERCORE 625P D-20 295
Mo.B A-10 9 SUPERCORE F91 A-17 48
MT304H C-25 252 SUPERCORE F92 A-20 60
NAG 19.9.L B-88 222 SUPERCORE M2205 B-60 192
NAG 19.9.L.R B-88 221 SUPERCORE WB2 A-25 70
NICKEL 2Ti D-50, E-10 315 - 334 SUPERCORE Z100XP B-61 199
NiCr FLUX F-35 386 SUPERMET 16.8.2 C-12 236
NiCu FLUX F-30 385 SUPERMET 2205 B-60 187
NILSIL E-72 379 SUPERMET 2205AR B-60 189
NIMAX 182 D-10 283 SUPERMET 2506Cu B-63 206
NIMAX B2L D-80 324 SUPERMET 253MA C-20 247
NIMAX C E-45 355 SUPERMET 308L B-30 114
NIMROD 132KS D-12 290 SUPERMET 309L B-50 171
NIMROD 182 D-10 282 SUPERMET 309Mo B-51 178
NIMROD 182KS D-10 281 SUPERMET 316L B-32 127
NIMROD 190 D-60 317 SUPERMET 318 B-34 140
NIMROD 200Ti D-50 314 SUPERMIG 308LSi B-30 118
NIMROD 59KS D-31 300 SUPERMIG 309LSi B-50 175
NIMROD 617KS D-40 308 SUPERMIG 316LSi B-32 131
NIMROD 625 D-20 292 SUPERMIG 347Si B-31 124
NIMROD 625KS D-20 293 SUPEROOT 308L B-30 120
NIMROD 657 C-90 277 SUPEROOT 316L B-32 133
NIMROD 690KS D-41 311 THERMET 22H C-80 275
NIMROD AKS D-11 287 THERMET 25.35.Nb C-45 265
NIMROD C22KS D-32 303 THERMET 309CF C-21 249
NIMROD C276KS D-30 297 THERMET 310H C-31 258
RAILROD A-80 92 THERMET 35.45.Nb C-60 270
SA 1CrMo A-12 17 THERMET 800Nb C-40 260
SA 1NiMo A-23 67 THERMET HP40Nb C-50 267
SA 2CrMo A-13 26 THERMET HP50WCo C-70 273
SA 9CrMo A-16 39 THERMET R17.38H C-41 263
SS300 FLUX F-22 384 TUFMET 1Ni.B A-40 72
SSB FLUX F-20 383 TUFMET 1NiMo A-60 84
SUPERCORE 16.8.2 C-12 239 TUFMET 2Ni.B A-41 76
SUPERCORE 16.8.2P C-12 239 TUFMET 3Ni.B A-42 78
SUPERCORE 20.9.3 E-20 341 TUFMET 3NiMo A-60 86
SUPERCORE 20.9.3P E-20 341 ULTRAMET 2205 B-60 188
SUPERCORE 2205 B-60 193 ULTRAMET 2304 B-59 184
SUPERCORE 2205P B-60 193 ULTRAMET 2507 B-62 202
SUPERCORE 2304P B-59 185 ULTRAMET 308H C-10 226
SUPERCORE 2507 B-62 204 ULTRAMET 308L B-30 115
SUPERCORE 2507Cu B-63 207 ULTRAMET 308L(N) B-80 209
SUPERCORE 2507Cup B-63 207 ULTRAMET 308LCF B-37 147
INDEX

SUPERCORE 2507P B-62 204 ULTRAMET 308LP B-30 117


SUPERCORE 308H C-10 229 ULTRAMET 309L B-50 172
SUPERCORE 308HP C-10 229 ULTRAMET 309L(N) B-83 217
SUPERCORE 308L B-30 119 ULTRAMET 309LP B-50 174
SUPERCORE 308LCF B-37 150 ULTRAMET 309Nb B-53 182

www.metrode.com 397
INDEX

INDEX 1 : PRODUCT DESIGNATION


PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGE
ULTRAMET 316H C-13 242
ULTRAMET 316L B-32 128
ULTRAMET 316L(N) B-81 213
ULTRAMET 316LCF B-38 152
ULTRAMET 316LP B-32 130
ULTRAMET 316NF B-33 135
ULTRAMET 317L B-35 143
ULTRAMET 347 B-31 122
ULTRAMET 347H C-11 231
ULTRAMET 904L B-40 157
ULTRAMET B308H C-10 227
ULTRAMET B308L B-30 116
ULTRAMET B308L(N) B-80 210
ULTRAMET B308LCF B-37 148
ULTRAMET B309L B-50 173
ULTRAMET B309L(N) B-83 218
ULTRAMET B310Mn C-30 255
ULTRAMET B310MoLN B-46 168
ULTRAMET B316H C-13 243
ULTRAMET B316L B-32 129
ULTRAMET B316L(N) B-81 214
ULTRAMET B316LCF B-38 153
ULTRAMET B316NF B-33 136
ULTRAMET B347 B-31 123
ULTRAMET B347H C-11 232
ULTRAMET B904L B-40 158
ULTRAMILD E-71 378
VERTAMET 309Mo B-51 179
WORKHARD 13Mn E-60 370
ZERON 100X B-61 197
ZERON 100XKS B-61 196
Zeron is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd
INDEX

398 www.metrode.com
INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS


SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE
13 B-10 99 19.9.R C-10 225
1.4009 B-10 99 1CrMoBH A-12 11
1.4296 C-10 225 1CrMoLBH A-12 11
1.4316 B-30 113 1NiBH A-40 71
1.4332 B-50 170 2.0837 D-70 319
1.4337 E-22 346 2.0873 D-70 319
1.4351 B-11 103 2.1006 E-30 349
1.4370 E-21 342 2.1461 E-31 350
1.4403 C-13 240 2.4155 D-50, E-10 313, 332
1.4430 B-32 126 2.4156 D-50 313
1.4455 B-33 134 2.4366 D-60 316
1.4459 B-51 177 2.4377 D-60 316
1.4519 B-40 156 2.4607 D-31 299
1.4551 B-31 121 2.4609 D-31 299
1.4576 B-34 139 2.4615 D-80 323
13 4 B-11 103 2.4621 D-20 291
13.RMP B-10 99 2.4625 D-11 286
15.35.H.R C-41 262 2.4627 D-40 305
16.8.2 C-12 235 2.4628 D-40 305
17.8.2.AR C-12 235 2.4653 B-42 162
17.8.2.B C-12 235 2.4655 B-42 162
17.8.2.R C-13 240 2.4805 D-12 290
18 8 Mn E-21 342 2.4806 D-10, D-11 280, 286
18.15.3.LMnB B-33 134 2.4807 D-10 280
18.15.3.LMnR B-33 134 2.4831 D-20 291
19 12 3 H C-13 240 2.4886 D-30 296
19 12 3 L B-32 126 2.4887 D-30 296
19 12 3 L Si B-32 126 20 16 3 Mn L B-33 134
19 12 3 Nb B-34 139 20 25 5 Cu L B-40 156
19 13 4 L B-35 142 20.25.5.LCuNb.B B-40 156
19 9 L Si B-30 113 20.25.5.LCuNb.R B-40 156
19 9 Nb B-31, C-11 121, 230 20.34.2.CuNb.B B-41 160
19.12.3.L.AR B-32 126 22 12 H C-21 248
19.12.3.L.B B-32 126 22 9 3 N L B-60 186
19.12.3.L.R B-32 126 23 12 2 L B-51 177
19.12.3.Nb.AR B-34 139 23 12 L B-50 170
19.12.3.R C-13 240 23 12 L Si B-50 170
19.13.4.L.R B-35 142 23.12.2.AR B-51 177
19.9.3.R E-20 339 23.12.L.AR B-50 170
19.9.B C-10 225 23.12.L.B B-50 170
19.9.H C-10 225 23.12.L.R B-50 170
19.9.L B-30 113 23.12.Nb.R B-53 182
19.9.L.AR B-30 113 23.12.R C-21 248
19.9.L.B B-30 113 25 20 C-30 253
INDEX

19.9.L.R B-30 113 25 9 4 N L B-61 195


19.9.Nb.B B-31, C-11 121, 230 25.20.B C-30 253
19.9.Nb.R B-31, C-11 121, 230 25.20.H.B C-31 257

www.metrode.com 399
INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS


SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE
25.20.R C-30 253 C26 E-37 353
25.21.2.LMn.B B-46 167 C7 E-30 349
25.35.H.Nb.B C-50 266 C9 E-31 350
29 9 E-22 346 CrMo1Si A-12 11
29.9.AR E-22 346 CrMo2Si A-13 20
2CrMoBH A-13 20 CrMo5Si A-15 33
2CrMoLBH A-13 20 CrMo9Si A-16 36
2MnMoBH A-50 78 E 13 B 52 B-10 99
2NiBH A-41 75 E 16 8 2 B C-12 235
2NiMoBH A-60 83 E 16 8 2 R C-12 235
302S92 B-50 170 E 19 12 2 R 32 C-13 240
302S93 B-50 170 E 23 12 2 LB 42 B-51 177
302S94 C-21 248 E 25 22 2 N L B B-46 167
302S95 B-51 177 E 46 4 1Ni B 42 A-40 71
307S92 B-35 142 E 46 6 2Ni B 42 A-41 75
307S94 E-21 342 E C Ni-CI 1 E-10 332
307S98 E-21 342 E C NiFe-CI 1 E-11 335
308S92 B-30 113 E10018-D2 A-50 78
308S93 B-30 113 E10-UM-60-G E-55 364
308S96 C-10 225 E10-UM-65-G E-55 364
310S94 C-30 253 E11018-M A-60 83
312S94 E-22 346 E12016-G A-60 83
316S92 B-32 126 E13 4 R 52 B-11 103
316S93 B-32 126 E13 R 52 B-10 99
316S96 C-13 240 E16-8-2-15 C-12 235
318S96 B-34 139 E16-8-2-16 C-13 240
347S96 B-31, C-11 121, 230 E16-8-2-17 C-12 235
410S94 B-10 99 E18 15 3 LB 42 B-33 134
5CrMoBH A-15 33 E18 15 3 LR 32 B-33 134
904S92 B-40 156 E18 8 Mn R 32 E-21 342
9CrMoBH A-16 36 E18 9 MnMo R 52 E-21 342
A15 E-70 373 E19 12 3 LB 42 B-32 126
A17 E-70 373 E19 12 3 LR 11 B-32 126
A18 E-70 373 E19 12 3 LR 32 B-32, B-81 126, 212
A30 A-10 8 E19 12 3 Nb R 32 B-34 139
A31 A-50 78 E19 13 4 NL R 32 B-35 142
A32 A-12 11 E19 9 HB 42 C-10 225
A33 A-13 20 E19 9 HR 32 C-10 225
A34 A-15 33 E19 9 LB 42 B-30 113
A35 A-16 36 E19 9 LR 32 B-30, B-80 113, 208
B50A273 A-14 29 E19 9 Nb B 42 B-31, C-11 121, 230
BFB6 63353 DC8M F-20 383 E19 9 Nb R 32 B-31, C-11 121, 230
BFB7 6534 AC5 F-35 386 E1-UM-400-GP E-50 356
C11 E-33 351 E20 10 3 R 32 E-20 339
INDEX

C13 E-36 352 E20 25 5 Cu N L B 62 B-40 156


C16 D-70 319 E20 25 5 Cu N L R 52 B-40 156
C18 D-70 319 E20-UM-300-CKTZ E-66 372
C20 E-37 353 E20-UM-45-CTZ E-65 371

400 www.metrode.com
INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS


SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE
E2101-16 B-59 183 E308HT1-1/4 C-10 225
E22 12 R 32 C-21 248 E308L-15 B-30, B-80 113, 208
E22 9 3 N L B 42 B-60 186 E308L-16 B-30, B-80 113, 208
E22 9 3 N L R 32 B-60 186 E308L-17 B-30 113
E2209-15 B-60 186 E308LT0-1/4 B-30 113
E2209-16 B-60 186 E308LT1-1/4 B-30 113
E2209-17 B-60 186 E308LT1-1/4J B-37 146
E2209T0-1/4 B-60 186 E308Mo-16 E-20 339
E2209T1-1/4 B-60 186 E308MoT0-1/4 E-20 339
E23 12 2 LR 11 B-51 177 E308MoT1-1/4 E-20 339
E23 12 2 LR 32 B-51 177 E310-15 C-30 253
E23 12 LB 42 B-50 170 E310-16 C-30 253
E23 12 LR 32 B-50 170 E310H-15 C-31 257
E23 12 Nb R 32 B-53 182 E312-17 E-22 346
E25 20 B 42 C-30 253 E316H-15 C-13 240
E25 20 H B 42 C-31 257 E316H-16 C-13 240
E25 20 R 32 C-30 253 E316L-15 B-32 126
E25 9 3 Cu N L R 52 B-63 205 E316L-15 B-32, B-81 126, 212
E25 9 4 N L B 42 B-61, B-62 195, 200 E316L-16 B-32, B-81 126, 212
E25 9 4 N L R 32 B-62 200 E316L-17 B-32 126
E2553-16 B-63 205 E316LMn-15 B-33 134
E2553T0-4 B-63 205 E316LMn-16 B-33 134
E2553T1-4 B-63 205 E316LT0-1/4 B-32 126
E2594-15 B-62 200 E316LT1-1/4 B-32 126
E2594-16 B-62 200 E316LT1-1/4J B-38 151
E2594T0-4 B-62 200 E318-17 B-34 139
E2594T1-4 B-61, B-62 195, 200 E320LR-15 B-41 160
E2595-15 B-61 195 E323H-16 C-41 262
E29 9 R 32 E-22 346 E347-15 B-31,C-11 121, 230
E302H-16 C-21 248 E347-16 B-31,C-11 121, 230
E302L-15 B-50 170 E347HT1-1/4 C-11 230
E302L-16 B-50 170 E347T0-1/4 B-31 121
E302L-17 B-50 170 E383-15 B-42 162
E302LMo-15 B-51 177 E385-15 B-40 156
E302LMo-17 B-51 177 E385-16 B-40 156
E302LMoT0-1/4 B-51 177 E410-15 B-10 99
E302LMoT1-1/4 B-51 177 E410-26 B-10 99
E302LT0-1/4 B-50 170 E410NiMo-26 B-11 103
E302LT1-1/4 B-50 170 E410NiMoT1-1/4 B-11 103
E302Nb-16 B-53 182 E502-15 A-15 33
E307-16 E-21 342 E505-15 A-16 36
E307-26 E-21 342 E5518-N2 A U A-40 71
E307L-16 B-35 142 E5518-N5 P U A-41 75
E307LT1-1/4 B-35 142 E5518-NCC1 A A-70 89
INDEX

E308H-15 C-10 225 E6018 E-71 378


E308H-16 C-10 225 E62 4 MnMoB A-50 78
E308HT0-1/4 C-10 225 E7015-B2L A-12 11

www.metrode.com 401
INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS


SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE
E7018-A1 A-10 8 EFe2 E-51 359
E71T-5 A-40 71 EFe4 E-53 363
E8015-B3L A-13 20 EFe5-B E-53 363
E8015-B6 A-15 33 EFe9 E-60 360
E8015-B8 A-16 36 EFeMn-B E-60 360
E8018-B2 A-12 11 EG(92) A-20 56
E8018-C1 A-41 75 EL-NiCr15FeNb D-12 290
E8018-C3 A-40 71 EMo B 32 A-10 8
E8018-W2 A-70 89 ENi-1 D-50 313
E81T1-B2C/M A-12 11 ENi1066 D-80 323
E9015-B9 A-17 40 ENi2 E-45 354
E9015-G H4 A-18, A-25 50, 68 ENi2061 D-50 313
E9015-G(23) A-21 61 ENi4060 D-60 316
E9015-G(92) A-20 56 ENi6022 D-32 302
E9016-G A-60 83 ENi6059 D-31 299
E9018-B3 A-13 20 ENi6062 D-12 290
E9018-D1 A-50 78 ENi6117 D-40 305
E9018-G A-23, A-61 64,88 ENi6133 D-11 286
E90C-B9 A-17 40 ENi6152 D-41 310
E90C-G A-18 50 ENi6182 D-10 280
E91T1-B3C/M A-13 20 ENi6276 D-30 296
E91T1-B3LC/M A-13 20 ENi6625 D-20 291
E91T1-B9C/M A-17 40 ENi-CI E-10 332
E91T1-C1PZ-B91 A-17 40 ENiCr-4 C-90 276
E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4 A-20 56 ENiCrCoMo-1 D-40 305
E91T1-M21PZ-B91 A-17 40 ENiCrFe-1 D-12 290
E91T1-M21PZ-B92 A-20 56 ENiCrFe-2 D-11 286
EB2 A-12 11 ENiCrFe-3 D-10 280
EB3 A-13 20 ENiCrFe-7 D-41 310
EB8 A-16 36 ENiCrMo-10 D-32 302
EB91 A-17 40 ENiCrMo-13 D-31 299
EC2209 B-60 186 ENiCrMo-3 D-20 291
ECo1 E-66 372 ENiCrMo3T1-4 D-20 291
ECo2 E-65 371 ENiCrMo-4 D-30 296
ECoCr-A E-65 371 ENiCrMo-5 E-45 354
ECoCr-E E-66 372 ENiCu-7 D-60 316
ECrMo1 B 32 A-12 11 ENiFe-CI E-11 335
ECrMo1L B 32 A-12 11 ENiMo-7 D-80 323
ECrMo2 B 32 A-13 20 ER100S-G A-60 83
ECrMo2L B 32 A-13 20 ER110S-G A-60 83
ECrMo5 B 32 A-15 33 ER16.8.2 C-12 235
ECrMo9 B 32 A-16 36 ER2209 B-60 186
ECrMo91 B 32 A-17 40 ER2594 B-61, B-62 195, 200
ECrMoV1 B 32 A-14 29 ER302 C-21 248
ECrMoWV12 B 32 A-19 53 ER302L B-50 170
INDEX

ECuNi D-70 319 ER302LMo B-51 177


EFe1 E-50 356 ER302LSi B-50 170
EFe14 E-55 364 ER307 B-35 142
EFe16 E-58 369 ER307 E-21 342

402 www.metrode.com
INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS


SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE
ER307L B-35 142 ERNiFeCr-1 B-42 162
ER308H C-10 225 ERNiMo-7 D-80 323
ER308L B-30, B-80 113, 208 F8 P0-EB2-B2 A-12 11
ER308LSi B-30 113 G2Ni2 A-41 75
ER310 C-30 253 G3Ni1 A-40 71
ER312 E-22 346 G4Mo A-50 78
ER316H C-13 240 MDS 12809/07 B-61 195
ER316L B-32, B-81 126, 212 MDS 12809/08 B-61 195
ER316LMn B-33 134 Mn3Ni1CrMo A-60 83
ER316LSi B-32 126 Mn3Ni1Cu A-70 89
ER318 B-34 139 MnMoBH A-50 78
ER320LR B-41 160 MoBH A-10 8
ER347 B-31, C-11 121, 230 MoSi A-10 8
ER385 B-40 156 N02061 D-50, E-10 313, 332
ER410 B-10 99 N06082 D-10, D-11 280, 286
ER410NiMo B-11 103 N10276 D-30 296
ER502 A-15 33 NA47 E-11 335
ER505 A-16 36 R316LT1-5 B-32 126
ER630 B-12 108 RCC-M B-80, B-81 B-83 208, 212, 216
ER70S-2 E-70 373 S A AB 1 67 AC F-11 381
ER70S-3 E-70 373 S A AF 2 F-20 383
ER70S-6 E-70 373 S A AF 2 64 AC F-22 384
ER70S-A1 A-10 8 S A CS 2 F-30 385
ER80S-B2 A-12 11 S A FB 1 55 AC H5 F-14 382
ER80S-B6 A-15 33 S A FB 2 2 F-35 394
ER80S-B8 A-16 36 S C NiFe-1 E-11 335
ER80S-D2 A-23, A-50 64,77 S2860 B-80 208
ER80S-G A-12, A-70 11, 87 S2865 B-81 212
ER80S-Ni1 A-40 71 S2910 B-80 208
ER80S-Ni2 A-41 75 S2915 B-81 212
ER90S-B3 A-13 20 S30280 C-21 248
ER90S-B9 A-17 40 S31080 C-30 253
ER90S-D2 A-23, A-50 64,77 S3Ni1Mo A-23 64
ER90S-G A-13 20 SCrMo1 A-12 11
ER90S-G(92) A-20 56 SCrMo2 A-13 20
ERCu E-30 349 SCrMo9 A-16 36
ERCuAl-A2 E-36 352 SCrMo91 A-17 40
ERCuNi D-70 319 SNi1066 D-80 323
ERCuNiAl E-37 353 SNi2061 D-50, E-10 313, 332
ERCuSi-A E-31 350 SNi4060 D-60 316
ERNi-1 D-50, E-10 313, 332 SNi6022 D-32 302
ERNiCr-3 D-10, D-11 280, 286 SNi6052 D-41 310
ERNiCrCoMo-1 D-40 305 SNi6059 D-31 299
ERNiCrFe-7 D-41 310 SNi6082 D-10, D-11 280, 286
ERNiCrMo-10 D-32 302 SNi6276 D-30 296
INDEX

ERNiCrMo-13 D-31 299 SNi6617 D-40 305


ERNiCrMo-3 D-20 291 SNi6625 D-20 291
ERNiCrMo-4 D-30 296 SNi8065 B-42 162
ERNiCu-7 D-60 316 SS2209 B-60 186

www.metrode.com 403
INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS


SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE

SS302L B-50 170 TS302LMo-FB0 B-51 177


SS307/SS307L B-35 142 TS302LMo-FB1 B-51 177
SS308L B-30, B-80 113, 208 TS307L-FB1 B-35 142
SS316L B-32, B-81 126, 212 TS308H-FB0 C-10 225
SS318 B-34 139 TS308H-FB1 C-10 225
SS347 B-31 121 TS308L-FB0 B-30 113
SS410 B-10 99 TS308L-FB1 B-30, B-37 113, 146
T 13 4 P C/M 2 B-11 103 TS308Mo-FM0 E-20 339
T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3 B-33 134 TS308Mo-FM1 E-20 339
T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2 B-32, B-38 126, 151 TS316L-FB0 B-32 126
T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 B-32 126 TS316L-FB1 B-32, B-38 126, 151
T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2 B-35 142 TS316L-RI1 B-32 126
T 19 9 L P C/M 2 B-30, B-37 113, 146 TS347-FB0 B-31 121
T 19 9 L R C/M 3 B-30 113 TS347-FB1 C-11 230
T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2 C-11 230 TS410NiMo-FB1 B-11 103
T 19 9 Nb R C/M 3 B-31 121 W 19 12 3 L B-81 212
T 20 10 3 P C/M 2 E-20 339 W 19 9 L B-80 208
T 20 10 3 R C/M 3 E-20 339 W2Ni2 A-41 75
T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3 B-60 186 W2Si E-70 373
T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2 B-60 186 W2Ti E-70 373
T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 B-60 186 W3Ni1 A-40 71
T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2 B-51 177 W3Si1 E-70 373
T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 B-51 177 W72961 E-66 372
T 23 12 L P C/M 2 B-50 170 WCrMo91 A-17 40
T 23 12 L R C/M 3 B-50 170 WCrMoWV12Si A-19 53
T 25 9 4 Cu N L P C/M 2 B-63 205 W73021 E-66 372
T 25 9 4 Cu N L R C/M 3 B-63 205 WCrMo91 A-17 40
T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2 B-62 200 WCrMoWV12Si A-19 53
T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3 B-62 200
T422PM1 E-70 373
T424PM1 A-40 71
T55T1-1C/M-1CM A-12 11
T55T1-1C/M-5CM A-15 33
T55T1-1C/M-9C1M A-16 36
T62T1-1C/M-2C1M A-13 20
T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML A-13 20
T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV A-17 40
T69T15-0M-9C1MV A-17 40
TFe1 E-50 356
TFe15 E-55 364
TFe2 E-51 359
TS16-8-2-FM1 C-12 235
TS2209-FB0 B-60 186
TS2209-FB1 B-60 186
TS2553-FB0 B-63 205
INDEX

TS2553-FB1 B-63 205


TS2594-F M21 1 B-61 195
TS302L-FB0 B-50 170
TS302L-FB1 B-50 170

404 www.metrode.com
INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE

304 B-30, B-80, C-10 113, 208, 225 1.4565 D-32 302
309 C-21 248 1.4571 B-34 139
310 C-30 253 1.4573 B-34 139
316 B-32, B-81, C-13 126-212-240 1.4575 D-32 302
321 B-31 121 1.4579 B-34 139
347 B-31 121 1.4580 B-34 139
410 B-10 99 1.4581 B-34 139
422 A-19 53 1.4583 B-34 139
4130 A-50 78 1.4585 B-40 156
4140 A-50 78 1.4652 D-32 302
8630 A-50 78 1.4818 C-20 246
070M55 (En9) E-22 346 1.4828 C-20 246
080M40 (En8) E-22 346 1.4829 C-21 248
1.4003 B-50 170 1.4832 C-21 248
1.4006 B-10 99 1.4835 C-20 246
1.4008 B-10 99 1.4840 C-30 253
1.4301 B-30, B-80 113, 208 1.4841 C-30 253
1.4306 B-30, B-80 113, 208 1.4842 C-30 253
1.4308 B-30, B-80 113, 208 1.4845 C-30 253
1.4311 B-30, B-80 113, 208 1.4846 C-31 257
1.4313 B-11 103 1.4848 C-31 257
1.4335 B-45 165 1.4850 C-40 259
1.4362 B-59, B-60 183, 186 1.4852 C-50 266
1.4401 B-32, B-81 126, 212 1.4853 C-50 266
1.4403 B-32 126 1.4857 C-50 266
1.4404 B-32, B-81 126, 212 1.4858 B-42 162
1.4406 B-32, B-81 126, 212 1.4859 C-40 259
1.4408 B-32, B-81 126, 212 1.4865 C-41 262
1.4429 B-32, B-81 126, 212 1.4876 C-40 259
1.4436 B-32, B-81 126, 212 1.4903 A-17 40
1.4437 B-32, B-81 126, 212 1.4905 A-18 50
1.4438 B-35 142 1.4906 A-18 50
1.4439 B-40 156 1.4907 C-25 251
1.4440 B-40 156 1.4935 A-19 53
1.4462 B-60 186 1.4941 C-11, C-12 230, 235
1.4465 B-46 167 1.4948 C-10, C-12 225, 235
1.4466 B-46 167 1.4961 C-11, C-12 230, 235
1.4500 B-40 156 1.5415 A-10 8
1.4505 B-40 156 1.5419 A-10 8
1.4506 B-40 156 1.5637 D-20, D-33 291, 305
1.4515 B-63 205 1.5662 D-20, D-33 291, 305
1.4517 B-63 205 1.5680 D-20, D-33 291, 305
1.4529 D-32 302 1.6368 A-23, A-61 64,88
1.4536 B-40 156 1.7220 A-50 78
INDEX

1.4539 B-40 156 1.7225 A-50 78


1.4547 B-47, D-20, D-31, D-32 169, 291, 299, 302 1.7706 A-14 29
1.4563 B-42 162 1.8070 A-14 29

www.metrode.com 405
INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE

1.8960 A-70 89 254SMO (Avesta Polarit) B-47, D-20, D-32 169, 291, 302
1.8961 A-70 89 2RE10 (Sandvik) B-45 165
1.8963 A-70 89 2RE69 B-46 167
10CrMo 9-10 A-13 20 2RK65 (Sandvik) B-40 156
13% manganese steel E-21, E-60 342, 370 2S143 (BS) B-12 108
153MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 246 302C25 C-10 225
15CrMoV 5 11 A-14 29 304C12 B-30 113
15Mo3 A-10 8 304C15 B-30, C-10 113, 225
15NiCuMoNb5 A-23, A-61 64,88 304H C-10, C-12 225, 235
15RE10 (Sandvik) C-30 253 304L B-30, B-80 113, 208
16Mo3 A-10 8 304LN B-30, B-80 113, 208
17-4PH (Armco) B-12 108 304S11/15/16/31 B-30 113
2.0872 D-70 319 304S51 C-10, C-12 225, 235
2.0882 D-70 319 304S61 B-30 113
2.0883 D-70 319 309C30 C-21 248
2.4061 D-50 313 309H C-21 248
2.4066 D-50 313 309S C-21 248
2.4068 D-50 313 309S24 C-21 248
2.4360 D-60 316 310C40 (BS1504/3100) C-31 257
2.4361 D-60 316 310C45 C-30 253
2.4365 D-60 316 310MoLN B-46 167
2.4602 D-32 302 310S C-30 253
2.4605 D-31 299 310S24 C-30 253
2.4617 D-80 323 310S31 C-30 253
2.4642 D-41 310 316C12 B-32 126
2.4663 D-40 305 316C16/71 B-32, C-12, C-13 134, 235, 240
2.4678 C-90 276 316Cb B-34 139
2.4680 C-90 276 316H C-12, C-13 235, 240
2.4685 D-80 323 316L B-32, B-81 126, 212
2.4697 D-31, D-32 299, 302 316LN B-32, B-81 126, 212
2.4811 D-31, D-32 299, 302 316S11/13/16/31/33 B-32 126
2.4813 C-90 276 316S51 C-12, C-13 235, 240
2.4819 D-30 296 316S53 C-12, C-13 235, 240
2.4856 D-20 291 316S61 B-32 126
2.4858 B-42 162 316Ti B-34 139
2.4879 C-80 274 317/317L B-35 142
2.4882 D-80 323 317C12/16 B-35 142
2.4883 D-30 296 317S12/16 B-35 142
20Cb B-41 160 318C17 B-34 139
20Cb-3 (Carpenter) B-41 160 318S13 B-60 186
21CrMoV5 11 A-14 29 320S31/33 B-34 139
2205 (Avesta Polarit) B-60 186 321H C-12 235
22H (Duraloy) C-80 274 321S31 B-31 121
2304 (Sandvik) B-60 186 321S51 C-11, C-12 230, 235
INDEX

2507 (Avesta/Sandvik) B-61, B-62 195, 200 330C11 (BS3100) C-41 262
253MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 246 331C40 (BS3100) C-41 262
254SLX (Avesta Polarit) B-40 156 332C13 (BS3100) B-63 205

406 www.metrode.com
INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE

347C17 B-31 121 A387 Gr 21 & 22 A-13 20


347H C-11, C-12 230, 235 A387 Gr 5 A-15 33
347S31 B-31 121 A387 Gr 9 A-16 36
347S51 C-11, C-12 230, 235 A387 Gr 911 A-18 50
34CrMo4 A-50 78 A389 C24 A-14 29
3-5% Ni steels D-10, D-11 280, 286 A47 E-11 335
364C11 (BS1504) B-40 156 A48 E-10 332
3CR12 (Cromweld) B-50, C-21 170, 248 A487 2A, B, C A-50 78
3S144 (BS) B-12 108 A508 1, 1A, 2, 3 A-61 88
3S145 (BS) B-12 108 A533 A-D A-61 88
403/405/409 B-50 170 A553/A553M Type I D-20, D-33 291, 305
410C21 B-10 99 A553/A553M Type II D-20, D-33 291, 305
410S21 B-10 99 A588 A, B, C, K A-70 89
425C11 (BS3100) B-11 103 A602 E-11 335
42CrMo4 A-50 78 A645 D-20, D-33 291, 305
55EE (BS4360) A-40 71 A744 grade CN-7M B-41 160
55F (BS4360) A-60 83 A890 grade 1A, 2A B-63 205
630 (ASTM) B-12 108 A890 grade 4A B-60 186
654SMO (Avesta Polarit) D-31, D-32 299, 302 A890 grade 5A B-61, B-62 195, 200
709M40 (En19) E-20, E-22, A-50 339, 346, 79 A890 grade 6A B-61, B-62 195, 200
762 (BS3604) A-19 53 AB1 (BS1400) E-36 352
817M40 (En24) E-20 339 AB2 (BS1400) E-37 353
826M40 (En26) E-20 339 AISI See Each Grade
897M39 (En40C) E-20 339 AL-6X/N D-20, D-31, D-32 291, 299, 302
9% Ni steels D-20, D-33 291, 305 Alloy 20 B-41, B-42 160,162
904L (Uddelholm) B-40 156 Alloy 59 D-31 299
904S13 B-40 156 Aluminium bronze E-36 352
91 (ASTM A387) A-17 40 API 5A L80 A-60 83
911 (ASTM A387) A-18 50 Armco iron E-72 379
A126 E-10 332 Armour steel E-20, E-21 339, 342
A159 E-10 332 Armox 816 E-20 339
A202 grade E D-20, D-33 291, 305 ASTM See Each Grade
A204 A, B, C A-10 8 B1 (BS3100) A-10 8
A216 (WCA, WCB, WCC) E-70 373 B2 (BS3100) A-12 11
A220 E-11 335 B3 (BS3100) A-13 20
A297 HP40Cb C-50 266 B5 (BS3100) A-15 33
A302 C, D A-61 88 B50A224 A-14 29
A319 E-10 332 B6 (BS3100) A-16 36
A333 grade 3 D-33 305 B7 (BS3100) A-13 20
A333 grade 6 A-40, A-41 71, 75 Brass E-33, E-36 351, 352
A338 E-11 335 Brightray (Inco) D-11 286
A351 grade CN-7M B-41 160 Bronze E-33 351
A351 grade CT15C C-40 259 BS1452 E-10 332
A352 LC4 (cast) D-20, D-33 291, 305 BS1501 224 grade 490B A-41 75
INDEX

A353/A353M D-20, D-33 291, 305 BS1501 grade 271, 281 A-61 88
A356 Gr 9 A-14 29 BS1501 grade 510/510N D-20, D-33 291, 305
A387 Gr 11 & 12 A-12 11 BS1501 grade 620/621 A-12 11

www.metrode.com 407
INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE

BS1501 grade 622 A-13 20 CA104-105 E-37 353


BS1501 grade 625 A-15 33 CA15 (ASTM A487) B-10 99
BS1502 grade 509-690 D-20, D-33 291, 305 CA15M (ASTM A487) B-10 99
BS1503 grade 509-690 D-20, D-33 291, 305 CA6NM B-11 103
BS1503 grade 620/621 A-12 11 Cast iron E-10, E-11 332, 335
BS1503 grade 622 A-13 20 CB2 A-25 68
BS1503 grade 625 A-15 33 CB-7Cu-1 (ASTM A747) B-12 108
BS1503 grade 660 A-13 20 CB-7Cu-2 (ASTM A747) B-12 108
BS1503 grade 91 A-17 40 CD4MCu (A351, A744) B-63 205
BS1504 grade 245 A-10 8 Centralloy4852/4852Micro C-50 266
BS1504 grade 332C11 B-41 160 Centralloy 4859 C-40 259
BS1504 grade 620 A-12 11 Centralloy 4879 C-80 274
BS1504 grade 622 A-13 20 Centralloy ET35Co C-70 272
BS1504 grade 625 A-15 33 Centralloy ET45 Micro C-60 269
BS1504 grade 629 A-16 36 Centralloy H101 C-45 264
BS1504 grade 660 A-13 20 CF10 C-10 225
BS2789 E-11 335 CF10M C-12, C-13 235, 240
BS2858 E-72 379 CF10MC B-34 139
BS3059 grade 243 A-10 8 CF3 B-30, B-80 113, 208
BS3059 grade 620 A-12 11 CF3M B-32, B-81 126, 212
BS3059 grade 622 A-13 20 CF8 B-30, B-80, C-10 113, 208, 225
BS3146 ANC15 D-80 323 CF8C B-31 121
BS3146 ANC20 B-12 108 CF8M B-32, B-81 126, 212
BS3604 grade 620/621 A-12 11 CG8M B-35 142
BS3604 grade 622 A-13 20 CH8, 10, 20 (ASTM A351) C-21 248
BS3604 grade 625 A-15 33 CK20 C-30 253
BS3604 grade 629 A-16 36 CN102/106/107/108 D-70 319
BS3604 grade 660 A-13 20 Compass B555 E-20 339
BS3604 grade 762 A-19 53 Copper E-30, E-31 349, 350
BS3604 grade CFS 591 A-23, A-61 64,88 Corten A/B (Corus, USS) A-70 89
BS3604 grade HFS 591 A-23, A-61 64,88 Cronifer 1925LC (VDM) B-40 156
BS3606 grade 243, 245, 261 A-10 8 Cronifer 2205LCN (VDM) B-60 186
BS4534 grade 8, 9 C-41 262 Cronifer 2521LC (VDM) B-45 165
BS6681 E-11 335 Cronifer 2525LCN (VDM) B-46 167
BS970 See Each Grade Cronite HR33 C-50 266
Build-up E-21 342 Cronite HR5, HR17, HR31 C-41 262
C10200 E-30 349 Cronite HR6 C-31 257
C103 E-30 349 CT15C (ASTM A351) C-40 259
C12A (ASTM A217) A-17 40 Cunifer 10/30 (VDM) D-70 319
C5 (ASTM A217) A-15 33 Custom 450 B-12 108
C50100-C52400 E-33 351 Custom 630 B-12 108
C61400 E-36 352 CW-12M (ASTM A743/A744) D-30 296
C70600 D-70 319 CW-12MW (ASTM A494) D-30 296
C71500 D-70 319 CW-6MC (ASTM A494) D-20 291
INDEX

C96200 D-70 319 Dissimilar B-50,B-51,E-21,E-22 170, 177


C96400 D-70 319 DP3W (Sumitomo) B-61 195
CA101-103 E-36 352 Ductile irons E-11 335

408 www.metrode.com
INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE

En19 (709M40) A-50, E-20, E-22 78, 329, 346 Hastelloy C-276 (Haynes) D-30 296
En24 (817M40) E-20 339 High speed steel E-53 363
En26 (826M40) E-20 339 HK40 (ASTM A351/A608) C-31 257
En40C (897M39) E-20 339 HP, HP40, HP40Cb (A297) C-50 266
En56A (410S21) B-10 99 HP10Cb (ASTM A297) C-45 264
En8 (080M40) E-22 346 HR17 (Cronite) C-41 262
En9 (080M50) E-22 346 HR31 (Cronite) C-41 262
F1 (ASTM A336) A-10 8 HR33 (Cronite) C-50 266
F11 (ASTM A182) A-12 11 HR3C D-40 305
F12 (ASTM A182) A-12 11 HR5 (Cronite) C-41 262
F22 (ASTM A182) A-13 20 HR6 (Cronite) C-31 257
F36 (ASTM A182) A-23 64 HT (ASTM A297) C-41 262
F5 (ASTM A336) A-15 33 HT 30 (ASTM A351) C-41 262
F51 (ASTM A182) B-60 186 HU (ASTM A297) C-41 262
F53 (ASTM A182) B-62 200 HY100 A-60 83
F6NM B-11 103 HY80 A-60 83
F9 (ASTM A336) A-16 36 Hystal 77 (Corus) A-60 83
F91 (ASTM A182) A-17 40 Immaculate 5 (Firth Vickers) C-30 253
F911 (ASTM A182, A336) A-18 50 IN-657 (Special Metals) C-90 276
F92 (ASTM A182) A-20 56 IN-671 (Special Metals) C-90 276
FB2 A-25 68 Incoloy 800 (Special Metals) C-40, D-11, D-40 259, 286, 307
Ferralium 255/SD40 (Meighs) B-63 205 Incoloy800H(SpecialMetals) C-40, D-20 259, 291
Ferrinox 255 B-63 205 Incoloy800HT(SpecialMetals) C-40, D-40 259, 307
FP911 (ASTM A369) A-18 50 Incoloy825(SpecialMetals) B-42, D-20 162, 165
FV520B (Firth Vickers) B-12 108 IncoloyDS(SpecialMetals) C-41, D-11 262, 286
G-NiCr28W C-80 274 Inconel600(SpecialMetals) D-10, D-11, D-12 280, 286, 290
Grey cast iron E-10, E-11 332, 335 Inconel601(SpecialMetals) D-20, D-40 291, 307
GS-17CrMoV5 11 A-14 29 Inconel617(SpecialMetals) D-40 305
GS-18CrMo 9 10 A-13 20 Inconel622(SpecialMetals) D-32 302
GS-22Mo4 A-10 8 Inconel625(SpecialMetals) D-20 291
GS-25CrMo4 A-12 11 Inconel686(SpecialMetals) D-31 299
Gunmetal E-33 351 Inconel690(SpecialMetals) D-41 310
G-X10Cr13 B-10 99 J92205 B-60 186
G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 A-18 50 J93370 B-63 205
GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-2-1 A-25 68 J93380 B-61 195
G-X22CrMoV 12 1 A-19 53 J93404 B-61, B-62 195, 200
G-X25CrNiSi20 14 C-21 248 K41583 D-20, D-33 291, 305
G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28 C-80 274 K71340 D-20, D-33, D-80 291, 305, 323
G-X5CrNi13 4 B-11 103 K81340 D-20, D-33, D-80 291, 305, 323
G-X8CrNi13 B-10 99 Langalloy 20V (Meighs) B-41 160
Hadfield steel E-21, E-60 342, 370 LC1 (ASTM A352) A-10 8
Hardfacing E-50, E-51, E-55 356, 359, 364 LC2 (ASTM A352) A-41 75
Hastelloy B-2(Haynes) D-80 323 LDX 2101 (Avesta) B-59 183
Hastelloy C-2000 (Haynes) D-31 299 LF1/LF2 (ASTM A350) A-41 75
INDEX

Hastelloy C-22 (Haynes) D-31 299 LG3 E-33 351


Hastelloy C-22 (Haynes) D-32 302 LG4 E-33 351
Hastelloy C-276 (Haynes) D-30 296 Lloyds T47 (LBA) C-31 257

www.metrode.com 409
INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE

Lloyds T50 (LBA) C-41 262 NA1 D-60 316


Lloyds T57 (LBA) C-45 264 NA11 D-50 313
Lloyds T63 (LBA) C-50 266 NA12 D-50 313
Lloyds T64 (LBA) C-50 266 NA13 D-60 316
Lloyds T66 (LBA) C-70 272 NA14 D-12 290
Lloyds T75(LBA) C-80 274 NA15 C-40 259
Lloyds T75MA(LBA) C-60 269 NA15H D-40 305
Lloyds T80 (LBA) C-60 269 NA16 (BS1501/3072) B-42 162
LPB1 E-33 351 NA21 D-20 291
LT50 A-41 75 Naxtra 70 A-60 83
Manaurite 35K (Manoir) C-70 272 Nickel 200/201 (Inco) D-50 313
Manaurite 36X/36XM (Manoir) C-50 266 Nicrofer 3127LC (VDM) B-42 162
Manaurite50W(Manoir) C-80 274 Nicrofer 3220 (VDM) C-40 259
Manaurite 900 (Manoir) C-40 259 Nicrofer 4221 (VDM) B-42 162
Manaurite XT/XTM C-60 269 Nicrofer 5520Co (VDM) D-40 305
Mild steel E-70 373 Nicrofer 5716hMoW (VDM) D-30 296
Monel 400 (Inco) D-60 316 Nicrofer 5923hMo (VDM) D-31 299
Monel K500 (Inco) D-60 316 Nicrofer 6020hMo (VDM) D-20 291
MORE 10/10A (Duraloy) C-50 266 Nicrofer 6022hMo (VDM) D-20 291
MORE 21 (Duraloy) C-40 259 Nil ferrite 316 B-33 134
MORE 6 (Duraloy) C-70 272 Nilo (Inco) D-11 286
MVEE 816 (MoD) E-20 339 Nimofer 6928 (VDM) D-80 323
N02200 D-50 313 Nimonic 75 (Inco) D-10 280
N02201 D-50 313 Nirosta 4003 (Krupp) B-50 170
N04400 D-60 316 Nitronic 19D B-59 183
N04405 D-60 316 Nitronic 50 B-33 134
N05500 D-60 316 NO6600 D-10, D-12 280, 290
N06022 D-32 302 Non-magnetic 316 B-33 134
N06059 D-31 299 P1 (ASTM A335) A-10 8
N06601 D-20, D-40 291, 307 P11 (ASTM A335) A-12 11
N06617 D-40 305 P12 (ASTM A335) A-12 11
N06625 D-20 291 P22 (ASTM A335) A-13 20
N06690 D-41 310 P23 (ASTM A335) A-21 61
N08028 B-42 162 P36 (ASTM A335) A-23 64
N08367 D-32 302 P5 (ASTM A335) A-15 33
N08800 C-40 259 P9 (ASTM A335) A-16 36
N08810 C-40 259 P91 (ASTM A335) A-17 40
N08811 C-40 259 P911 (ASTM A335) A-18 50
N08825 B-42 162 P92 (ASTM A335) A-20 56
N08904 B-40 156 Paralloy CR32W C-40 259
N08925 D-32 302 Paralloy CR39W C-45 264
N08926 D-32 302 Paralloy H20 C-31 257
N10001 D-80 323 Paralloy H33/35/38/40 C-41 262
N10276 D-30 296 Paralloy H39/H39W C-50 266
INDEX

N10665 D-80 323 Paralloy H46M C-60 269


N-12M (A743/A744) D-80 323 Paralloy H48T C-80 274
N-7M (A494) D-80 323 Paralloy N50W C-90 276

410 www.metrode.com
INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE

Paramount P20 (Lake & Elliot) B-41 160 S32950 B-61 195
Phosphorbronze E-33 351 S34565 D-31, D-32 299, 302
Pyrotherm G25/35Nb C-50 266 S34709 C-11, C-12 230, 235
Pyrotherm G28/48/5W C-80 274 S39274 B-61 195
Pyrotherm NbTZ C-50 266 S41000 B-10 99
Q1(N) A-60 83 S41500 B-11 103
Q2(N) A-60 83 S45000 B-12 108
R30006 E-65 371 SAE See Each Grade
R30021 E-66 372 SAF 2205 (Sandvik) B-60 186
RA330-HC (Rolled Alloys) C-41 262 SAF 2304 (Sandvik) B-59, B-60 183, 186
Rail steel A-80 92 SAF 2507 (Sandvik) B-61, B-62 195, 200
RQT601 (Corus) A-60 83 Sanicro 28 (Sandvik) B-42 162
RQT701 (Corus) A-60 83 Sanicro 31 (Sandvik) C-40 259
S20910 B-33 134 SG irons E-10, E-11 332, 335
S30400 B-30, B-80 113, 208 Sirius 3 (Industeel) C-30 253
S30403 B-30, B-80 113, 208 Stellite 21 (Deloro) E-66 372
S30409 C-10, C-12 225, 235 Stellite 6 (Deloro) E-65 371
S30415 C-20 246 Super 304H C-25, D-40 251, 307
S30432 C-25 251 Supertherm (Duraloy) C-70 272
S30453 B-30, B-80 113, 208 T1 (ASTM A209, A250) A-10 8
S30815 C-20 246 T11 (ASTM A199, A200, A213) A-12 11
S30900 C-21 248 T12 (ASTM A199, A200, A213) A-12 11
S30908 C-21 248 T22 (ASTM A199, A200, A213) A-13 20
S30909 C-21 248 T23 (ASTM A213) A-21 61
S31000 C-30 253 T36 (ASTM A213) A-23 64
S31008 C-30 253 T5 (ASTM A199, A213) A-15 33
S31050 B-46 167 T9 (ASTM A199, A200, A213) A-16 36
S31254 B-47, D-20, D-31, D-32 169, 291, 299, 302 T91 (ASTM ASTM A213) A-17 40
S31266 D-32 302 T911 (ASTM ASTM A213) A-18 50
S31600 B-32, B-81 126, 212 T92 (ASTM A213) A-20 56
S31603 B-32, B-81 126, 212 Thermalloy T47 (Lloyds) C-31 257
S31609 C-12, C-13 235, 240 Thermalloy T50 (Lloyds) C-41 262
S31635 B-34 139 Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds) C-40 259
S31640 B-34 139 Thermalloy T57 (Lloyds) C-45 264
S31653 B-32, B-81 126, 212 Thermalloy T58 (Lloyds) C-41 262
S31700 B-35 142 Thermalloy T63/T64 (Lloyds) C-50 266
S31703 B-35 142 Thermalloy T75 (Lloyds) C-80 274
S31803 B-60 186 Tin bronze E-33 351
S32001 B-59 183 Toolsteel E-53 363
S32101 B-59 183 UNS See Each Grade
S32109 C-11, C-12 230, 235 Uranus 25 22 2 (Industeel) B-46 167
S32205 B-60 186 Uranus 35N (Industeel) B-59, B-60 183, 186
S32304 B-59, B-60 183, 186 Uranus 45N (Industeel) B-60 186
S32550 B-61, B-63 195, 205 Uranus 47N (Industeel) B-62 200
INDEX

S32654 D-32 302 Uranus 52N+ (Industeel) B-61 195


S32750 B-61, B-62 195, 200 Uranus 55/50M (Industeel) B-63 205
S32760 B-61, B-62 195, 200 Uranus 65 (Industeel) B-45 165

www.metrode.com 411
INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE

Uranus B6, B6M (Industeel) B-40 156


Uranus B66 (Industeel) D-31, D-32 299, 302
WB36 A-23 64
WC1 (ASTM A217) A-10 8
WC11(ASTM A217) A-12 11
WC6 (ASTM A217) A-12 11
WC9 (ASTM A217) A-13 20
Weathering steel A-70 89
Werkstoff No. See Each Grade
WP911 (ASTM A234) A-18 50
WR50A/C (BS4360) A-70 89
X10Cr13 B-10 99
X10CrMoVNb9 1 A-17 40
X10CrWMoVNb9-2 A-20 56
X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 A-18 50
X12CrMo 9 1 A-16 36
X12CrNi22 12 C-21 248
X1CrNi25 21 B-45 165
X20CrMoV12 1 A-19 53
X2CrNiN23L B-59 183
XM-19 B-33 134
XM-25 B-12 108
Z1 CN 25 20 B-45 165
Z2 CN 25 20 M B-45 165
Z6 CND 1304-M B-11 103
Zeron 100 (RA) B-61 195
Zeron 100 (RA) B-61 195

Hastelloy and C-2000 are trademarks of Haynes International, Inc.


Inconel, Incoloy, Monel, Nimonic and Nilo are trademarks of
Special Metals.
Nicrofer is a trademark of VDM.
Zeron is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd.
INDEX

412 www.metrode.com
www.metrode.com
Metrode Products Limited
Hanworth Lane, Chertsey
Surrey, KT16 9LL
United Kingdom
tel: +44(0)1932 566721
fax: +44(0)1932 565168
e-mail: sales@metrode.com

www.metrode.com

rev 13 March 2016


Metrode Products Limited. All Rights Reserved

You might also like